As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on   
<R>     
February 28, 2020   
</R>     
 
  Registration No. 033-17486 
  811-05346 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION   
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549   
 
---------------   
 
FORM N-1A   
    ---- 
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  /X/ 
    ---- 
    ---- 
  Pre-Effective Amendment No.  /   / 
    ---- 
    ---- 
<R>     
  Post-Effective Amendment No. 70  /X/ 
  and/or  ---- 
</R>     
    ---- 
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY  /X/ 
  ACT OF 1940  ---- 
    ---- 
<R>     
  Amendment No. 71  /X/ 
</R>     
  (Check appropriate box or boxes)  ---- 
 
---------------   
PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST   
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)   
 
100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110   
<R>     
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)   
</R>     
 
Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code   
(617) 292-1000   
 
     

 



  It is proposed that this filing will become effective 
  (check appropriate box) 
 
----   
/    /  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) 
----   
----   
<R>   
/    /  on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) 
</R>   
----   
----   
/    /  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) 
----   
----   
<R>   
/ X /  on April 30, 2020 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) 
</R>   
----   
----   
/    /  75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) 
----   
----   
/    /  on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485. 
----   
 
If appropriate, check the following box: 
----   
/    /  this post-effective amendment designates a new 
----  effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.   
   
 
 
  ROBERT T. BURNS, Vice President 
  PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST 
  100 Federal Street 
  Boston, Massachusetts 02110 
  (Name and address of agent for service) 
  --------------- 
  Copy to: 
  BRYAN CHEGWIDDEN, Esquire 
  ROPES & GRAY LLP 
  1211 Avenue of the Americas 
  New York, New York 10036 
 
     

 



<R>

This Post-Effective Amendment relates solely to the Registrant’s Putnam VT International Growth Fund series. Information contained in the Registrant’s Registration Statement relating to any other series of the Registrant is neither amended nor superseded hereby.

</R>



FUND SYMBOLS  CLASS IA  CLASS IB 
  --  -- 

 

<R>

Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund*

</R>

Prospectus

<R>

[ ]

*prior to [ ], the fund was known as Putnam VT International Growth Fund.

</R>

IMPORTANT NOTICE: Delivery of paper fund reports

In accordance with regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, beginning on or after January 1, 2021, at the election of your insurance provider, you may not receive paper copies of the fund’s annual and semiannual reports in the mail from the insurance provider that offers your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy unless you specifically request it. Instead, they will be available on a website, and your insurance provider will notify you by mail whenever a new one is available, and provide you with a website link to access the report.

If you wish to continue to receive paper reports free of charge after January 1, 2021, please contact your insurance provider.

If you already receive these reports electronically, no action is required.

Fund summary 
What are the fund's main investment strategies and related risks? 
Who oversees and manages the fund? 
How to buy and sell fund shares 
How does the fund price its shares? 
Distribution plan and payments to dealers 
Policy on excessive short-term trading 
Fund distributions and taxes 
Financial highlights 

 



<R>

This prospectus explains what you  These securities have not been approved 
should know about Putnam VT  or disapproved by the Securities and 
Emerging Markets Equity Fund, one of  Exchange Commission (SEC) nor has the 
the funds of Putnam Variable Trust,  SEC passed upon the accuracy or 
which is available for purchase by  adequacy of this prospectus. Any statement 
separate accounts of insurance  to the contrary is a crime. 
companies. Please read it carefully.   
Certain shares of other funds of the   
Trust are offered through other   
prospectuses.   

 

</R>

Fund summary

Goal

<R>

Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

</R>

Fees and expenses

The following table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. The fees and expenses information does not reflect insurance-related charges or expenses borne by contract holders indirectly investing in the fund. If it did, expenses would be higher.

Annual fund operating expenses (expenses you pay each year as a percentage of
the value of your investment)

<R>

        Total    [Total annual 
        annual    fund operating 
    Distribution    fund    expenses after 
Share  Management  and service  Other  operating  [Expense  expense 
class  fees  (12b-1) fees  expenses  expenses  reimbursement#]   reimbursement] 
Class  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ] 
IA             
Class             
IB  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ] 

 

[#Reflects Putnam Investment Management, LLC’s contractual obligation to limit certain fund expenses through 4/30/21. This obligation may be modified or discontinued only with approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.]

</R>



Example

<R>

The following hypothetical example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example does not reflect insurance-related charges or expenses. If it did, expenses would be higher. It assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem or hold all your shares at the end of those periods. It assumes a 5% return on your investment each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. [Only the first year of each period in the example takes into account the expense reimbursement described above.] Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

Share class  1 year  3 years  5 years  10 years 
Class IA  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ] 
Class IB  [ ]  [ ]  [ ]  [ ] 

 

</R>

Portfolio turnover

<R>

The fund pays transaction-related costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or the above example, affect fund performance. The fund’s turnover rate in the most recent fiscal year was [ ]%.

</R>

Investments, risks, and performance

Investments

<R>

We invest mainly in common stocks (growth or value stocks or both) of emerging market companies that we believe have favorable investment potential. For example, we may purchase stocks of companies with stock prices that reflect a value lower than that which we place on the company. We may also consider other factors that we believe will cause the stock price to rise. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the fund’s net assets in equity securities of emerging market companies. This policy may be changed only after 60 days’ notice to shareholders.

Emerging markets include countries in the MSCI Emerging Market Index or that we consider to be emerging markets based on our evaluation of their level of economic development or the size and experience of their securities markets. We invest significantly in small and midsize companies. We may consider, among other factors, a



company’s valuation, financial strength, growth potential, competitive position in its industry, projected future earnings, cash flows and dividends when deciding whether to buy or sell investments. We may also use derivatives, such as futures, options, certain foreign currency transactions, warrants and swap contracts, for both hedging and non-hedging purposes.

</R>

Risks

It is important to understand that you can lose money by investing in the fund.

<R>

The value of investments in the fund’s portfolio may fall or fail to rise over extended periods of time for a variety of reasons, including general economic, political or financial market conditions, investor sentiment and market perceptions, government actions, geopolitical events or changes, and factors related to a specific issuer, geography, industry or sector. These and other factors may lead to increased volatility and reduced liquidity in the fund’s portfolio holdings. From time to time, the fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in companies in one or more related industries or sectors, which would make the fund more vulnerable to adverse developments affecting those companies, industries or sectors.

Growth stocks may be more susceptible to earnings disappointments, and value stocks may fail to rebound. These risks are generally greater for small and midsize companies.

</R>

The value of international investments traded in foreign currencies may be adversely impacted by fluctuations in exchange rates. International investments, particularly investments in emerging markets, may carry risks associated with potentially less stable economies or governments (such as the risk of seizure by a foreign government, the imposition of currency or other restrictions, or high levels of inflation), and may be or become illiquid.

Our use of derivatives may increase the risks of investing in the fund by increasing investment exposure (which may be considered leverage) or, in the case of many over-the-counter instruments, because of the potential inability to terminate or sell derivatives positions and the potential failure of the other party to the instrument to meet its obligations.

<R>

There is no guarantee that the investment techniques, analyses, or judgments that we apply in making investment decisions for the fund will produce the intended outcome or that the investments we select for the fund will perform as well as other securities that were not selected for the fund.

</R>



The fund may not achieve its goal, and it is not intended to be a complete investment program. An investment in the fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Performance

<R>

The performance information below gives some indication of the risks associated with an investment in the fund by showing the fund’s performance year to year and over time. [Before [ ], the fund was managed with a different investment strategy and may have achieved different performance results under its current strategy from that shown for periods before this date.] The performance information does not reflect insurance-related charges or expenses. If it did, performance would be lower. Please remember that past performance is not necessarily an indication of future results.


Average annual total returns       
(for periods ended 12/31/19)       
Share class  1 year  5 years  10 years 
Class IA  25.21%  5.56%  5.45% 
Class IB  24.93%  5.30%  5.18% 
MSCI Emerging Markets Index (ND) (no deduction for fees,  18.42%  5.61%  3.68% 
expenses or taxes, other than withholding taxes on reinvested       
dividends)*       

 

* As of [ ], the MSCI Emerging Markets Index (ND) (a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure equity market performance in the global emerging markets) replaced the MSCI EAFE Growth Index (ND) (an unmanaged index that measures the performance of equity securities in 20 countries within Europe, Australasia and the Far East with a greater-than-average growth orientation.) as the benchmark for this fund because, in Putnam Management’s opinion, the securities tracked by the MSCI Emerging Markets Index more accurately reflect the types of securities that generally will be held by the fund. The average annual total returns of the MSCI EAFE Growth Index (ND) for the one-year, five-year, and ten-year periods ended on December 31, 2019 were 27.90%, 7.71%, and 6.95%, respectively.



The average annual total returns of the MSCI EAFE Growth Index (ND)for the one-year, five-year, and ten-year periods ended on December 31, 2019 were [ ]%, [ ]%, and [ ]%, respectively.

</R>

Your fund's management

Investment advisor
Putnam Investment Management, LLC

Portfolio manager

<R>

R. Shepherd Perkins, Chief Investment Officer, Equities, portfolio manager of the fund since 2019

</R>

Sub-advisors

Putnam Investments Limited*

The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC*

*Though the investment advisor has retained the services of both Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (PAC), PIL and PAC do not currently manage any assets of the fund.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

Fund shares are offered to separate accounts of various insurers. The fund requires no minimum investment, but insurers may require minimum investments from those purchasing variable insurance products for which the fund is an underlying investment option. Insurers may purchase or sell shares on behalf of separate accounts by submitting an order to Putnam Retail Management any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. Some restrictions may apply.

Tax information

Generally, owners of variable insurance contracts are not taxed currently on income or gains realized with respect to such contracts. However, some distributions from such contracts may be taxable at ordinary income tax rates and distributions to contract owners younger than 59 ½ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. For more information, please see the prospectus (or other offering document) for your variable insurance contract.



Payments to insurance companies

The fund is offered as an underlying investment option for variable insurance contracts. The fund and its related companies may make payments to the sponsoring insurance company (or its affiliates) and dealers for distribution and/or other services. These payments may create an incentive for the insurance company to include the fund, rather than another investment, as an option in its products and may create a conflict of interest for dealers in recommending the fund over another investment. The prospectus (or other offering document) for your variable insurance contract may contain additional -information about these payments.

What are the fund's main investment strategies and related risks?

<R>

This section contains greater detail on the fund’s main investment strategies and the related risks you would face as a fund shareholder. It is important to keep in mind that risk and reward generally go hand in hand; the higher the potential reward, the greater the risk. As mentioned in the fund summary, we pursue the fund’s goal by investing mainly in common stocks (growth or value stocks or both) of emerging market companies. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the fund’s net assets in equity securities of emerging market companies. This policy may be changed only after 60 days’ notice to shareholders. We consider a company to be an emerging market company if the company’s securities trade in an emerging market, if the company is headquartered or organized in an emerging market, or if the majority of the company’s assets are located in, or the company derives a majority of its revenues or profits from, an emerging market. Emerging markets include countries that are included in the MSCI Emerging Market Index or that we consider to be emerging markets based on our evaluation of their level of economic development or the size and experience of their securities markets.

Common stocks. Common stock represents an ownership interest in a company. The value of a company’s stock may fall as a result of factors directly relating to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services. A stock’s value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also other companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. From time to time, the fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in companies in one or more related industries or sectors, which would make the fund more vulnerable to adverse developments affecting those companies, industries or sectors. For example, the fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in companies in the information technology sector (including companies that develop products, processes or services that will provide advances and improvements through information technology to consumers, enterprises and governments). The information technology sector may be significantly affected by technological obsolescence or innovation, short product cycles, falling prices and profits, competitive pressures and general market conditions. The value of a



company’s stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s stock generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects.

Growth stocks — Stocks of companies we believe are fast-growing may trade at a higher multiple of current earnings than other stocks. The values of these stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks. If our assessment of the prospects for a company’s earnings growth is wrong, or if our judgment of how other investors will value the company’s earnings growth is wrong, then the price of the company’s stock may fall or may not approach the value that we have placed on it. In addition, growth stocks, at times, may not perform as well as value stocks or the stock market in general, and may be out of favor with investors for varying periods of time.

Value stocks — Companies whose stocks we believe are undervalued by the market may have experienced adverse business developments or may be subject to special risks that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If our assessment of a company’s prospects is wrong, or if other investors do not similarly recognize the value of the company, then the price of the company’s stock may fall or may not approach the value that we have placed on it. In addition, value stocks, at times, may not perform as well as growth stocks or the stock market in general, and may be out of favor with investors for varying periods of time.

</R>

Foreign investments. Foreign investments involve certain special risks, including:

<R>

-Unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates: Foreign investments are typically issued and traded in foreign currencies. As a result, their values may be affected by changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar.

-Political and economic developments: Foreign investments may be subject to the risks of seizure by a foreign government, direct or indirect impact of sovereign debt default, imposition of economic sanctions or restrictions on the exchange or export of foreign currency, and tax increases.

-Unreliable or untimely information: There may be less information publicly available about a foreign company than about most publicly-traded U.S. companies, and foreign companies are usually not subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices as stringent as those in the United States. Foreign securities may trade on markets that are closed when



U.S. markets are open. As a result, accurate pricing information based on foreign market prices may not always be available.

-Limited legal recourse: Legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States.

-Limited markets: Certain foreign investments may be less liquid (harder to buy and sell) and more volatile than most U.S. investments, which means we may at times be unable to sell these foreign investments at desirable prices. For the same reason, we may at times find it difficult to value the fund’s foreign investments.

-Trading practices: Brokerage commissions and other fees are generally higher for foreign investments than for U.S. investments. The procedures and rules governing foreign transactions and custody may also involve delays in payment, delivery or recovery of money or investments.

</R>

The risks of foreign investments are typically increased in countries with less developed markets, which are sometimes referred to as emerging markets. Emerging markets may have less developed economies and legal and regulatory systems, and may be susceptible to greater political and economic instability than developed foreign markets. Countries with emerging markets are also more likely to experience high levels of inflation or currency devaluation, and investments in emerging markets may be more volatile and less liquid than investments in developed markets. For these and other reasons, investments in emerging markets are often considered speculative.

Certain risks related to foreign investments may also apply to some extent to U.S.-traded investments that are denominated in foreign currencies, investments in U.S. companies that are traded in foreign markets or investments in U.S. companies that have significant foreign operations.

<R>

Geographic focus. From time to time, the fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in companies located in a specific geographic region, such as common stocks of Asian or Pacific Basin countries. As a result, the fund’s performance could be more volatile than the performance of more geographically diverse funds. Many Asian and Pacific Basin countries may be either developing (also known as emerging) or newly industrialized. These economies may be characterized by frequent currency fluctuations and restrictions, rising unemployment, rapid fluctuation in inflation and interest rates, reliance on exports and international trade, and less efficient markets. Furthermore, political and social unrest in some Asian and Pacific Basin countries could cause economic and market uncertainty in the region.

Derivatives. We may engage in a variety of transactions involving derivatives, such as futures, options, certain foreign currency transactions, warrants and swap contracts. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of something else, such as one or more underlying investments, pools of investments, indexes or currencies. We may make use of “short” derivatives positions,



the values of which typically move in the opposite direction from the price of the underlying investment, pool of investments, index or currency. We may use derivatives both for hedging and non-hedging purposes. For example, we may use foreign currency transactions to increase or decrease the fund’s exposure to a particular currency or group of currencies. We may also use derivatives as a substitute for a direct investment in the securities of one or more issuers. However, we may also choose not to use derivatives based on our evaluation of market conditions or the availability of suitable derivatives. Investments in derivatives may be applied toward meeting a requirement to invest in a particular kind of investment if the derivatives have economic characteristics similar to that investment.

Derivatives involve special risks and may result in losses. The successful use of derivatives depends on our ability to manage these sophisticated instruments. Some derivatives are “leveraged,” which means they provide the fund with investment exposure greater than the value of the fund’s investment in the derivatives. As a result, these derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to the fund. The risk of loss from certain short derivatives positions is theoretically unlimited. The value of derivatives may move in unexpected ways due to the use of leverage or other factors, especially in unusual market conditions, and may result in increased volatility.

Other risks arise from the potential inability to terminate or sell derivatives positions. A liquid secondary market may not always exist for the fund’s derivatives positions. In fact, many over-the-counter instruments (investments not traded on an exchange) will not be liquid. Over-the-counter instruments also involve the risk that the other party to the derivatives transaction will not meet its obligations. For further information about additional types and risks of derivatives and the fund’s asset segregation policies, see Miscellaneous Investments, Investment Practices and Risks in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

</R>

Small and midsize companies. These companies, some of which may have a market capitalization of less than $1 billion, are more likely than larger companies to have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lack profitability or depend on a small management group. Stocks of these companies often trade in smaller volumes, and their prices may fluctuate more than stocks of larger companies. Stocks of small and midsize companies may therefore be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies. In addition, stocks of small and midsize companies, at times, may not perform as well as stocks of larger companies or the stock market in general, and may be out of favor with investors for varying periods of time. Small companies in foreign countries could be relatively smaller than those in the United States.



<R>

Liquidity and illiquid investments. We may invest up to 15% of the fund’s assets in illiquid investments, which may be considered speculative and which may be difficult to sell. The sale of many of these investments is prohibited or limited by law or contract. Some investments may be difficult to value for purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. We may not be able to sell the fund’s illiquid investments when we consider it desirable to do so, or we may be able to sell them only at less than their value.

</R>

Market risk. The value of investments in the fund’s portfolio may fall or fail to rise over extended periods of time for a variety of reasons, including general economic, political or financial market conditions; investor sentiment and market perceptions (including perceptions about monetary policy, interest rates or the risk of default); government actions (including protectionist measures, intervention in the financial markets or other regulation, and changes in fiscal, monetary or tax policies); geopolitical events or changes (including natural disasters, terrorism and war); and factors related to a specific issuer, geography, industry or sector. Foreign financial markets have their own market risks, and they may be more or less volatile than U.S. markets and may move in different directions. These and other factors may lead to increased volatility and reduced liquidity in the fund’s portfolio holdings. During those periods, the fund may experience high levels of shareholder redemptions, and may have to sell securities at times when it would otherwise not do so, and at unfavorable prices.

<R>

Management risk. The fund is actively managed and its performance will reflect, in part, our ability to make investment decisions that seek to achieve the fund's investment objective. There is no guarantee that the investment techniques, analyses, or judgments that we apply in making investment decisions for the fund will produce the intended outcome or that the investments we select for the fund will perform as well as other securities that were not selected for the fund. As a result, the fund may underperform its benchmark or other funds with a similar investment goal and may realize losses.

Other investments. In addition to the main investment strategies described above, the fund may make other types of investments, such as investments in U.S. companies, preferred stocks, convertible securities, and debt instruments. The fund may also loan portfolio securities to earn income. These practices may be subject to other risks, as described under Miscellaneous Investments, Investment Practices and Risks in the SAI.

Temporary defensive strategies. In response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, we may take temporary defensive positions, such as investing some or all of the fund’s assets in cash and cash equivalents, that differ from the fund’s usual investment strategies. However, we may choose not to use these temporary defensive strategies for a variety of reasons, even in very volatile market conditions. These strategies may cause the fund to miss out on investment opportunities, and may prevent the fund from achieving its goal. Additionally, while temporary defensive strategies are mainly designed to limit losses, such strategies may not work as intended.



Changes in policies. The Trustees may change the fund’s goal, investment strategies and other policies set forth in this prospectus without shareholder approval, except as otherwise provided in the prospectus or SAI.

</R>

Portfolio turnover rate. The fund’s portfolio turnover rate measures how frequently the fund buys and sells investments. A portfolio turnover rate of 100%, for example, would mean that the fund sold and replaced securities valued at 100% of the fund’s assets within a one-year period.

<R>

The fund expects to engage in frequent trading. High turnover may also cause a fund to pay more brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which may detract from performance. The fund’s portfolio turnover rate and the amount of brokerage commissions it pays will vary over time based on market conditions.

[Effective [ ], the fund’s investment strategy was changed as described above. Implementing these changes in the fund’s portfolio resulted in certain brokerage commission and other transaction costs, which were incurred largely in [April 2020].]

Portfolio holdings. The SAI includes a description of the fund’s policies with respect to the disclosure of its portfolio holdings. For more specific information on the fund’s portfolio, you may visit the Putnam Investments website, putnam.com/individual, where the fund’s top 10 holdings and related portfolio information may be viewed monthly beginning approximately 15 days after the end of each month, and full portfolio holdings may be viewed quarterly beginning on the 8th business day after the end of each calendar quarter. This information will remain available on the website at least until the fund files a Form N-CSR or publicly available Form N-PORT with the SEC for the period that includes the date of the information, after which such information can be found on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

</R>

Who oversees and manages the fund?

The fund's Trustees

As a shareholder of a mutual fund, you have certain rights and protections, including representation by a Board of Trustees. The Putnam Funds’ Board of Trustees oversees the general conduct of the fund’s business and represents the interests of the Putnam fund shareholders. At least 75% of the members of the Putnam Funds’ Board of Trustees are independent, which means they are not officers of the fund or affiliated with Putnam Investment Management, LLC (Putnam Management).



The Trustees periodically review the fund’s investment performance and the quality of other services such as administration, custody, and investor services. At least annually, the Trustees review the fees paid to Putnam Management and its affiliates for providing or overseeing these services, as well as the overall level of the fund’s operating expenses. In carrying out their responsibilities, the Trustees are assisted by an administrative staff, auditors and legal counsel that are selected by the Trustees and are independent of Putnam Management and its affiliates.

Contacting the fund’s Trustees

Address correspondence to:
The Putnam Funds Trustees
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110

The fund's investment manager

<R>

The Trustees have retained Putnam Management, which has managed mutual funds since 1937, to be the fund's investment manager, responsible for making investment decisions for the fund and managing the fund's other affairs and business.

The basis for the Trustees' approval of the fund's management contract and the sub-management and sub-advisory contracts described below is discussed in the fund's semiannual report to shareholders dated June 30, 2019.

</R>

The fund pays a monthly management fee to Putnam Management. The fee is calculated by applying a rate to the fund’s average net assets for the month. The rate is based on the monthly average of the aggregate net assets of all open-end funds sponsored by Putnam Management (excluding net assets of funds that are invested in, or that are invested in by, other Putnam funds to the extent necessary to avoid "double counting" of those assets), and generally declines as the aggregate net assets increase.

<R>

The fund paid Putnam Management a management fee (after any applicable waivers) of [ ]% of average net assets for the fund’s last fiscal year.

</R>

Putnam Management's address is 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110.

Putnam Management has retained its affiliate PIL to make investment decisions for such fund assets as may be designated from time to time for its management by Putnam Management. PIL is not currently managing any fund assets. If PIL were to manage any fund assets, Putnam Management (and not the fund) would pay a quarterly



sub-management fee to PIL for its services at the annual rate of 0.35% of the average net asset value (NAV) of any fund assets managed by PIL. PIL, which provides a full range of international investment advisory services to institutional clients, is located at 16 St James’s Street, London, England, SW1A 1ER.

Putnam Management and PIL have retained their affiliate PAC to make investment decisions for such fund assets as may be designated from time to time for its management by Putnam Management or PIL, as applicable. PAC is not currently managing any fund assets. If PAC were to manage any fund assets, Putnam Management or PIL, as applicable (and not the fund), would pay a quarterly sub-advisory fee to PAC for its services at the annual rate of 0.35% of the average NAV of any fund assets managed by PAC. PAC, which provides financial services to institutions and individuals through separately-managed accounts and pooled investment vehicles, has its headquarters at 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, with additional investment management personnel located in Singapore.

Pursuant to these arrangements, Putnam investment professionals who are based in foreign jurisdictions may serve as portfolio managers of the fund or provide other investment services, consistent with local regulations.

Portfolio manager. The officer of Putnam Management identified below is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund’s portfolio.

Portfolio  Joined  Employer  Positions over past five years 
manager  fund     
<R>       
R. Shepherd  2019  Putnam  Chief Investment Officer, Equities 
Perkins    Management   
    2011 - Present  Previously, Co-Head of Equities, Co- 
      Head of International Equities 
</R>       

 

The SAI provides information about this individual's compensation, other accounts managed by this individual and this individual's ownership of securities in the fund.

How to buy and sell fund shares

The Trust has an underwriting agreement relating to the fund with Putnam Retail Management, 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Putnam Retail Management presently offers shares of the fund continuously to separate accounts of various insurers. The underwriting agreement presently provides that Putnam Retail Management accepts orders for shares at NAV and no sales commission or load is charged.

Shares are sold or redeemed at the NAV per share next determined after receipt of an order. Orders for purchases or sales of shares of the fund must be received by Putnam



Retail Management before the close of regular trading on the NYSE in order to receive that day’s NAV. No fee is charged to a separate account when it redeems fund shares.

Please check with your insurance company to determine whether the fund is available under your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. The fund may not be available in your state due to various insurance regulations. This prospectus should be read in conjunction with the prospectus of the separate account of the specific insurance product which accompanies this prospectus.

The fund currently does not foresee any disadvantages to policy owners arising out of the fact that the fund offers its shares to separate accounts of various insurance companies to serve as the investment medium for their variable products. Nevertheless, the Trustees intend to monitor events in order to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise, and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to such conflicts. If such a conflict were to occur, one or more insurance companies’ separate accounts might be required to withdraw their investments in the fund and shares of another fund may be substituted. This might force the fund to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous prices. In addition, the Trustees may refuse to sell shares of the fund to any separate account or may suspend or terminate the offering of shares of the fund if such action is required by law or regulatory authority or is in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund.

The fund typically expects to send you payment for your shares one business day after your request is received in good order. However, it is possible that payment of redemption proceeds may take up to seven days. Under unusual circumstances, the Trust may suspend redemptions or postpone payment for more than seven days, as permitted by federal securities law. Under normal market conditions, the fund typically expects to satisfy redemption requests by using holdings of cash and cash equivalents or selling portfolio assets to generate cash. Under stressed market conditions, the fund may also satisfy redemption requests by borrowing under the fund’s lines of credit or interfund lending arrangements. For additional information regarding the fund’s lines of credit and interfund lending arrangements, please see the Statement of Additional Information.

<R>

To the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, the fund reserves the right to satisfy all or a portion of a redemption request by distributing securities or other property in lieu of cash (“in-kind” redemptions), under both normal and stressed market conditions. The fund generally expects to use in-kind redemptions only in stressed market conditions or stressed conditions specific to the fund, such as redemption requests that represent a large percentage of the fund’s net assets in order to minimize the effect of the large redemption on the fund and its remaining shareholders. The fund will not use in-kind redemptions for retail investors who hold shares of the fund through a financial intermediary. Any in-kind redemption will be effected through a pro rata distribution of all publicly traded portfolio securities or securities for which quoted bid prices are available, subject to certain exceptions. The securities distributed in an in-



kind redemption will be valued in the same manner as they are valued for purposes of computing the fund’s net asset value. Once distributed in-kind to an investor, securities may increase or decrease in value before the investor is able to convert them into cash. Any transaction costs or other expenses involved in liquidating securities received in an in-kind redemption will be borne by the redeeming investor. The fund has committed, in connection with an election under Rule 18f-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to pay all redemptions of fund shares by a single shareholder during any 90-day period in cash, up to the lesser of (i) $250,000 or (ii) 1% of the fund's net assets measured as of the beginning of such 90-day period. For information regarding procedures for in-kind redemptions, please contact Putnam Retail Management.

</R>

How does the fund price its shares?

The price of the fund’s shares is based on its NAV. The NAV per share of each class equals the total value of its assets, less its liabilities, divided by the number of its outstanding shares. Shares are only valued as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE each day the exchange is open.

The fund values its investments for which market quotations are readily available at market value. It values all other investments and assets at their fair value, which may differ from recent market prices. For example, the fund may value a stock at its fair value when the relevant exchange closes early or trading in the stock is suspended. It may also value a stock at fair value if recent transactions in the stock have been very limited or if, in the case of a security traded on a market that closes before the NYSE closes, material information about the issuer becomes available after the close of the relevant market.

The fund translates prices for its investments quoted in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates, which are generally determined as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time each day the NYSE is open. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar may affect the fund’s NAV. Because foreign markets may be open at different times than the NYSE, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when shareholders are not able to buy or sell them. Many securities markets and exchanges outside the U.S. close before the close of the NYSE, and the closing prices for securities in those markets or exchanges may not reflect events that occur after the close but before the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE. As a result, the fund has adopted fair value pricing procedures, which, among other things, require the fund to fair value foreign equity securities if there has been a movement in the U.S. market that exceeds a specified threshold. Although the threshold may be revised from time to time and the number of days on which fair value prices will be used will depend on market activity, it is possible that fair value prices will be used by the fund to a significant extent. As noted above, the value determined for an investment using the fund’s fair value pricing procedures may differ from recent market prices for the investment.



Distribution plan and payments to dealers

The Trust has adopted a Distribution Plan with respect to class IB shares to compensate Putnam Retail Management for services provided and expenses incurred by it as principal underwriter of the class IB shares, including the payments to insurance companies and their affiliated dealers mentioned below. The plan provides for payments by the fund to Putnam Retail Management at the annual rate (expressed as a percentage of average net assets) of up to 0.35% on class IB shares. The Trustees currently limit payments on class IB shares to 0.25% of average net assets. Because these fees are paid out of the fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, they will increase the cost of your investment.

Putnam Retail Management compensates insurance companies (or affiliated broker-dealers) whose separate accounts invest in the Trust through class IB shares for providing services to their contract holders investing in the Trust.

Putnam Retail Management makes quarterly payments to dealers at the annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average NAV of class IB shares.

Putnam Retail Management may suspend or modify its payments to dealers. The payments are also subject to the continuation of the Distribution Plan, the terms of service agreements between dealers and Putnam Retail Management, and any applicable limits imposed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

In addition to the payments described above with respect to class IB shares, Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates also pay additional compensation to selected insurance companies (or affiliated broker-dealers) to whom shares of the fund are offered (“Record Owners”) and to dealers that sell variable insurance products (“dealers”) in recognition of their marketing and/or administrative services support. These payments may create an incentive for a Record Owner firm, dealer firm or their representatives to recommend or offer shares of the fund or other Putnam funds, or insurance products for which the fund serves as an underlying investment, to its customers. These additional payments are made by Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates and do not increase the amount paid by you or the fund as shown under Fund summary — Fees and expenses.

The additional payments to Record Owners and dealers by Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates are generally based on one or more of the following factors: average net assets of the fund attributable to that Record Owner or dealer, sales or net sales of the fund attributable to that Record Owner or dealer, or on the basis of a negotiated lump sum payment for services provided. Payments made by Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates for marketing and/or administrative support services to any one Record Owner or dealer are not expected, with certain limited exceptions, to exceed 0.25% of the average assets of the fund attributable to that Record Owner or dealer on an annual basis. These payments are made for marketing and/or administrative support services provided by Record Owners and dealers, including



business planning assistance, educating dealer personnel about the fund and shareholder financial planning needs, placement on the dealer’s preferred or recommended fund company list, access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the dealer and administrative services performed by the Record Owner or dealer. Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates may make other payments (including payments in connection with educational seminars or conferences) or allow other promotional incentives to Record Owners and dealers to the extent permitted by SEC and National Association of Security Dealers, Inc. (as adopted by FINRA) rules and by other applicable laws and regulations.

<R>

You can find a list of all Record Owners and dealers to which Putnam made marketing and/or administrative support services payments in 2019 in the SAI, which is on file with the SEC and is also available on Putnam’s website at putnam.com. You can also find other details in the SAI about the payments made by Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates and the services provided by your Record Owner or dealer. In addition, you can ask your Record Owner or dealer for information about any payments it receives from Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates and any services provided by your Record Owner or dealer.

</R>

Policy on excessive short-term trading

Risks of excessive short-term trading. Excessive short-term trading activity may reduce the fund’s performance and harm all fund shareholders by interfering with portfolio management, increasing the fund’s expenses and diluting the fund’s NAV. Depending on the size and frequency of short-term trades in the fund’s shares, the fund may experience increased cash volatility, which could require the fund to maintain undesirably large cash positions or buy or sell portfolio securities it would not have bought or sold otherwise. The need to execute additional portfolio transactions due to these cash flows may also increase the fund’s brokerage and administrative costs.

Because the fund invests in foreign securities, its performance may be adversely impacted and the interests of longer-term shareholders may be diluted as a result of time-zone arbitrage, a short-term trading practice that seeks to exploit changes in the value of the fund's investments that result from events occurring after the close of the foreign markets on which the investments trade, but prior to the later close of trading on the NYSE, the time as of which the fund determines its NAV. If an arbitrageur is successful, he or she may dilute the interests of other shareholders by trading shares at prices that do not fully reflect their fair value.

When the fund invests in securities that may trade infrequently or may be more difficult to value, such as securities of smaller companies, it may be susceptible to trading by short-term traders who seek to exploit perceived price inefficiencies in the fund's investments. In addition, the market for securities of smaller companies may at times



show "market momentum," in which positive or negative performance may continue from one day to the next for reasons unrelated to the fundamentals of the issuer. Short-term traders may seek to capture this momentum by trading frequently in the fund's shares, which will reduce the fund's performance and may dilute the interests of other shareholders. Because securities of smaller companies may be less liquid than securities of larger companies, the fund may also be unable to buy or sell these securities at desirable prices when the need arises (for example, in response to volatile cash flows caused by short-term trading). Similar risks may apply if the fund holds other types of less liquid securities, including below-investment-grade bonds.

Fund policies and limitations. In order to protect the interests of long-term shareholders of the fund, Putnam Management and the fund’s Trustees have adopted policies and procedures intended to discourage excessive short-term trading. The fund seeks to discourage excessive short-term trading by using fair value pricing procedures to value investments under some circumstances. Because the fund invests in foreign securities, fair value pricing may be used to a significant extent with respect to these securities. In addition, Putnam Management monitors aggregate cash flows in each insurance company separate account that invests in the fund. If high cash flows relative to the size of the account or other information indicate that excessive short-term trading may be taking place in a particular separate account, Putnam Management will contact the insurance company that maintains accounts for the underlying contract holders and seek to have the insurance company enforce the separate account’s policies on excessive short-term trading. As noted below, each insurance company’s policies on excessive short-term trading will vary, and some insurance companies may not have adopted specific policies on excessive short-term trading.

As noted above, the fund’s shareholders are separate accounts sponsored by various insurance companies. Because Putnam Management currently does not have comprehensive access to trading records of individual contract holders, it is difficult (and in some cases impossible) for Putnam Management to determine if a particular contract holder is engaging in excessive short-term trading. In certain circumstances, there currently are also operational or technological constraints on Putnam Management’s ability to monitor trading activity. In addition, even in circumstances when Putnam Management has access to sufficient information to permit a review of trading, its detection methods may not capture all excessive short-term trading.

As a result of these limitations, the fund’s ability to monitor and deter excessive short-term trading ultimately depends on the capabilities, policies and cooperation of the insurance companies that sponsor the separate accounts. Some of the separate accounts have adopted transfer fees, limits on exchange activity, or other measures to attempt to address the potential for excessive short-term trading, while other separate accounts currently have not. For more information about any measures applicable to your investment, please see the prospectus of the separate account of the specific insurance product that accompanies this prospectus. The measures used by Putnam Management or a separate account may or may not be effective in deterring excessive short-term trading. In addition, the terms of the particular insurance contract may also



limit the ability of the insurance company to address excessive short-term trading. As a result, the fund can give no assurances that market timing and -excessive -short-term trading will not occur in the fund.

In compliance with Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Putnam Retail Management and Putnam Investor Services, on behalf of the fund, have entered into written agreements with the fund’s financial intermediaries, under which the intermediary must, upon request, provide the fund with certain shareholder identity and trading information so that the fund can enforce its market timing policies.

Account monitoring. In instances where trading records of individual contract holders are made available to Putnam Management, Putnam Management measures excessive short-term trading by the number of “round trip” transactions above a specified dollar amount within a specified period of time. A “round trip” transaction is defined as a transfer into a fund followed, or preceded, by a transfer out of the same fund. A transfer is defined as a transaction requested by the contract owner to reallocate part or all of their contract value among the funds available in the contract. Generally, if a contract holder has been identified as having completed two “round trip” transactions with values above a specified amount within a rolling 90-day period, Putnam Management will request that the separate account’s financial intermediary issue a written warning to the contract holder. Putnam Management’s practices for measuring excessive short-term trading activity and requesting warnings to be issued may change from time to time. Certain types of transactions are exempt from monitoring, such as transfers that are executed automatically pursuant to a company-sponsored contractual or systematic program such as transfer of assets as a result of “dollar cost averaging” programs, asset allocation programs or automatic rebalancing programs. Also exempt are annuity payouts, loans, and systematic withdrawal programs; payment of a death benefit; any deduction of fees; or payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, withdrawals or surrenders; retirement plan salary reduction contributions or planned premium payments.

Account restrictions. In addition to these monitoring practices, Putnam Management and the fund reserve the right to reject or restrict transfers for any reason. Continued excessive short-term trading activity by a contract holder following a warning may lead to the termination of the transfer privilege for that contract holder or the insurance company separate account. Putnam Management or the fund may determine that a contract holder’s trading activity is excessive or otherwise potentially harmful based on various factors, including trading history in the fund, other Putnam funds or other investment products, and may aggregate activity in multiple accounts in the fund or other Putnam funds under common ownership or control for purposes of determining whether the activity is excessive. If the fund identifies a contract holder as a potential excessive trader, depending on the capabilities of the intermediary, it may, among other things, require future trades by the contract holder or the insurance company separate account to be submitted by mail rather than by phone or over the Internet, impose limitations on the amount, number, or frequency of future purchases or exchanges, or



temporarily or permanently bar the contract holder or insurance company separate account from investing in the fund or other Putnam funds. The fund may take these steps in its discretion even if the contract holder’s activity does not fall within the fund’s current monitoring parameters.

Fund distributions and taxes

The fund normally distributes any net investment income and any net realized capital gains annually. Distributions will be reinvested in additional shares of the fund, unless an election is made on behalf of a separate account to receive some or all of the distributions in cash.

Distributions are reinvested without a sales charge, using the NAV determined on the ex-dividend date. Distributions on each share are determined in the same manner and are paid in the same amount, regardless of class, except for such differences as are attributable to different class expenses.

Generally, holders of variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts are not taxed currently on income or gains realized with respect to such contracts. However, some distributions from such contracts may be taxable at ordinary income tax rates. In addition, distributions made to a contract holder who is younger than 59 1/2 may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. Investors should ask their own tax advisors for more information on their own tax situation, including possible foreign, state or local taxes.

In order for investors to receive the favorable tax treatment available to holders of variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts, the separate accounts underlying such contracts, as well as the funds in which such accounts invest, must meet certain diversification requirements. The fund intends to diversify its assets in accordance with these requirements. If the fund does not meet such requirements, income allocable to the contracts would be taxable currently to the holders of such contracts. In addition, if the Internal Revenue Service finds an impermissible level of "investor control" over the investment options underlying variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts, the advantageous tax treatment provided with respect to insurance company separate accounts under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, will no longer be available. Please see the SAI for further discussion.

The fund intends to qualify as a "regulated investment company" for federal income tax purposes and to meet all other requirements necessary for it to be relieved of federal income taxes on income and gains it timely distributes to the separate accounts. For information concerning federal income tax consequences for the holders of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, contract holders should consult the prospectus of the applicable separate account.

The fund's investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes. In that case, the fund's return on those investments would be decreased.



The fund’s use of derivatives, if any, may affect the amount and timing of distributions to shareholders, potentially requiring the fund to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

The foregoing discussion is very general and is based on the assumption that the shareholders in the fund will be insurance company separate accounts. For further information, please see Taxes in the SAI.

Information about the Summary Prospectus, Prospectus, and SAI

The summary prospectus, prospectus, and SAI for a fund provide information concerning the fund. The summary prospectus, prospectus, and SAI are updated at least annually and any information provided in a summary prospectus, prospectus, or SAI can be changed without a shareholder vote unless specifically stated otherwise. The summary prospectus, prospectus, and the SAI are not contracts between the fund and its shareholders and do not give rise to any contractual rights or obligations or any shareholder rights other than any rights conferred explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.

Financial highlights

<R>

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the fund’s recent financial performance. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. The total returns represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the fund, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. Total returns and expense ratios do not reflect insurance related charges or expenses; if these charges and expenses were reflected, performance would be lower and expenses would be higher. This information has been derived from the fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by [ ]. The Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s report and the fund’s financial statements are included in the fund’s annual report to shareholders, which is available upon request.

[Financial highlights to be filed by amendment.]



For more information about Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund

</R>

The fund's SAI and annual and semiannual reports to shareholders include additional information about the fund. The SAI, and the auditor's report and the financial statements included in the fund's most recent annual report to shareholders, are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, which means they are part of this prospectus for legal purposes. The fund's annual report discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund's performance during its last fiscal year. You may get free copies of these materials, request other information about any Putnam fund, or make shareholder inquiries, by contacting your financial representative, by visiting Putnam's website at putnam.com/individual/annuities, or by calling Putnam toll-free at 1-800-225-1581.

You may access reports and other information about the fund on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov. You may get copies of this information, with payment of a duplication fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov. You may need to refer to the fund's file number.

Putnam Investments
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
1-800-225-1581

Address correspondence to:
Putnam Investments
PO Box 219697
Kansas City, MO 64121-9697

putnam.com
<R>
File No. [ ]
</R>



Putnam Variable Trust (the “Trust”)

Class IA and IB Shares 
 
<R> 
Symbols not available 
 
 
Putnam VT Emerging 
Markets Equity Fund 
</R> 

 

  FORM N-1A 
 
  PART B 
 
  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ("SAI") 
<R>   
  [ ] 

 

This SAI is not a prospectus. If the Trust has more than one form of current prospectus, each reference to the prospectus in this SAI includes all of the Trust's prospectuses, unless otherwise noted. The SAI should be read together with the applicable prospectus. Portions of each fund's annual report are incorporated by reference in this SAI. For a free copy of a fund's annual report or a prospectus dated [ ], as revised from time to time, call Putnam Investments at 1-800-225-1581, visit Putnam's website at putnam.com or write Putnam Investments, PO Box 219697, Kansas City, MO 64121-9697.

</R>

Part I of this SAI contains specific information about each fund. Part II includes information about these funds and the other Putnam funds.

I-1 

 



Table of Contents
 
 
 
PART I   
 
<R>   
TRUST ORGANIZATION AND CLASSIFICATION  [ ] 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS  [ ] 
CHARGES AND EXPENSES  [ ] 
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS  [ ] 
OTHER RISKS  [ ] 
SECURITIES LENDING ACTIVITIES  [ ] 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND FINANCIAL   
STATEMENTS  [ ] 
</R>   
 
 
PART II   
 
<R>   
DISTRIBUTION PLAN  [ ] 
MISCELLANEOUS INVESTMENTS, INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISKS  [ ] 
TAXES  [ ] 
MANAGEMENT  [ ] 
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE  [ ] 
ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS  [ ] 
REDEMPTIONS  [ ] 
POLICY ON EXCESSIVE SHORT-TERM TRADING  [ ] 
SHAREHOLDER LIABILITY  [ ] 
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO INFORMATION  [ ] 
INFORMATION SECURITY RISKS  [ ] 
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES  [ ] 
SECURITIES RATINGS  [ ] 
APPENDIX A - PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES OF THE PUTNAM FUNDS  [ ] 
</R>   

 

I-2 

 



TRUST ORGANIZATION AND CLASSIFICATION

<R>

The fund is a “diversified” series of the Trust, a Massachusetts business trust organized on September 24, 1987. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is governed by Massachusetts law, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Prior to [ ], Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund was known as Putnam VT International Growth Fund .

</R>

The Trust is an open-end management investment company with an unlimited number of authorized shares of beneficial interest. The Trustees may, without shareholder approval, create two or more series of shares representing separate investment portfolios having such preferences and special or relative rights and privileges as the Trustees determine.

<R>

The Trust is currently divided into [twenty-two] series of shares, each representing a separate investment portfolio which is being offered to separate accounts of various insurance companies. Shares of each series are currently divided into two classes: class IA shares and class IB shares. Class IB shares are subject to fees imposed pursuant to a distribution plan. The fund may also offer other classes of shares with different sales charges and expenses. Because of these different sales charges and expenses, the investment performance of the classes will vary.

</R>

The two classes of shares are offered under a multiple class distribution system approved by the Trust's Trustees, and are designed to allow promotion of insurance products investing in each fund of the Trust through alternative distribution channels. The insurance company issuing a variable contract selects the class of shares in which the separate account funding the contract invests.

<R>

Each share has one vote, with fractional shares voting proportionally. Shares of all series and classes will vote together as a single class on all matters except (i) when required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 or when the Trustees have determined that a matter affects one or more series or classes of shares materially differently, shares are voted by individual series or class; and (ii) when the Trustees determine that such a matter affects only the interests of a particular series or class, then only shareholders of such series or class shall be entitled to vote thereon. The Trustees may take many actions affecting a fund without shareholder approval, including under certain circumstances merging your fund into another Putnam fund. Shares are freely transferable, are entitled to dividends as declared by the Trustees, and, if the fund were liquidated, would receive the net assets of the fund.

I-3 

 



The fund may suspend the sale of shares at any time and may refuse any order to purchase shares. Although the fund is not required to hold annual meetings of its shareholders, shareholders holding at least 10% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote have the right to call a meeting to elect or remove Trustees, or to take other actions as provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.

Shares of the fund may only be purchased by an insurance company separate account. For matters requiring shareholder approval, you may be able to instruct the insurance company separate account how to vote the fund shares attributable to your contract or policy. See the Voting Rights section of your insurance product prospectus.

</R>

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

<R>

As fundamental investment restrictions, which may not be changed as to any fund without a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund, the fund may not and will not take any of the following actions:

</R>

(1) Borrow money in excess of 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) at the time the borrowing is made.

(2) Underwrite securities issued by other persons except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of its portfolio investments, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws.

(3) Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities of issuers which deal in real estate, securities which are secured by interests in real estate, and securities which represent interests in real estate, and it may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein.

<R>

(4) Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that the fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options and may enter into foreign exchange contracts and other financial transactions not involving physical commodities.

</R>

(5) Make loans, except by purchase of debt obligations in which the fund may invest consistent with its investment policies (including without limitation debt obligations issued by other Putnam funds), by entering into repurchase agreements, or by lending its portfolio securities.

I-4 

 



<R>

(6) With respect to 75% of its total assets, invest in securities of any issuer if, immediately after such investment, more than 5% of the total assets of the fund (taken at current value) would be invested in the securities of such issuer; provided that this limitation does not apply to obligations issued or guaranteed as to interest or principal by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities or to securities issued by other investment companies.

(7) With respect to 75% of its total assets, acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

(8) Purchase securities (other than securities of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, more than 25% of the fund's total assets would be invested in any one industry .

</R>

(9) Issue any class of securities which is senior to the fund's shares of beneficial interest, except for permitted borrowings.

<R>

The Investment Company Act of 1940 provides that a "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy.

For purposes of the fund’s fundamental policy on commodities and commodities contracts #(4) above), at the time of the establishment of the policy, swap contracts on financial instruments or rates were not within the understanding of the terms “commodities” or “commodity contracts,” and notwithstanding any federal legislation or regulatory action by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) that subject such swaps to regulation by the CFTC, the fund will not consider such instruments to be commodities or commodity contracts for purposes of this policy.

For purposes of the fund’s fundamental policy on industry concentration (#8 above), Putnam Investment Management, LLC ("Putnam Management"), the fund’s investment manager, determines the appropriate industry categories and assigns issuers to them, informed by a variety of considerations, including relevant third party categorization systems. Industry categories and issuer assignments may change over time as industry sectors and issuers evolve. Portfolio allocations shown in shareholder reports and other communications may use broader investment sectors or narrower sub-industry categories.

</R>

I-5 

 



All percentage limitations on investments will apply at the time of the making of an investment and shall not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of such investment.

The Trust has filed an election under Rule 18f-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 committing each fund that is a series of the Trust to pay all redemptions of fund shares by a single shareholder during any 90-day period in cash, up to the lesser of (i) $250,000 or (ii) 1% of such fund’s net assets measured as of the beginning of such 90-day period.

CHARGES AND EXPENSES

Management fees

<R>

Under the management contract dated February 27, 2014 (the “Management Contract”), the fund pays a monthly fee to Putnam Management. The fee is calculated by applying a rate to the fund’s average net assets for the month. The rate is based on the monthly average of the aggregate net assets of all open-end funds sponsored by Putnam Management (excluding net assets of funds that are invested in, or that are invested in by, other Putnam funds to the extent necessary to avoid "double counting" of those assets) (“Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets”), as determined at the close of each business day during the month, as set forth below:

</R>

1.080% of the first $5 billion of Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets; 
 
1.030% of the next $5 billion of Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets; 
 
0.980% of the next $10 billion of Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets; 
 
0.930% of the next $10 billion of Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets; 
 
0.880% of the next $50 billion of Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets; 
 
0.860% of the next $50 billion of Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets; 
 
0.850% of the next $100 billion of Total Open-End Mutual Fund Average Net Assets; 
 
0.845% of any excess thereafter. 

 

For the past three fiscal years, pursuant to the applicable management contract, the fund incurred the following fees:

I-6 

 



      Amount 
    Amount of  management fee 
Fiscal  Management management would have been 
year  fee paid  fee waived  without waivers 
2019  [ ]  [ ]  [ ] 
2018  $310,544  $53,591  $364,135 
2017  $306,727  $55,020  $361,747 

 

The amount of the management fee waived in the 2017 fiscal year resulted from arrangements set forth in “General expense limitation” under “Management – The Management Contract” in Part II of this SAI. The amount of the management fee waived in the 2018 fiscal year resulted from arrangements set forth in (1) “General expense limitation” under “Management – The Management Contract” in Part II of this SAI and (2) in "Fund-specific expense limitation" below.

Fund-specific expense limitation. Putnam Management has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses of the fund through at least April 30, 2021 to the extent that the total annual operating expenses of the fund (exclusive of payments under the fund’s distribution plans, any applicable performance-based upward or downward adjustment to the fund’s base management fee, brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses (including borrowing costs, i.e., short selling and lines of credit costs), extraordinary expenses, and acquired fund fees and expenses) would exceed 1.09% of the fund’s average net assets. Please see “Management – The Management Contract – General expense limitation” in Part II of this SAI for a description of another expense limitation that may apply to a fund.

<R>

</R>

Brokerage commissions

The following table shows brokerage commissions paid during the fiscal years indicated:

<R>   
Fiscal  Brokerage 
year  commissions 
2019  [ ] 
2018  $84,237 
2017  $108,847 

 

The brokerage commissions for the fund’s 2018 fiscal year were lower than the brokerage commissions for each fund’s 2017 fiscal year due, in part, to decreased assets and decreased portfolio turnover in 2018.

I-7 

 



</R>

Please see the Financial highlights section of each fund’s most recent shareholder report for further information about a fund’s portfolio turnover over recent periods.

The following table shows transactions placed with brokers and dealers during the most recent fiscal year to recognize research services received by Putnam Management and its affiliates:

<R>     
Dollar value of these Percentage of total Amount of 
transactions  transactions  commissions 
[ ]  [ ]  [ ] 

 

At the end of fiscal 2019, the following funds held the following securities of their regular broker-dealers (or affiliates of such broker-dealers):

Broker-dealer   Value of 
or  securities
affiliates  held 
[ ]  [ ] 
</R>   

 

Administrative expense reimbursement

<R>

The fund reimbursed Putnam Management for administrative services during fiscal 2019, including compensation of certain Trust officers and contributions to the Putnam Retirement Plan for their benefit, as follows:

  Portion of total reimbursement 
Total reimbursement  for compensation and 
  contributions 
[ ]  [ ] 
</R>   

 

Trustee responsibilities and fees

The Trustees are responsible for generally overseeing the conduct of the Trust’s business. Subject to such policies as the Trustees may determine, Putnam Management furnishes a continuing investment program for the Trust and makes

I-8 

 



investment decisions on its behalf. Subject to the control of the Trustees, Putnam Management also manages the Trust’s other affairs and business.

<R>

Except for [ ], as shown below, the Trustees did not own variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies that invested in the funds as of December 31, 2019. However, each Trustee owns shares of the retail Putnam mutual funds that are counterparts to the Trust’s various portfolios. The funds are offered only to separate accounts of insurance companies. Individual investors may not invest in the funds directly, but only through purchasing variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies that include the funds as investment options.

The table below shows the value of each Trustee’s holdings in all of the Putnam funds as of December 31, 2019 .

Name of Trustee  Aggregate dollar range of 
  shares held in all of the 
  Putnam funds overseen by Trustee 
Independent Trustees   
Liaquat Ahamed  [ ] 
Ravi Akhoury  [ ] 
Barbara M. Baumann  [ ] 
Katinka Domotorffy  [ ] 
Catharine Bond Hill  [ ] 
Paul L. Joskow  [ ] 
Kenneth R. Leibler  [ ] 
Robert E. Patterson  [ ] 
George Putnam, III  [ ] 
Manoj P.Singh  [ ] 
Interested Trustee   
* Robert L. Reynolds  [ ] 

 

* Trustee who is an "interested person" (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) of the funds and Putnam Management. Mr. Reynolds is deemed an "interested person" by virtue of his positions as an officer of the funds and Putnam Management. Mr. Reynolds is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Putnam Investments, LLC and President of your fund and each of the other Putnam funds. None of the other Trustees is an "interested person."

</R>

I-9 

 



Each Independent Trustee of the funds receives an annual retainer fee and an additional fee for each Trustee meeting attended. Independent Trustees also are reimbursed for expenses they incur relating to their services as Trustees. All of the current Independent Trustees of the funds are Trustees of all the Putnam funds and receive fees for their services.

The Trustees periodically review their fees to ensure that such fees continue to be appropriate in light of their responsibilities as well as in relation to fees paid to trustees of other mutual fund complexes. The Board Policy and Nominating Committee, which consists solely of Independent Trustees of the funds, estimates that committee and Trustee meeting time, together with the appropriate preparation, requires the equivalent of at least four business days per regular Trustee meeting. The standing committees of the Board of Trustees, and the number of times each committee met, during your fund's most recently completed fiscal year, are shown in the table below:

<R>   
Audit, Compliance and Distributions Committee  [ ] 
Board Policy and Nominating Committee  [ ] 
Brokerage Committee  [ ] 
Contract Committee  [ ] 
Executive Committee  [ ] 
Investment Oversight Committees  [ ] 
Investment Oversight Committee A  [ ] 
Investment Oversight Committee B  [ ] 
Pricing Committee  [ ] 

 

The following table shows the year each Trustee was first elected a Trustee of the Putnam funds, the fees paid to each Trustee by the fund for fiscal 2019, and the fees paid to each Trustee by all of the Putnam funds for services rendered during calendar year 2019.

I-10 

 



COMPENSATION TABLE 
 
Aggregate compensation from the fund: 
 
  Putnam VT 
Trustee/Year  Emerging Markets 
  Equity Fund 
Independent Trustees   
Liaquat Ahamed/2012(3)  [ ] 
Ravi Akhoury/2009  [ ] 
Barbara M.  [ ] 
Baumann/2010(3)(4)   
Katinka Domotorffy/2012(3)  [ ] 
Catharine Bond Hill/2017(3)  [ ] 
Paul L. Joskow/1997(3)  [ ] 
Kenneth R. Leibler/2006(5)  [ ] 
Robert E. Patterson/1984  [ ] 
George Putnam, III/1984(5)  [ ] 
Manoj P. Singh/2017  [ ] 
Interested Trustee   
Robert L. Reynolds/2008(7)  [ ] 

 

Pension or retirement benefits accrued as part of fund expenses from the fund: 
 
Putnam VT
Trustee/Year  Emerging Markets 
  Equity Fund
Independent Trustees   
Liaquat Ahamed/2012(3)  [ ] 
Ravi Akhoury/2009  [ ] 
Barbara M. Baumann/2010(3)(4)  [ ] 
Katinka Domotorffy/2012(3)  [ ] 
Catharine Bond Hill/2017(3)  [ ] 
Paul L. Joskow/1997(3)  [ ] 
Kenneth R. Leibler/2006(5)  [ ] 
Robert E. Patterson/1984  [ ] 
George Putnam, III/1984(6)  [ ] 
Manoj P. Singh/2017  [ ] 
Interested Trustee   
Robert L. Reynolds/2008(7)  [ ] 
</R>   

 

(1) Estimated benefits for each Trustee are based on Trustee fee rates for calendar years 2003, 2004 and 2005.

I-11 

 



<R>

(2) As of December 31, 2019, there were 91 funds in the Putnam family.

(3) Certain Trustees are also owed compensation deferred pursuant to a Trustee Compensation Deferral Plan. As of December 31, 2019, the total amounts of deferred compensation payable by the fund, including income earned on such amounts, to these Trustees were: Mr. Ahamed - $[ ]; Ms. Baumann - $[ ];; Ms. Domotorffy - $[ ]; Dr. Hill - $[ ]; and Dr. Joskow - $[ ].

</R>

(4) Includes additional compensation to Ms. Baumann for service as Chair of the Audit, Compliance and Distributions Committee.

<R>

(5) Includes additional compensation to Mr. Leibler for service as Chair of the Trustees of the Putnam funds.

(6) Includes additional compensation to Mr. Putnam for service as Chair of the Contract Committee.

(7) Mr. Reynolds is an "interested person" of the Trust and Putnam Management.

</R>

Under a Retirement Plan for Trustees of the Putnam funds (the Plan), each Trustee who retires with at least five years of service as a Trustee of the funds is entitled to receive an annual retirement benefit equal to one-half of the average annual attendance and retainer fees paid to such Trustee for calendar years 2003, 2004 and 2005. This retirement benefit is payable during a Trustee's lifetime, beginning the year following retirement, for the number of years of service through December 31, 2006. A death benefit, also available under the Plan, ensures that the Trustee and his or her beneficiaries will receive benefit payments for the lesser of an aggregate period of (i) ten years, or (ii) such Trustee's total years of service.

The Plan Administrator (currently the Board Policy and Nominating Committee) may terminate or amend the Plan at any time, but no termination or amendment will result in a reduction in the amount of benefits (i) currently being paid to a Trustee at the time of such termination or amendment, or (ii) to which a current Trustee would have been entitled had he or she retired immediately prior to such termination or amendment. The Trustees have terminated the Plan with respect to any Trustee first elected to the Board after 2003.

For additional information concerning the Trustees, see "Management" in Part II of this SAI.

I-12 

 



Share ownership

<R>

At [ ] the officers and Trustees of the fund as a group owned directly no shares of the Trust or any fund thereof. As of that date, less than 1% of the value of the accumulation units with respect to any fund was attributable to the officers and Trustees of the Trust, as a group, owning variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies issued by the insurers listed in the following tables or by other insurers that may hold shares of a fund. Except as noted below, no person owned of record or to the knowledge of the Trust beneficially 5% or more of any class of the shares of the fund of the Trust.

[ ]

</R>

Distribution fees

<R>

During fiscal 2019, class IB shares of the fund paid the following 12b-1 fees to Putnam Retail Management:

Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund  $[ ] 
</R>   

 

Investor servicing fees

<R>

During the 2019 fiscal year, the fund incurred the following fees for investor servicing provided by Putnam Investor Services, Inc.:

Fund name  Investor servicing fees 
Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund  $[ ] 
</R>   

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Other accounts managed

<R>

The following tables show the number and approximate assets of other investment accounts (or portions of investment accounts) that the fund’s portfolio manager managed as of the fund’s most recent fiscal year-end. The other accounts may include accounts for which the individuals were not designated as a portfolio manager. Unless noted, none of the other accounts pays a fee based on the account’s performance.

I-13 

 



          Other accounts (including 
          separate accounts, managed 
      Other accounts that pool  account programs, and single- 
Portfolio manager  Other SEC-registered open-end  assets from more than one  sponsor defined contribution 
  and closed-end funds  client  plan offerings) 
  Number of    Number    Number of   
  accounts  Assets  of accounts  Assets  accounts  Assets 
R. Shepherd Perkins             
</R>             

 

See “Management—Portfolio Transactions—Potential conflicts of interest in managing multiple accounts” in Part II of this SAI for information on how Putnam Management addresses potential conflicts of interest resulting from an individual’s management of more than one account.

Compensation of portfolio managers

Putnam’s goal for its products and investors is to deliver strong performance versus peers or performance ahead of the applicable benchmark, depending on the product, over a rolling 3-year period. Portfolio managers are evaluated and compensated, in part, based on their performance relative to this goal across specified products they manage. In addition to their individual performance, evaluations take into account the performance of their group and a subjective component.

Each portfolio manager is assigned an industry-competitive incentive compensation target consistent with this goal and evaluation framework. Actual incentive compensation may be higher or lower than the target, based on individual, group, and subjective performance, and may also reflect the performance of Putnam as a firm. Typically, performance is measured over the lesser of three years or the length of time a portfolio manager has managed a product.

Incentive compensation includes a cash bonus and may also include grants of deferred cash, stock or options. In addition to incentive compensation, portfolio managers receive fixed annual salaries typically based on level of responsibility and experience.

<R>

Putnam evaluates performance based on the peer ranking of the Putnam-sponsored retail mutual fund with the equivalent investment goal and strategy (the “Retail Fund”) in the Retail Fund’s Lipper category over the 3-year period or, if the Retail Fund has not yet acquired a peer ranking over the 3-year period, over the life of the Retail Fund. This peer ranking is based on pre-tax performance.

Lipper VP (Underlying Funds) Category

MSCI Emerging Markets Index (ND)

</R>

I-14 

 



Ownership of securities

<R>

[As of December 31, 2019, the portfolio manager and his immediate family members did not beneficially own equity securities in the fund. The fund is offered only to separate accounts of insurance companies. Individual investors may not invest in the fund directly, but only through purchasing variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies that include the fund as an investment option.]

</R>

OTHER RISKS

<R>

Risks of investing in the Asia Pacific Region

As with all emerging markets, investing, in Asia and the Pacific Basin (the “Asia Pacific Region”) involves risks not typically associated with investments in the United States. The Asia Pacific Region excludes Japan, Australia and New Zealand, and includes, but is not otherwise limited to, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand

The Asia Pacific Region includes countries in various stages of economic development. Some parts of the Asia Pacific Region may be subject to a greater degree of economic, political and social instability than is the case in the United States and Western Europe. Many countries in the Asia Pacific Region are developing, both politically and economically, and as a result, companies in certain countries of the Asia Pacific Region may be subject to risks like nationalization or other forms of government interference, and some countries may be heavily reliant on only a few industries or commodities. The Asia Pacific Region has historically been prone to natural disasters. The occurrence of a natural disaster, including subsequent recovery from a natural disaster, in the Asia Pacific Region could negatively impact the economy of the affected country or countries. In addition, instability in the Asia Pacific Region may result from, among other things: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision-making, including changes in government through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection. These factors and the resulting instability, even in countries in which the fund is not invested, could have a negative effect on economic and securities market conditions in the Asia Pacific Region and could, in turn, adversely affect the value of the fund’s holdings.

I-15 

 



Many of the stock exchanges in the Asia Pacific Region have considerably less trading volume than those in the United States, and some of the stock exchanges in the Asia Pacific Region are in the early stages of their development, as compared to the stock exchanges in the United States. Equity securities of many companies in the Asia Pacific Region may be less liquid and more volatile than equity securities of U.S. companies of comparable size. Additionally, many companies traded on stock exchanges in the Asia Pacific Region are smaller and less seasoned than companies whose securities are traded on stock exchanges in the United States. In some countries in the Asia Pacific Region, there is no established secondary market for securities. Therefore, liquidity of securities in these countries may be generally low and transaction costs high.

Certain developing economies in the Asia Pacific Region are characterized by frequent currency fluctuations, devaluations, and restrictions; unstable employment rates; rapid fluctuation in, among other things, inflation and reliance on exports; and less efficient markets. Currency fluctuations or devaluations in any one country can have a significant effect on the entire Asia Pacific Region. Holding securities in currencies that are devalued (or in companies whose revenues are substantially in currencies that are devalued) will likely decrease the value of the fund’s investments.

The economies of many countries in the Asia Pacific Region are heavily dependent on trade and exports, both internationally and within the Asia Pacific Region, and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. The enactment by the United States or other principal trading partners of protectionist trade legislation, reduction of foreign investment in the local economies and general declines in the international securities markets could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of the Asia Pacific Region.

</R>

SECURITIES LENDING ACTIVITIES

<R>

The following table provides the dollar amounts of income and fees and/or compensation related to the fund’s securities lending activities during the most recent fiscal year:

I-16 

 



Gross income from securities lending activities  [ ] 
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending   
activities and related services:   
Fees paid to securities lending agent from a   
revenue split  [ ] 
Fees paid for any cash collateral management   
service (including fees deducted from a pooled   
cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not   
included in the revenue split  [ ] 
Administrative fees not included in revenue split  [ ] 
Indemnification fees not included in revenue split  [ ] 
Rebate (paid to borrower)  [ ] 
Other fees not included in revenue split (specify)  [ ] 
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities   
lending activities  [ ] 
Net income from securities lending activities  [ ] 

 

</R>

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<R>

[ ], [ ], is the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm providing audit services, tax return review and other tax consulting services and assistance and consultation in connection with the review of various Securities and Exchange Commission filings. The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, financial highlights and financial statements included in each fund's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed electronically on [ ] (File No. [ ]), are incorporated by reference into this SAI. The financial highlights included in the prospectuses and incorporated by reference into this SAI and the financial statements incorporated by reference into the prospectuses and this SAI have been so included and incorporated in reliance upon the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, given on their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

</R>

I-17 

 



PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (“SAI”) 
PART II

 

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

The Trust has adopted a distribution (12b-1) plan with respect to class IB shares, the principal features of which are described in the prospectus. This SAI contains additional information which may be of interest to investors.

Continuance of the plan with respect to the fund is subject to annual approval by a vote of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the fund and who have no direct or indirect interest in the plan or related arrangements (the “Qualified Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. All material amendments to the plan must be likewise approved by the Trustees and the Qualified Trustees. The plan may not be amended in order to increase materially the costs which the fund may bear for distribution pursuant to such plan without also being approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund or class IB of the fund, as the case may be. The plan terminates automatically in the event of its assignment and may be terminated without penalty, at any time, by a vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund or Class IB of the fund, as the case may be.

Putnam Retail Management pays service fees to insurance companies and their affiliated dealers at the rates set forth in the prospectus. Service fees are paid quarterly (or in certain cases monthly) to the insurance company or dealer of record for that quarter.

Financial institutions receiving payments from Putnam Retail Management may be required to comply with various state and federal regulatory requirements, including among others those regulating the activities of insurance companies and securities brokers or dealers.

Except as otherwise agreed between Putnam Retail Management and a dealer, for purposes of determining the amounts payable to insurance companies or their affiliates, “average net asset value” means the product of (i) the average daily share balance in such account(s) and (ii) the average daily net asset value of the relevant class of shares over the quarter.

MISCELLANEOUS INVESTMENTS, INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISKS

As noted in the prospectus, in addition to the main investment strategies and the principal risks described in the prospectus, the fund may employ other investment practices and may be subject to other risks, which are described below. Because the following is a combined description of investment strategies of all of the Putnam funds, certain matters described herein may not apply to your fund. Unless a strategy or policy described below is specifically prohibited or limited by the investment restrictions discussed in the fund’s prospectus or in this SAI, or by applicable law, the fund may engage in each of the practices described below without limit. This section contains information on the investments and investment practices listed below. With respect to

II-1 

 



funds for which Putnam Investments Limited (“PIL”) and/or The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (“PAC”) serves as sub-investment manager (as described in the fund’s prospectus), references to Putnam Management in this section include PIL and/or PAC, as appropriate.

   
Temporary Defensive Strategies  Market Risk 
Bank Loans  Money Market Instruments 
Borrowing and Other Forms of Leverage  Mortgage-backed and Asset-backed Securities 
Commodity-Related Investments  Options on Securities 
Derivatives  Preferred Stocks and Convertible Securities 
Exchange-Traded Notes  Private Placements and Restricted Securities 
Floating Rate and Variable Rate Demand Notes  Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) 
Foreign Currency Transactions  Redeemable Securities 
Foreign Investments and Related Risks  Repurchase Agreements 
Forward Commitments and Dollar Rolls  Securities Loans 
Futures Contracts and Related Options  Securities of Other Investment Companies 
Hybrid Instruments  Short Sales 
Illiquid Investments  Short-Term Trading 
Inflation-Protected Securities  Special Purpose Acquisition Companies 
Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)  Structured Investments 
Interfund Borrowing and Lending  Swap Agreements 
Inverse Floaters  Warrants 
Legal and Regulatory Risk Relating to Investment Strategy  Zero-coupon and Payment-in-kind Bonds 
Lower-rated Securities   

 

Temporary Defensive Strategies

In response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, Putnam Management may take temporary defensive positions that differ from the fund’s usual investment strategies. In implementing these temporary defensive strategies, the fund may invest primarily in, among other things, debt securities, preferred stocks, U.S. government and agency obligations, cash or money market instruments (including, to the extent permitted by law or applicable exemptive relief, money market funds), or any other securities Putnam Management considers consistent with such defensive strategies. While temporary defensive strategies are mainly designed to limit losses, such strategies may not work as intended.

Bank Loans

The fund may invest in bank loans. By purchasing a loan, the fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a particular borrower. The fund may act as part of a lending syndicate, and in such cases would be purchasing a “participation” in the loan. The fund may also purchase loans by assignment from another lender. Many loans are secured by the assets of the borrower, and most impose restrictive covenants which must be met by the borrower. These loans are typically made by a syndicate of banks, represented by an agent bank which has negotiated and structured the loan and which is responsible generally for collecting interest, principal, and other amounts from the borrower on its own behalf and on

II-2 

 



behalf of the other lending institutions in the syndicate, and for enforcing its and their other rights against the borrower. Each of the lending institutions, including the agent bank, lends to the borrower a portion of the total amount of the loan, and retains the corresponding interest in the loan.

The fund’s ability to receive payments of principal and interest and other amounts in connection with loan participations held by it will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower (and, in some cases, the lending institution from which it purchases the loan). The value of collateral, if any, securing a loan can decline, or may be insufficient to meet the borrower’s obligations or difficult to liquidate. In addition, the fund’s access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or other insolvency laws. The failure by the fund to receive scheduled interest or principal payments on a loan would adversely affect the income of the fund and would likely reduce the value of its assets, which would be reflected in a reduction in the fund's net asset value. Banks and other lending institutions generally perform a credit analysis of the borrower before originating a loan or participating in a lending syndicate. In selecting the loans in which the fund will invest, however, Putnam Management will not rely solely on that credit analysis, but will perform its own investment analysis of the borrowers. Putnam Management's analysis may include consideration of the borrower's financial strength and managerial experience, debt coverage, additional borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules, changing financial conditions, and responsiveness to changes in business conditions and interest rates. Putnam Management will generally not have access to non-public information to which other investors in syndicated loans may have access. Because loans in which the fund may invest are not generally rated by independent credit rating agencies, a decision by the fund to invest in a particular loan will depend almost exclusively on Putnam Management's, and the original lending institution's, credit analysis of the borrower. Investments in loans may be of any quality, including “distressed” loans, and will be subject to the fund’s credit quality policy. The loans in which the fund may invest include those that pay fixed rates of interest and those that pay floating rates – i.e., rates that adjust periodically based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate.

Loans may be structured in different forms, including novations, assignments and participating interests. In a novation, the fund assumes all of the rights of a lending institution in a loan, including the right to receive payments of principal and interest and other amounts directly from the borrower and to enforce its rights as a lender directly against the borrower. The fund assumes the position of a co-lender with other syndicate members. As an alternative, the fund may purchase an assignment of a portion of a lender's interest in a loan. In this case, the fund may be required generally to rely upon the assigning bank to demand payment and enforce its rights against the borrower, but would otherwise be entitled to all of such bank's rights in the loan. The fund may also purchase a participating interest in a portion of the rights of a lending institution in a loan. In such case, it will be entitled to receive payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, but will not generally be entitled to enforce its rights directly against the agent bank or the borrower, and must rely for that purpose on the lending institution. The fund may also acquire a loan interest directly by acting as a member of the original lending syndicate.

II-3 

 



The fund will in many cases be required to rely upon the lending institution from which it purchases the loan to collect and pass on to the fund such payments and to enforce the fund's rights under the loan. As a result, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the lending institution may delay or prevent the fund from receiving principal, interest and other amounts with respect to the underlying loan. When the fund is required to rely upon a lending institution to pay to the fund principal, interest and other amounts received by it, Putnam Management will also evaluate the creditworthiness of the lending institution.

The borrower of a loan in which the fund holds an interest may, either at its own election or pursuant to terms of the loan documentation, prepay amounts of the loan from time to time. There is no assurance that the fund will be able to reinvest the proceeds of any loan prepayment at the same interest rate or on the same terms as those of the original loan.

Corporate loans in which the fund may invest are generally made to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs and other corporate activities. A significant portion of the corporate loans purchased by the fund may represent interests in loans made to finance highly leveraged corporate acquisitions, known as "leveraged buy-out" transactions, leveraged recapitalization loans and other types of acquisition financing. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in such transactions may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. In addition, loans generally are subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to sell such participations in secondary markets. As a result, the fund may be unable to sell loans at a time when it may otherwise be desirable to do so or may be able to sell them only at a price that is less than their fair market value. The fund may hold investments in loans for a very short period of time when opportunities to resell the investments that Putnam Management believes are attractive arise.

Certain of the loans acquired by the fund may involve revolving credit facilities under which a borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, the fund would have an obligation to advance its portion of such additional borrowings upon the terms specified in the loan participation. To the extent that the fund is committed to make additional loans under such a participation, it will at all times set aside on its books liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments. Certain of the loan participations acquired by the fund may also involve loans made in foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) currencies. The fund's investment in such participations would involve the risks of currency fluctuations described in this SAI with respect to investments in the foreign securities.

With respect to its management of investments in bank loans, Putnam Management will normally seek to avoid receiving material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of bank loans being considered for acquisition by the fund or held in the fund’s portfolio. In many instances, borrowers may offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective investors, and to holders, of the issuer’s loans. Putnam Management’s decision not to receive Confidential Information may place Putnam Management at a disadvantage relative to other investors in loans (which could have an adverse effect on the price the fund pays or receives when buying or selling loans). Also, in instances where holders of loans are asked to grant amendments, waivers or consent, Putnam Management’s ability to assess their significance

II-4 

 



or desirability may be adversely affected. For these and other reasons, it is possible that Putnam Management’s decision not to receive Confidential Information under normal circumstances could adversely affect the fund’s investment performance.

Notwithstanding its intention generally not to receive material, non-public information with respect to its management of investments in loans, Putnam Management may from time to time come into possession of material, non-public information about the issuers of loans that may be held in the fund’s portfolio. Possession of such information may in some instances occur despite Putnam Management’s efforts to avoid such possession, but in other instances Putnam Management may choose to receive such information (for example, in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee with respect to a financially distressed issuer). As, and to the extent, required by applicable law, Putnam Management's ability to trade in these loans for the account of the fund could potentially be limited by its possession of such information. Such limitations on Putnam Management's ability to trade could have an adverse effect on the fund by, for example, preventing the fund from selling a loan that is experiencing a material decline in value. In some instances, these trading restrictions could continue in effect for a substantial period of time.

In some instances, other accounts managed by Putnam Management or an affiliate may hold other securities issued by borrowers whose loans may be held in the fund’s portfolio. These other securities may include, for example, debt securities that are subordinate to the loans held in the fund’s portfolio, convertible debt or common or preferred equity securities. In certain circumstances, such as if the credit quality of the issuer deteriorates, the interests of holders of these other securities may conflict with the interests of the holders of the issuer’s loans. In such cases, Putnam Management may owe conflicting fiduciary duties to the fund and other client accounts. Putnam Management will endeavor to carry out its obligations to all of its clients to the fullest extent possible, recognizing that in some cases certain clients may achieve a lower economic return, as a result of these conflicting client interests, than if Putnam Management's client accounts collectively held only a single category of the issuer’s securities.

The settlement period (the period between the execution of the trade and the delivery of cash to the purchaser) for some bank loan transactions may be significantly longer than the settlement period for other investments, and in some cases longer than seven days. Requirements to obtain the consent of the borrower and/or agent can delay or impede the fund’s ability to sell bank loans and can adversely affect the price that can be obtained. It is possible that sale proceeds from bank loan transactions will not be available to meet redemption obligations, in which case the fund may be required to utilize cash balances or, if necessary, sell its more liquid investments or investments with shorter settlement periods. Some loans may not be considered “securities” for certain purposes under the federal securities laws, and purchasers, such as the fund, therefore may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws.

Borrowing and Other Forms of Leverage

The fund may borrow money to the extent permitted by its investment policies and restrictions and applicable law. When the fund borrows money or otherwise leverages its portfolio, the value of an investment in the fund will be more volatile and other investment risks will tend to be

II-5 

 



compounded. This is because leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s holdings. In addition to borrowing money from banks, the fund may engage in certain other investment transactions that may be viewed as forms of financial leverage – for example, using dollar rolls, investing collateral from loans of portfolio securities, entering into when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment transactions or using derivatives such as swaps, futures, forwards, and options. Because the fund either (1) sets aside cash (or other assets determined to be liquid by Putnam Management in accordance with procedures established by the Trustees) on its books in respect of such transactions during the period in which the transactions are open or (2) otherwise “covers” its obligations under the transactions, such as by holding offsetting investments, the fund does not consider these transactions to be borrowings for purposes of its investment restrictions or “senior securities” for purposes of the 1940 Act. In some cases (e.g., with respect to futures and forwards that are contractually required to “cash-settle”), the fund is permitted under relevant guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or SEC staff to set aside assets with respect to an investment transaction in the amount of its net (marked-to-market) obligations thereunder, rather than the full notional amount of the transaction. By setting aside assets equal only to its net obligations, the fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if it set aside assets equal to the notional amount of the transaction, which may increase the risk associated with such investments.

Each Putnam fund (other than Putnam RetirementReady® Funds, Putnam Retirement Income Fund Lifestyle 1, Putnam Global Sector Fund and Putnam Short-Term Investment Fund) participates in a syndicated committed line of credit provided by State Street Bank and Trust Company and Northern Trust Company and an uncommitted line of credit provided by State Street Bank and Trust Company. These lines of credit are intended to provide a temporary source of cash in extraordinary or emergency circumstances, such as unexpected shareholder redemption requests. The fund may pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit, in addition to the stated interest rate. A participating fund in the syndicated committed line of credit that invests more than 10% of its assets in other pooled investment vehicles (other than money market funds) (a “fund-of-funds”) will be required to maintain a 400% asset coverage ratio.

Commodity-Related Investments

Some funds may gain exposure to commodity markets by investing in physical commodities or commodity-related instruments directly or indirectly. Such instruments include, but are not limited to, futures contracts, swaps, options, forward contracts, and structured notes and equities, debt securities, convertible securities, and warrants of issuers in commodity-related industries. Commodity prices can be extremely volatile and may be directly or indirectly affected by many factors, including changes in overall market movements, real or perceived inflationary trends, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates, population growth and changing demographics, and factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, or other weather conditions, livestock disease, trade embargoes, competition from substitute products, transportation bottlenecks or shortages, fluctuations in supply and demand, tariffs, and international regulatory, political, and economic developments (e.g., regime changes and changes in economic activity levels). In addition, some commodities are subject to limited pricing flexibility because of supply and demand factors, and others are

II-6 

 



subject to broad price fluctuations as a result of the volatility of prices for certain raw materials and the instability of supplies of other materials.

Actions of and changes in governments, and political and economic instability, in commodity-producing and -exporting countries may affect the production and marketing of commodities. In addition, commodity-related industries throughout the world are subject to greater political, environmental, and other governmental regulation than many other industries. Changes in government policies and the need for regulatory approvals may adversely affect the products and services of companies in the commodities industries. For example, the exploration, development, and distribution of coal, oil, and gas in the United States are subject to significant federal and state regulation, which may affect rates of return on coal, oil, and gas and the kinds of services that the federal and state governments may offer to companies in those industries. In addition, compliance with environmental and other safety regulations has caused many companies in commodity-related industries to incur production delays and significant costs. Government regulation also may impede the development of new technologies. The effect of future regulations affecting commodity-related industries cannot be predicted.

The value of commodity-related derivatives fluctuates based on changes in the values of the underlying commodity, commodity index, futures contract, or other economic variable to which they are related. Additionally, economic leverage will increase the volatility of these instruments as they may increase or decrease in value more quickly than the underlying commodity or other relevant economic variable. See “Derivatives,” “Forward Commitments and Dollar Rolls,” “Futures Contracts and Related Options,” “Hybrid Instruments,” “Short Sales,” “Structured Investments,” “Swap Agreements” and “Warrants” herein for more information on the fund’s investments in derivatives, including commodity-related derivatives such as swap agreements, commodity futures contracts, and options on commodity futures contracts.

In order for a fund to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) the fund must derive at least 90 percent of its gross income each taxable year from certain sources of “qualifying income” specified in the Code.

Derivatives

Certain of the instruments in which the fund may invest, such as futures contracts, options, hybrid instruments, forward contracts, swap agreements and structured investments, are considered to be "derivatives." Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value or other attributes of an underlying asset, such as a security or an index. Further information about these instruments and the risks involved in their use is included elsewhere in the prospectus and in this SAI. The fund’s use of derivatives may affect the timing and amount of a fund’s distributions to shareholders, potentially requiring the fund to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements. The fund’s use of commodity-linked derivatives can be limited by the fund’s intention to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Code or bear adversely on the fund’s ability to so qualify, as discussed in “Taxes” below. Investments in derivatives may be applied toward meeting a requirement to invest in a particular kind of

II-7 

 



investment if the derivatives have economic characteristics similar to that investment. The fund’s use of certain derivatives may in some cases involve forms of financial leverage, which involves risk and may increase the volatility of the fund’s net asset value. See “—Borrowing and Other Forms of Leverage.” In its use of derivatives, the fund may take both long positions (the values of which move in the same direction as the prices of the underlying investments, pools of investments, indexes or currencies), and short positions (the values of which move in the opposite direction from the prices of the underlying investments, pools of investments indexes or currencies).

Short positions may involve greater risks than long positions, as the risk of loss may be theoretically unlimited (unlike a long position, in which the risk of loss may be limited to the amount invested). The fund may use derivatives that combine “long” and “short” positions in order to capture the difference between underlying investments, pools of investments, indices or currencies.

Exchange-Traded Notes

The fund may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”). ETNs are typically senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities whose returns are linked to the performance of a particular market index less applicable fees and expenses. ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. The fund may hold the ETN until maturity, at which time the issuer is obligated to pay a return linked to the performance of the relevant market index. ETNs do not make periodic interest payments and principal is not protected.

The market value of an ETN may be influenced by, among other things, time to maturity, level of supply and demand of the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in the underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, the current performance of the market index to which the ETN is linked, and the credit rating of the ETN issuer. The market value of an ETN may differ from the performance of the applicable market index and there may be times when an ETN trades at a premium or discount. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETNs at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities underlying the market index that the ETN seeks to track. A change in the issuer’s credit rating may also impact the value of an ETN despite the underlying market index remaining unchanged. ETNs are also subject to tax risk. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will accept, or a court will uphold, how the fund characterizes and treats ETNs for tax purposes.

An ETN that is tied to a specific market index may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market index. ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable market index, and the fund would bear a proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN in which it invests.

The fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist

II-8 

 



for an ETN. Some ETNs that use leverage in an effort to amplify the returns of an underlying market index can, at times, be relatively illiquid and may therefore be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs may offer the potential for greater return, but the potential for loss and speed at which losses can be realized also are greater. The extent of the fund’s investment in commodity-linked ETNs, if any, is limited by tax considerations. For more information regarding the tax treatment of commodity-linked ETNs, please see “Taxes” below.

ETNs are generally similar to structured investments and hybrid instruments. For discussion of these investments and the risks generally associated with them, see “Hybrid Instruments” and “Structured Investments” in this SAI.

Floating Rate and Variable Rate Demand Notes

The fund may purchase taxable or tax-exempt floating rate and variable rate demand notes for short-term cash management or other investment purposes. Floating rate and variable rate demand notes and bonds may have a stated maturity in excess of one year, but may have features that permit a holder to demand payment of principal plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. The issuer has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal of the obligation plus accrued interest upon a specific number of days notice to the holders. The interest rate of a floating rate instrument may be based on a known lending rate, such as a bank's prime rate, and is reset whenever such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable rate demand note is reset at specified intervals at a market rate.

Foreign Currency Transactions

To manage its exposure to foreign currencies, the fund may engage in foreign currency exchange transactions, including purchasing and selling foreign currency, foreign currency options, foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. In addition, the fund may engage in these transactions for the purpose of increasing its return. Foreign currency transactions involve costs, and, if unsuccessful, may reduce the fund’s return.

Generally, the fund may engage in both "transaction hedging" and "position hedging." The fund may also engage in foreign currency transactions for non-hedging purposes, subject to applicable law. When it engages in transaction hedging, the fund enters into foreign currency transactions with respect to specific receivables or payables, generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of portfolio securities. The fund will engage in transaction hedging when it desires to "lock in" the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in a foreign currency. By transaction hedging the fund will attempt to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is earned, and the date on which such payments are made or received. The fund may also engage in position hedging to protect against a decline in the value relative to the U.S. dollar

II-9 

 



of the currencies in which its portfolio securities are denominated or quoted (or an increase in the value of the currency in which securities the fund intends to buy are denominated or quoted).

The fund may purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot (or cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate in connection with the settlement of transactions in portfolio securities denominated in that foreign currency or for other hedging or non-hedging purposes. If conditions warrant, for hedging or non-hedging purposes, the fund may also enter into contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date ("forward contracts") and purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts. The fund may also purchase or sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies.

A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized exchange-traded contract for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the United States are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC"), such as the New York Mercantile Exchange, and have margin requirements.

A foreign currency forward contract is a negotiated agreement to exchange currency at a future time, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. The contract price may be higher or lower than the current spot rate. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. For example, the maturity date of a forward contract may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, rather than a predetermined date in a given month. Forward contracts may be in any amount agreed upon by the parties rather than predetermined amounts. In addition, forward contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, so that no intermediary is required. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades.

At the maturity of a forward or futures contract, the fund either may accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts may be effected only on a commodities exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market in such contracts; a clearing corporation associated with the exchange assumes responsibility for closing out such contracts.

Although the fund intends to purchase or sell foreign currency futures contracts only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

II-10 

 



It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security or securities being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the fund is obligated to deliver and a decision is made to sell the security or securities and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security or securities if the market value of such security or securities exceeds the amount of foreign currency the fund is obligated to deliver.

As noted above, the fund may purchase or sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies. A put option on a futures contract gives the fund the right to assume a short position in the futures contract until the expiration of the option. A put option on a currency gives the fund the right to sell the currency at an exercise price until the expiration of the option. A call option on a futures contract gives the fund the right to assume a long position in the futures contract until the expiration of the option. A call option on a currency gives the fund the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option.

Foreign currency options are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market, although options on foreign currencies are also listed on several exchanges. Options are traded not only on the currencies of individual nations, but also on the euro, the joint currency of most countries in the European Union.

The fund will only purchase or write foreign currency options when Putnam Management believes that a liquid secondary market exists for such options. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. Options on foreign currencies may be affected by all of those factors which influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

The fund's currency hedging transactions may call for the delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency and may at times not involve currencies in which its portfolio securities are then denominated. Putnam Management will engage in such "cross hedging" activities when it believes that such transactions provide significant hedging opportunities for the fund. Cross hedging transactions by the fund involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the values of the currencies to which such transactions relate and changes in the value of the currency or other asset or liability which is the subject of the hedge.

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that the fund owns or intends to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange which one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they involve costs to the fund and tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the increase in value of such currency.

II-11 

 



The fund may also engage in non-hedging currency transactions. For example, Putnam Management may believe that exposure to a currency is in the fund's best interest but that securities denominated in that currency are unattractive. In this situation, the fund may purchase a currency forward contract or option in order to increase its exposure to the currency. In accordance with SEC regulations, the fund will set aside liquid assets on its books to cover forward contracts used for non-hedging purposes.

In addition, the fund may seek to increase its current return or to offset some of the costs of hedging against fluctuations in current exchange rates by writing covered call options and covered put options on foreign currencies. The fund receives a premium from writing a call or put option, which increases the fund's current return if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a net profit. The fund may terminate an option that it has written prior to its expiration by entering into a closing purchase transaction in which it purchases an option having the same terms as the option written.

The value of any currency, including U.S. dollars and foreign currencies, may be affected by complex political and economic factors applicable to the issuing country. In addition, the exchange rates of foreign currencies (and therefore the values of foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) may be affected significantly, fixed, or supported directly or indirectly by U.S. and foreign government actions. Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces.

The value of a foreign currency option, forward contract or futures contract reflects the value of an exchange rate, which in turn reflects relative values of two currencies -- the U.S. dollar and the foreign currency in question. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for currency conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the "spread") between prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the exercise of foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd-lot market for the underlying foreign currencies in connection with options at prices that are less favorable than for round lots. Foreign governmental restrictions or taxes could result in adverse changes in the cost of acquiring or disposing of foreign currencies.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies and there is no regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large round-lot transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that options markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open,

II-12 

 



significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets.

The decision as to whether and to what extent the fund will engage in foreign currency exchange transactions will depend on a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions, the composition of the fund's portfolio and the availability of suitable transactions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the fund will engage in foreign currency exchange transactions at any given time or from time to time.

Foreign Investments and Related Risks

Foreign securities are normally denominated and traded in foreign currencies. As a result, the value of the fund's foreign investments and the value of its shares may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. In addition, the fund is required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the exchange rate for a foreign currency declines after a fund's income has been earned and translated into U.S. dollars (but before payment), the fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to make such distributions. Similarly, if an exchange rate declines between the time a fund incurs expenses in U.S. dollars and the time such expenses are paid, the amount of such currency required to be converted into U.S. dollars in order to pay such expenses in U.S. dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in any such currency of such expenses at the time they were incurred.

There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. In addition, there may be less (or less effective) regulation of exchanges, brokers and listed companies in some foreign countries. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions, custodial expenses and other fees are also generally higher than in the United States.

Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may be more complex and involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of the fund's assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in U.S. markets. For example, settlement of transactions involving foreign securities or foreign currencies (see below) may occur within a foreign country, and the fund may accept or make delivery of the underlying securities or currency in conformity with any applicable U.S. or foreign restrictions or regulations, and may pay fees, taxes or charges associated with such delivery. Such investments may also involve the risk that an entity involved in the settlement may not meet its obligations.

In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of sanctions (whether imposed by the local sovereign or by the United States government), currency exchange controls, foreign withholding or other taxes or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political, social or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of the fund's investments in certain

II-13 

 



foreign countries. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply.

Note on MSCI indices. MSCI, Inc. (MSCI) publishes two versions of its indices reflecting the reinvestment of dividends using two different methodologies: gross dividends and net dividends. While both versions reflect reinvested dividends, they differ with respect to the manner in which taxes associated with dividend payments are treated. In calculating the net dividends version, MSCI incorporates reinvested dividends applying the withholding tax rate applicable to foreign non-resident institutional investors that do not benefit from double taxation treaties. Putnam Management believes that the net dividends version of MSCI indices better reflects the returns U.S. investors might expect were they to invest directly in the component securities of an MSCI index.

Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States or in other foreign countries.

The laws of some foreign countries may limit the fund's ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries. These restrictions may take the form of prior governmental approval requirements, limits on the amount or type of securities held by foreigners and limits on the types of companies in which foreigners may invest (e.g., limits on investment in certain industries). Some countries also limit the investment of foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous terms or rights or preferences than securities of the issuer available for purchase by domestic parties, or may directly limit foreign investors’ rights (such as voting rights). Although securities subject to such restrictions may be marketable abroad, they may be less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions. Foreign laws may also impact the availability of derivatives or hedging techniques relating to a foreign country’s government securities. In each of these situations, the funds’ ability to invest significantly in desired issuers, or the terms of such investments, could be negatively impacted as a result of the relevant legal restriction. Sanctions imposed by the United States government on other countries or persons or issuers operating in such countries could restrict the fund’s ability to buy affected securities or to sell any affected securities it has previously purchased, which may subject the fund to greater risk of loss in those securities.

For purposes of some foreign holding limits or disclosure thresholds, all positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable limits or thresholds have been exceeded. Thus, even if the fund does not intend to exceed applicable limits, it is possible that different clients managed by Putnam Management and its affiliates (including separate affiliates owned by Power Corporation of Canada outside the Putnam Investments group) may be aggregated for this purpose. These limits may adversely affect the fund’s ability to invest in the applicable security.

The risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, typically are increased in connection with investments in developing countries, also known as "emerging markets." For example, political and economic structures in these countries may be in their infancy and developing rapidly, and such countries may lack the social, political and

II-14 

 



economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. Certain of these countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized and expropriated the assets of private companies. High rates of inflation or currency devaluations may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries. Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative.

The currencies of certain emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and future devaluations may adversely affect the value of assets denominated in such currencies. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation or deflation for many years, and future inflation may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries.

In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in emerging markets and the availability of additional investments in these markets. The small size, limited trading volume and relative inexperience of the securities markets in these countries may make investments in securities traded in emerging markets illiquid and more volatile than investments in securities traded in more developed countries, and the fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making investments in securities traded in emerging markets. There may be little financial or accounting information available with respect to issuers of emerging market securities, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value or prospects of an investment in such securities.

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities.

Certain of the foregoing risks may also apply to some extent to securities of U.S. issuers that are denominated in foreign currencies or that are traded in foreign markets, or securities of U.S. issuers having significant foreign operations.

Forward Commitments and Dollar Rolls

The fund may enter into contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time ("forward commitments") if the fund sets aside on its books liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price, or if the fund enters into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities it owns. In the case of to-be-announced ("TBA") purchase commitments, the unit price and the estimated principal amount are established when the fund enters into a contract, with the actual principal amount being within a specified range of the estimate. Forward commitments may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a

II-15 

 



risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of the fund's other assets. Where such purchases are made through dealers, the fund relies on the dealer to consummate the sale. The dealer's failure to do so may result in the loss to the fund of an advantageous yield or price. Although the fund will generally enter into forward commitments with the intention of acquiring securities for its portfolio or for delivery pursuant to options contracts it has entered into, the fund may dispose of a commitment prior to settlement if Putnam Management deems it appropriate to do so. The fund may realize short-term profits or losses upon the sale of forward commitments.

The fund may enter into TBA sale commitments to hedge its portfolio positions, to sell securities it owns under delayed delivery arrangements, or to take a short position in mortgage-backed securities. Proceeds of TBA sale commitments are not received until the contractual settlement date. During the time a TBA sale commitment is outstanding, either equivalent deliverable securities or an offsetting TBA purchase commitment deliverable on or before the sale commitment date are held as "cover" for the transaction, or other liquid assets in an amount equal to the notional value of the TBA sale commitment are segregated. Where the fund purchases or sells an option, which is to be settled in cash, to buy or sell a TBA sale commitment, the fund will segregate cash or liquid assets in an amount equal to the current “mark-to-market” value of the option. Unsettled TBA sale commitments are valued at current market value of the underlying securities. If the TBA sale commitment is closed through the acquisition of an offsetting purchase commitment, the fund realizes a gain or loss on the commitment without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security. If the fund delivers securities under the commitment, the fund realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the securities based upon the unit price established at the date the commitment was entered into.

The fund may enter into dollar roll transactions (generally using TBAs) in which it sells a fixed income security for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to purchase similar securities (for example, same type, coupon and maturity) at an agreed upon future time. By engaging in a dollar roll transaction, the fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the security that is sold, but receives the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase. The fund would also be able to earn interest on the proceeds of the sale before they are reinvested. The fund accounts for dollar rolls as purchases and sales. Because cash (or other assets determined to be liquid by Putnam Management in accordance with procedures established by the Trustees) in the amount of the fund’s commitment under a dollar roll is set aside on the fund’s books, the fund does not consider these transactions to be borrowings for purposes of its investment restrictions.

The obligation to purchase securities on a specified future date involves the risk that the market value of the securities that the fund is obligated to purchase may decline below the purchase price. In addition, in the event the other party to the transaction files for bankruptcy, becomes insolvent or defaults on its obligation, the fund may be adversely affected.

II-16 

 



Futures Contracts and Related Options

Subject to applicable law, the fund may invest without limit in futures contracts and related options for hedging and non-hedging purposes, such as to manage the effective duration of the fund's portfolio or as a substitute for direct investment. A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of financial instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of financial instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month at a stated price. The specific instruments delivered or taken, respectively, at settlement date are not determined until on or near that date. The determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract sale or purchase was made. Futures contracts are traded in the United States only on commodity exchanges or boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading by the CFTC, and must be executed through a futures commission merchant or brokerage firm which is a member of the relevant contract market. Examples of futures contracts that the fund may use (which may include single-security futures) include, without limitation, U.S. Treasury security futures, index futures, corporate or municipal bond futures, Government National Mortgage Association certificate futures, interest rate swap futures, and Eurodollar futures. In addition, as described elsewhere in this SAI, the fund may use foreign currency futures.

Although futures contracts (other than index futures and futures based on the volatility or variance experienced by an index) by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of commodities or securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. Index futures and futures based on the volatility or variance experienced by an index do not call for actual delivery or acceptance of commodities or securities, but instead require cash settlement of the futures contract on the settlement date specified in the contract. Such contracts may also be closed out before the settlement date. Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument or commodity with the same delivery date. If the price of the initial sale of the futures contract exceeds the price of the offsetting purchase, the seller is paid the difference and realizes a gain. Conversely, if the price of the offsetting purchase exceeds the price of the initial sale, the seller realizes a loss. If the fund is unable to enter into a closing transaction, the amount of the fund's potential loss is unlimited. The closing out of a futures contract purchase is effected by the purchaser's entering into a futures contract sale. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the purchaser realizes a gain, and if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, he realizes a loss.

Unlike when the fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into a contract, the fund is required to deliver to the futures broker an amount of liquid assets. This amount is known as "initial margin." The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds to finance the transactions. Rather, initial margin is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit which is returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Futures contracts also involve brokerage costs.

II-17 

 



Subsequent payments, called "variation margin" or "maintenance margin," to and from the broker are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying security or commodity fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as "marking to the market." For example, when the fund has purchased a futures contract on a security and the price of the underlying security has risen, that position will have increased in value and the fund will receive from the broker a variation margin payment based on that increase in value. Conversely, when the fund has purchased a security futures contract and the price of the underlying security has declined, the position would be less valuable and the fund would be required to make a variation margin payment to the broker.

The fund may elect to close some or all of its futures positions at any time prior to their expiration in order to reduce or eliminate a position then currently held by the fund. The fund may close its positions by taking opposite positions which will operate to terminate the fund's position in the futures contracts. Final determinations of variation margin are then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the fund, and the fund realizes a loss or a gain. Such closing transactions involve additional commission costs.

The fund does not intend to purchase or sell futures or related options for other than hedging purposes, if, as a result, the sum of the initial margin deposits on the fund's existing futures and related options positions and premiums paid for outstanding options on futures contracts would exceed 5% of the fund's net assets.

Putnam Management has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA (the “exclusion”) promulgated by the CFTC with respect to each Putnam fund. Accordingly, Putnam Management (with respect to the funds) is not subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion, each fund will be limited in its ability to use certain financial instruments regulated under the CEA (“commodity interests”), including futures and options on futures and certain swaps transactions. In the event that a fund’s investments in commodity interests are not within the thresholds set forth in the exclusion, Putnam Management may be required to register as a “commodity pool operator” and/or “commodity trading advisor” with the CFTC with respect to that fund. Putnam Management’s eligibility to claim the exclusion with respect to a fund will be based upon, among other things, the level and scope of the fund’s investment in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which the fund holds out its use of commodity interests. A fund’s ability to invest in commodity interests (including, but not limited to, futures and swaps on broad-based securities indexes and interest rates) is limited by Putnam Management's intention to operate the fund in a manner that would permit Putnam Management to continue to claim the exclusion under Rule 4.5, which may adversely affect the fund’s total return. In the event the fund’s investments in commodity interests require Putnam Management to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator with respect to a fund, the fund’s expenses may increase, adversely affecting that fund’s total return.

Index futures. An index futures contract is a contract to buy or sell units of an index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. Entering into a contract to buy units of an index is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a

II-18 

 



long position in the index. Entering into a contract to sell units of an index is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position. A unit is the current value of the index. The fund may enter into stock index futures contracts, debt index futures contracts, or other index futures contracts appropriate to its objective(s). The fund may also purchase and sell options on index futures contracts.

For example, the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index ("S&P 500") is composed of 500 selected U.S. common stocks. The S&P 500 assigns relative weightings to the common stocks included in the Index, and the value fluctuates with changes in the market values of those common stocks. In the case of the S&P 500, contracts are currently to buy or sell 250 units. Thus, if the value of the S&P 500 were $150, one contract would be worth $37,500 (250 units x $150). The stock index futures contract specifies that no delivery of the actual stocks making up the index will take place. Instead, settlement in cash must occur upon the termination of the contract, with the settlement being the difference between the contract price and the actual level of the stock index at the expiration of the contract. For example, if the fund enters into a futures contract to buy 250 units of the S&P 500 at a specified future date at a contract price of $150 and the S&P 500 is at $154 on that future date, the fund will gain $1,000 (250 units x gain of $4). If the fund enters into a futures contract to sell 250 units of the stock index at a specified future date at a contract price of $150 and the S&P 500 is at $152 on that future date, the fund will lose $500 (250 units x loss of $2).

Options on futures contracts. The fund may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts it may buy or sell and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. In return for the premium paid, options on futures contracts give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer's futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the future. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to its expiration date, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the underlying asset on which the future is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

The fund may use options on futures contracts in lieu of writing or buying options directly on the underlying securities or indices or purchasing and selling the underlying futures contracts. For example, to hedge against a possible decrease in the value of its portfolio securities, the fund may purchase put options or write call options on futures contracts rather than selling futures contracts. Similarly, the fund may purchase call options or write put options on futures contracts as a substitute for the purchase of futures contracts to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities which the fund expects to purchase. Such options generally operate in the same manner, and involve the same risks, as options purchased or written directly on the underlying investments. In addition, the fund will be required to deposit initial margin and maintenance margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it

II-19 

 



pursuant to brokers' requirements similar to those described above in connection with the discussion of futures contracts. The writing of an option on a futures contract involves risks similar to those relating to the sale of futures contracts.

Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts generally involves less potential risk to the fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs). However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the fund when the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the prices of the hedged investments.

As an alternative to purchasing call and put options on index futures, the fund may purchase and sell call and put options on the underlying indices themselves. Such options would be used in a manner identical to the use of options on index futures.

Risks of transactions in futures contracts and related options. Successful use of futures contracts by the fund is subject to Putnam Management's ability to predict movements in various factors affecting securities markets, including interest rates and market movements, and, in the case of index futures and futures based on the volatility or variance experienced by an index, Putnam Management’s ability to predict the future level of the index or the future volatility or variance experienced by an index. For example, it is possible that, where the fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the index on which the futures are written may advance and the value of securities held in the fund's portfolio, which may differ from those that comprise the index, may decline. If this occurred, the fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. It is also possible that, if the fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held in its portfolio and securities prices increase instead, the fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of those securities it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.

The use of options and futures strategies also involves the risk of imperfect correlation among movements in the prices of the securities or other assets underlying the futures and options purchased and sold by the fund, of the options and futures contracts themselves, and, in the case of hedging transactions, of the securities which are the subject of a hedge. In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the futures used by the fund and the portion of the portfolio being hedged, the prices of futures may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying asset due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions which could distort the expected relationship between the underlying asset and futures markets. Second, margin requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result the futures market may attract more speculators than the securities market does. Increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also

II-20 

 



cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and also because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the underlying asset and movements in the prices of related futures, even a correct forecast of general market trends by Putnam Management may still not result in a profitable position.

There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain market clearing facilities inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by exchanges of special procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customer orders.

To reduce or eliminate a position held by the fund, the fund may seek to close out such position. The ability to establish and close out positions will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop or continue to exist for a particular futures contract or option. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain contracts or options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of contracts or options, or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of contracts or options (or a particular class or series of contracts or options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange for such contracts or options (or in the class or series of contracts or options) would cease to exist, although outstanding contracts or options on the exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Hybrid Instruments

These instruments are generally considered derivatives and include indexed or structured securities, and combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depository instrument. A hybrid instrument may be a debt security, preferred stock, warrant, convertible security, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities (collectively, “underlying assets”), or by another objective index, economic factor or other measure, including interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodities or securities indices (collectively, “benchmarks”).

The risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies. An investment in a hybrid instrument may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument that has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars or pays interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published benchmark.

II-21 

 



The risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include the possibility of significant changes in the benchmark(s) or the prices of the underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the hybrid instrument, which may not be foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand of the underlying assets and interest rate movements. Hybrid instruments may be highly volatile and their use by the fund may not be successful.

Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, hybrid instruments may bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). The latter scenario may result if “leverage” is used to structure the hybrid instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in a benchmark or underlying asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.

Hybrid instruments can be an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, a fund may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions. One solution would be to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated hybrid instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three year interest rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, a fund could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly. The purpose of this arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, would be to give the fund the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering transaction costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful and the fund could lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer of the hybrid instrument.

Hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. Depending on the structure of the particular hybrid instrument, changes in a benchmark may be magnified by the terms of the hybrid instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial effect upon the value of the hybrid instrument. Also, the prices of the hybrid instrument and the benchmark or underlying asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time.

Hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt securities. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of such an investment could be zero. In addition, because the purchase and sale of hybrid investments could take place in an over-the-counter market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization, or in a transaction between the fund and the issuer of the hybrid instrument, the creditworthiness

II-22 

 



of the counterparty of the issuer of the hybrid instrument would be an additional risk factor the fund would have to consider and monitor. In addition, uncertainty regarding the tax treatment of hybrid instruments may reduce demand for such instruments. Tax considerations may also limit the extent of the fund’s investments in certain hybrid instruments. Hybrid instruments also may not be subject to regulation by the CFTC, which generally regulates the trading of commodity futures by U.S. persons, the SEC, which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to U.S. persons, or any other governmental regulatory authority.

Illiquid Investments

Each Putnam money market fund will not invest in (a) securities which are not readily marketable, (b) securities restricted as to resale (excluding securities determined by the Trustees of the fund (or the person designated by the Trustees of the fund to make such determinations) to be readily marketable), and (c) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 10% of the fund’s net assets (taken at current value) would be invested in securities described in (a), (b) and (c). Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act provides that mutual funds (other than money market funds) may not acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. The term “illiquid investment” for this purpose means any investment that a fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.

A fund’s illiquid investments may be considered speculative and may be difficult to sell. The sale of many of these investments may be prohibited or limited by law or contract. Illiquid investments may be difficult to value for purposes of calculating a fund’s net asset value. A fund may not be able to sell illiquid investments when Putnam Management considers it desirable to do so, or a fund may be able to sell them only at less than their value. The larger size of certain fund holdings and the lack of liquidity in securities markets may limit a fund’s ability to sell illiquid investments, or to sell them at appropriate prices, thereby negatively impacting the fund.

Inflation-Protected Securities

The fund may invest in U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“U.S. TIPS”), which are fixed income securities issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury, the principal amounts of which are adjusted daily based upon changes in the rate of inflation. The fund may also invest in other inflation-protected securities issued by non-U.S. governments or by private issuers. U.S. TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. The interest rate on these bonds is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation.

Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed for U.S. TIPS, even during a period of deflation. However, because the principal amount of U.S. TIPS would be adjusted downward during a period of deflation, the fund will be subject to

II-23 

 



deflation risk with respect to its investments in these securities. In addition, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. If the fund purchases U.S. TIPS in the secondary market whose principal values have been adjusted upward due to inflation since issuance, the fund may experience a loss if there is a subsequent period of deflation. The fund may also invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a guarantee of principal. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. TIPS is currently tied to the CPI-U, which is calculated by the U.S. Department of Treasury. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-protected bonds issued by a non-U.S. government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can no assurance that the CPI-U or any non-U.S. inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond's inflation measure. In addition, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a non-U.S. country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

In general, the value of inflation-protected bonds is expected to fluctuate in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-protected bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-protected bonds. If inflation is lower than expected during the period the fund holds the security, the fund may earn less on the security than on a conventional bond. Any increase in principal value is taxable in the year the increase occurs, even though holders do not receive cash representing the increase at that time. As a result, when the fund invests in inflation-protected securities, it could be required at times to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements as a regulated investment company and to eliminate any fund-level income tax liability under the Code.

The U.S. Treasury began issuing inflation-protected bonds in 1997. Certain non-U.S. governments, such as the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, have a longer history of issuing inflation-protected bonds, and there may be a more liquid market in certain of these countries for these securities.

Initial Public Offerings

The fund may purchase debt or equity securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). These securities, which are often issued by unseasoned companies, may be subject to many of the same risks of investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. Securities issued in an IPO frequently are very volatile in price, and the fund may hold

II-24 

 



securities purchased in an IPO for a very short period of time. As a result, the fund’s investments in IPOs may increase portfolio turnover, which increases brokerage and administrative costs.

At any particular time or from time to time the fund may not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or invest to the extent desired because, for example, only a small portion (if any) of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the fund. In addition, under certain market conditions a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of Putnam funds to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one fund may decrease. The investment performance of the fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the fund is able to do so. In addition, as the fund increases in size, the impact of IPOs on the fund’s performance will generally decrease.

Interfund Borrowing and Lending

To satisfy redemption requests or to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls, the fund has entered into a Master Interfund Lending Agreement by and among each Putnam fund and Putnam Management (the “Interfund Lending Agreement”) under which the fund may lend or borrow money for temporary purposes directly to or from another Putnam fund (an “Interfund Loan”), subject to meeting the conditions of an SEC exemptive order granted to the fund permitting such Interfund Loans. All Interfund Loans would consist only of uninvested cash reserves that the lending fund otherwise would invest in short-term repurchase agreements or other short-term instruments. At this time, Putnam Short-Term Investment Fund is the only Putnam fund expected to make its uninvested cash reserves available for Interfund Loans.

If the fund has outstanding borrowings, any Interfund Loans to the fund (a) would be at an interest rate equal to or lower than that of any outstanding bank loan, (b) would be secured at least on an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding bank loan that requires collateral, and (c) would have a maturity no longer than any outstanding bank loan (and in any event not over seven days). In addition, if an event of default were to occur under any agreement evidencing an outstanding bank loan to the fund, the event of default would automatically (without need for action or notice by the lending fund) constitute an immediate event of default under the Interfund Lending Agreement entitling the lending fund to call the Interfund Loan (and exercise all rights with respect to any collateral) and such a call would be deemed made if the lending bank exercises its right to call its loan under its agreement with the borrowing fund.

The fund may make an unsecured borrowing under the Interfund Lending Agreement if its outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided, that if the fund has a secured loan outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another Putnam fund, the fund’s Interfund Loan would be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding loan secured by collateral. If the fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an interfund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total

II-25 

 



assets, the fund may borrow through the credit facility on a secured basis only. All secured Interfund Loans would be secured by the pledge of segregated collateral with a market value equal to at least 102% of the outstanding principal value of the Interfund Loan. The fund may not borrow from any source if its total outstanding borrowings immediately after the borrowing would exceed the limits imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or the fund’s fundamental investment restrictions.

The fund may not lend to another Putnam fund under the Interfund Lending Agreement if the Interfund Loan would cause its aggregate outstanding Interfund Loans to exceed 15% of the fund’s current net assets at the time of the Interfund Loan. The fund’s Interfund Loans to any one fund may not exceed 5% of the lending fund’s net assets. The duration of Interfund Loans would be limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event may the duration exceed seven days. Interfund Loans effected within seven days of each other would be treated as separate loan transactions for purposes of this condition. Each Interfund Loan may be called on one business day’s notice by a lending fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing fund.

The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. If the fund borrows money from another fund, there is a risk that the Interfund Loan could be called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the fund may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an Interfund Loan were not available from another fund. A delay in repayment to a lending fund could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs, and interfund loans are subject to the risk that the borrowing fund could be unable to repay the loan when due.

Inverse Floaters

These securities have variable interest rates that typically move in the opposite direction from movements in prevailing short-term interest rate levels – rising when prevailing short-term interest rate fall, and vice versa. The prices of inverse floaters can be considerably more volatile than the prices of bonds with comparable maturities.

Legal and Regulatory Risks Relating to Investment Strategy

The fund may be adversely affected by new (or revised) laws or regulations that may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, or other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. These agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of rules pursuant to financial reform legislation in the United States. The fund may also be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules. The regulatory environment for private funds is evolving, and changes in the regulation of private funds may adversely affect the value of the investments held by the fund and the ability of the fund to execute its investment strategy. In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes,

II-26 

 



regulations and margin requirements. The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The regulation of derivatives transactions and funds that engage in such transactions is an evolving area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action.

In October 2016, the SEC adopted a liquidity risk management rule that requires each fund (other than Putnam money market funds) to establish a liquidity risk management program. The impact the rule will have on the funds, and on the open-end fund industry in general, is not yet fully known, but the rule could impact a fund’s performance and its ability to achieve its investment objective(s). Please see “Illiquid Investments” above for more information.

The U.S. government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of the derivatives market, including new clearing, margin, reporting and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, adversely affect the value of the investments held by the fund, restrict the fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by Putnam Management and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Any modification of trading decisions or elimination of open positions that may be required to avoid exceeding such limits may adversely affect the profitability of the fund.

The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain threshold and is expected to adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. If the fund’s short positions or its strategy become generally known, the fund’s ability to implement its investment strategy could be adversely affected. In particular, other investors could cause a “short squeeze” in the securities held short by the fund forcing the fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements may also limit the fund’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the fund seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the fund could decrease drastically. In addition, the SEC recently proposed additional restrictions on short sales, which could restrict the fund’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances. The SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on short

II-27 

 



sales of certain securities in response to market events. Bans on short selling may make it impossible for the fund to execute certain investment strategies.

Recently enacted federal legislation requires the adoption of regulations that will require any creditor that makes a loan and any securitizer of a loan to retain at least 5% of the credit risk on any loan that is transferred, sold or conveyed by such creditor or securitizer. It is currently unclear how these requirements will apply to loan participations, syndicated loans, and loan assignments. Investors, such as the fund, that seek or hold investments in loans could be adversely affected by the regulation.

Lower-rated Securities

The fund may invest in lower-rated fixed-income securities (commonly known as "junk bonds"). The lower ratings reflect a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer or in general economic conditions, or both, or an unanticipated rise in interest rates, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal. The inability (or perceived inability) of issuers to make timely payment of interest and principal would likely make the values of securities held by the fund more volatile and could limit the fund's ability to sell its securities at prices approximating the values the fund had placed on such securities. In the absence of a liquid trading market for securities held by it, the fund at times may be unable to establish the fair value of such securities.

Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer's historical financial condition and the rating agencies' analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer's current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate. In addition, the rating assigned to a security by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's (or by any other nationally recognized securities rating agency) does not reflect an assessment of the volatility of the security's market value or the liquidity of an investment in the security. See "SECURITIES RATINGS."

Like those of other fixed-income securities, the values of lower-rated securities fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. A decrease in interest rates will generally result in an increase in the value of the fund's fixed-income assets. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of the fund's fixed-income assets will generally decline. The values of lower-rated securities may often be affected to a greater extent by changes in general economic conditions and business conditions affecting the issuers of such securities and their industries. Negative publicity or investor perceptions may also adversely affect the values of lower-rated securities. Changes by nationally recognized securities rating agencies in their ratings of any fixed-income security and changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. Changes in the value of portfolio securities generally will not affect income derived from these securities, but will affect the fund's net asset value. The fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. However, Putnam Management will monitor the investment to determine whether its retention will assist in meeting the fund's goal(s).

II-28 

 



Issuers of lower-rated securities are often highly leveraged, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. Such issuers may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them and may be unable to repay outstanding obligations at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default in payment of interest or repayment of principal by such issuers is significantly greater because such securities frequently are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.

At times, a substantial portion of the fund's assets may be invested in an issue of which the fund, by itself or together with other funds and accounts managed by Putnam Management or its affiliates, holds all or a major portion. Although Putnam Management generally considers such securities to be liquid because of the availability of an institutional market for such securities, it is possible that, under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities when Putnam Management believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if they were more widely held. Under these circumstances, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the fund's net asset value. In order to enforce its rights in the event of a default, the fund may be required to participate in various legal proceedings or take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer's obligations on such securities. This could increase the fund's operating expenses and adversely affect the fund's net asset value. The ability of a holder of a tax-exempt security to enforce the terms of that security in a bankruptcy proceeding may be more limited than would be the case with respect to securities of private issuers. In addition, the fund's intention to qualify as a "regulated investment company" under the Code may limit the extent to which the fund may exercise its rights by taking possession of such assets.

To the extent the fund invests in securities in the lower rating categories, the achievement of the fund's goals is more dependent on Putnam Management's investment analysis than would be the case if the fund were investing in securities in the higher rating categories.

Market Risk

The value of securities in a fund’s portfolio may fall or fail to rise over extended periods of time for a variety of reasons, including general financial market conditions, changing market perceptions (including perceptions about the risk of default and expectations about monetary policy or interest rates), changes in government intervention in the financial markets, and factors related to a specific issuer, industry or sector. In addition, the increasing popularity of passive index-based investing may have the potential to increase security price correlations and volatility. (As passive strategies generally buy or sell securities based simply on inclusion and representation in an index, securities prices will have an increasing tendency to rise or fall based on whether money is flowing into or out of passive strategies rather than based on an analysis of the prospects and valuation of individual securities. This may result in increased market volatility as more money is invested through passive strategies). These and other factors may lead to increased volatility and reduced liquidity in the fund’s portfolio holdings. During those periods, the fund may experience high levels of shareholder redemptions, and may have to sell securities at times when it would otherwise not do so, and at unfavorable price.

II-29 

 



Legal political, regulatory and tax changes also may cause fluctuations in markets and securities prices. In recent periods, governmental and non-governmental issuers have defaulted on, or have been forced to restructure, their debts, and many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit. These market conditions may continue, worsen or spread, including, without limitation, in Europe or Asia. Defaults or restructurings by governments or others of their debts could have substantial adverse effects on economies, financial markets, and asset valuations around the world. In recent periods, financial regulators, including the U.S. Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank, have taken steps to maintain historically low interest rates, such as by purchasing bonds. Some governmental authorities have taken steps to devalue their currencies substantially or have taken other steps to counter actual or anticipated market or other developments. Steps by those regulators and authorities to implement, or to curtail or taper, these activities could have substantial negative effects on financial markets. The withdrawal of support, failure of efforts in response to a financial crisis, or investor perception that these efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as the values and liquidity of certain securities.

In addition, the fund is subject to the risk that geopolitical events will disrupt securities markets and adversely affect global economies and markets. War, terrorism, and related geopolitical events have led, and in the future may lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Likewise, natural and environmental disasters and systemic market dislocations may be highly disruptive to economies and markets. Those events as well as other changes in foreign and domestic economic and political conditions also could adversely affect individual issuers or related groups of issuers, securities markets, interest rates, credit ratings, inflation, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of the fund’s investments. Given the increasing interdependence among global economies and markets, conditions in one country, market, or region might adversely affect markets, issuers, and/or foreign exchange rates in other countries, including the U.S. Any partial or complete dissolution of the Economic and Monetary Union of the European Union, or any increased uncertainty as to its status, could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the fund’s investments. Securities and financial markets may be susceptible to market manipulation or other fraudulent trade practices, which could disrupt the orderly functioning of these markets or adversely affect the values of investments traded in these markets, including investments held by the fund. To the extent the fund has focused its investments in the market or index of a particular region, adverse geopolitical and other events could have a disproportionate impact on the fund.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments, or short-term debt instruments, consist of obligations such as commercial paper, bank obligations (i.e., certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances), repurchase agreements and various government obligations, such as Treasury bills. These instruments have a remaining maturity of one year or less and are generally of high credit quality. Money market instruments may be structured to be, or may employ a trust or other form so that they are, eligible investments for money market funds. For example, put features can be

II-30 

 



used to modify the maturity of a security or interest rate adjustment features can be used to enhance price stability. If a structure fails to function as intended, adverse tax or investment consequences may result. Neither the IRS nor any other regulatory authority has ruled definitively on certain legal issues presented by certain structured securities. Future tax or other regulatory determinations could adversely affect the value, liquidity, or tax treatment of the income received from these securities or the nature and timing of distributions made by the funds.

Commercial paper is a money market instrument issued by banks or companies to raise money for short-term purposes. Unlike some other debt obligations, commercial paper is typically unsecured. Commercial paper may be issued as an asset-backed security (that is, backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different issuers), in which case certain of the risks discussed in “Mortgage-backed and Asset-backed securities” would apply. Commercial paper is traded primarily among institutions.

Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund may invest in bankers’ acceptances issued by banks with deposits in excess of $2 billion (or the foreign currency equivalent) at the close of the last calendar year. If the Trustees change this minimum deposit requirement, shareholders would be notified. Other funds of the Trust may invest in bankers’ acceptances without regard to this requirement.

In accordance with rules issued by the SEC, the fund may from time to time invest all or a portion of its cash balances in money market and/or short-term bond funds advised by Putnam Management. In connection with such investments, Putnam Management may waive a portion of the advisory fees otherwise payable by the fund. See “Charges and expenses” in Part I of this SAI for the amount, if any, waived by Putnam Management in connection with such investments.

Mortgage-backed and Asset-backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") and certain stripped mortgage-backed securities, represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property and receivables from credit card agreements.

Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-backed securities. In that event the fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-backed securities in an investment

II-31 

 



that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-backed securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-backed securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-backed security is inaccurately predicted, the fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.

Adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMs”), like traditional mortgage-backed securities, are interests in pools of mortgage loans that provide investors with payments consisting of both principal and interest as mortgage loans in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by the borrowers. Unlike fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, ARMs are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These interest rates are reset at periodic intervals, usually by reference to an interest rate index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these securities are still subject to changes in value based on, among other things, changes in market interest rates or changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness. If rates increase due to a reset, the risk of default by underlying borrowers may increase. Because the interest rates are reset only periodically, changes in the interest rate on ARMs may lag changes in prevailing market interest rates. Also, some ARMs (or the underlying mortgages) are subject to caps or floors that limit the maximum change in the interest rate during a specified period or over the life of the security. As a result, changes in the interest rate on an ARM may not fully reflect changes in prevailing market interest rates during certain periods. The fund may also invest in “hybrid” ARMs, whose underlying mortgages combine fixed-rate and adjustable rate features.

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of "locking in" attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. These prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. The automatic interest rate adjustment feature of mortgages underlying ARMs likewise reduces the ability to lock-in attractive rates. As a result, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the fund. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral.

II-32 

 



At times, some mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will have higher than market interest rates and therefore will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium.

CMOs may be issued by a U.S. government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities or any other person or entity.

Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing their volatility.

Prepayments could result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The yield to maturity on an interest only or “IO” class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on the fund's yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, principal only or “POs” tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting the fund's ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

The risks associated with other asset-backed securities (including in particular the risks of issuer default and of early prepayment) are generally similar to those described above for CMOs. In addition, because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets that is comparable to a mortgage, asset-backed securities present certain additional risks that are not present with mortgage-backed securities. The ability of an issuer of

II-33 

 



asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited. For example, revolving credit receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles, rather than by real property.

Asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The value of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset and are therefore subject to risks associated with negligence by, or defalcation of, their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets.

Options on Securities

Writing covered options. The fund may write covered call options and covered put options on optionable securities held in its portfolio or that it has an absolute and immediate right to acquire without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by Putnam Management in accordance with procedures established by the Trustees, in such amount as are set aside on the fund’s books), when in the opinion of Putnam Management such transactions are consistent with the fund's goal(s) and policies. Call options written by the fund give the purchaser the right to buy the underlying securities from the fund at a stated exercise price; put options give the purchaser the right to sell the underlying securities to the fund at a stated price.

The fund may write only covered options, which means that, so long as the fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of securities exchanges) or have an absolute and immediate right to acquire without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by Putnam Management in accordance with procedures established by the Trustees, in such amount as are set aside on the fund’s books). In the case of put options, the fund will set aside on its books assets determined to be liquid by Putnam Management in accordance with procedures established by the Trustees and equal in value to the price to be paid if the option is exercised. In addition, the fund will be considered to have covered a put or call option if and to the extent that it holds an option that offsets some or all of the risk of the option it has written. The fund may write combinations of covered puts and calls on the same underlying security.

The fund will receive a premium from writing a put or call option, which increases the fund's return in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium reflects, among other things, the relationship between the exercise price and the current market value of the underlying security, the volatility of the underlying security, the amount of time remaining until expiration, current interest rates, and the effect of supply and demand in the options market and in the market for the underlying security. By writing a call option, if the fund

II-34 

 



holds the security, the fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option but continues to bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security. If the fund does not hold the underlying security, the fund bears the risk that, if the market price exceeds the option strike price, the fund will suffer a loss equal to the difference at the time of exercise. By writing a put option, the fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than its then-current market value, resulting in a potential capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value.

The fund may terminate an option that it has written prior to its expiration by entering into a closing purchase transaction, in which it purchases an offsetting option. The fund realizes a profit or loss from a closing transaction if the cost of the transaction (option premium plus transaction costs) is less or more than the premium received from writing the option. If the fund writes a call option but does not own the underlying security, and when it writes a put option, the fund may be required to deposit cash or securities with its broker as "margin," or collateral, for its obligation to buy or sell the underlying security. As the value of the underlying security varies, the fund may have to deposit additional margin with the broker. Margin requirements are complex and are fixed by individual brokers, subject to minimum requirements currently imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and by stock exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations.

Purchasing put options. The fund may purchase put options to protect its portfolio holdings in an underlying security against a decline in market value. Such protection is provided during the life of the put option since the fund, as holder of the option, is able to sell the underlying security at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying security's market price. In order for a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. By using put options in this manner, the fund will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized from appreciation of the underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs. The fund may also purchase put options for other investment purposes, including to take a short position in the security underlying the put option.

Purchasing call options. The fund may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the fund wants ultimately to buy. Such hedge protection is provided during the life of the call option since the fund, as holder of the call option, is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the underlying security's market price. In order for a call option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs. The fund may also purchase call options for other investment purposes.

Risk factors in options transactions. The successful use of the fund's options strategies depends on the ability of Putnam Management to forecast correctly interest rate and market movements. For example, if the fund were to write a call option based on Putnam Management's expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise instead, the fund could be required to sell the security upon exercise at a price below the current market price. Similarly, if the fund were to write a put option based on Putnam Management's expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead,

II-35 

 



the fund could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current market price.

When the fund purchases an option, it runs the risk that it will lose its entire investment in the option in a relatively short period of time, unless the fund exercises the option or enters into a closing sale transaction before the option's expiration. If the price of the underlying security does not rise (in the case of a call) or fall (in the case of a put) to an extent sufficient to cover the option premium and transaction costs, the fund will lose part or all of its investment in the option. This contrasts with an investment by the fund in the underlying security, since the fund will not realize a loss if the security's price does not change.

The effective use of options also depends on the fund's ability to terminate option positions at times when Putnam Management deems it desirable to do so. There is no assurance that the fund will be able to effect closing transactions at any particular time or at an acceptable price. If a secondary market in options were to become unavailable, the fund could no longer engage in closing transactions. Lack of investor interest might adversely affect the liquidity of the market for particular options or series of options. A market may discontinue trading of a particular option or options generally. In addition, a market could become temporarily unavailable if unusual events -- such as volume in excess of trading or clearing capability -- were to interrupt its normal operations.

A market may at times find it necessary to impose restrictions on particular types of options transactions, such as opening transactions. For example, if an underlying security ceases to meet qualifications imposed by the market or the Options Clearing Corporation, new series of options on that security will no longer be opened to replace expiring series, and opening transactions in existing series may be prohibited. If an options market were to become unavailable, the fund as a holder of an option would be able to realize profits or limit losses only by exercising the option, and the fund, as option writer, would remain obligated under the option until expiration or exercise.

Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by the fund could result in losses on the options. For example, if a fund is unable to purchase a security underlying a put option it had purchased, the fund may be unable to exercise the put option. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, the fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with considerable losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the Options Clearing Corporation or other options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at the time when trading in the option has also been halted, the fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If the Options Clearing Corporation were to determine that the available supply of an underlying security appears insufficient to permit delivery by the writers of all outstanding calls in the event of exercise, it may prohibit indefinitely the exercise of put options. The fund, as holder of such a put option, could lose its entire investment if it is unable to exercise the put option prior to its expiration.

II-36 

 



Foreign-traded options are subject to many of the same risks presented by internationally-traded securities. In addition, because of time differences between the United States and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when U.S. markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interest in the United States.

Over-the-counter ("OTC") options purchased by the fund and assets held to cover OTC options written by the fund may, under certain circumstances, be considered illiquid securities for purposes of any limitation on the fund's ability to invest in illiquid securities. The fund may use both European-style options, which are only exercisable immediately prior to their expiration, and American-style options, which are exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date.

In addition to options on securities and futures, the fund may also enter into options on futures, swaps, or other instruments as described elsewhere in this SAI.

Preferred Stocks and Convertible Securities

The fund may invest in preferred stocks or convertible securities. A preferred stock generally pays dividends at a specified rate and has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of an issuer's assets but is junior to the debt securities of the issuer in those same respects. The market prices of preferred stocks are subject to changes in interest rates and are more sensitive to changes in an issuer's creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. Shareholders of preferred stock may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. Under ordinary circumstances, preferred stock does not carry voting rights. In addition, many preferred stocks may be called or redeemed prior to their maturity by the issuer under certain conditions.

Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for, at a specific price or formula within a particular period of time, a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or dividends paid or accrued on preferred stock until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.

The market value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment value" and its "conversion value." A security's "investment value" represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a nonconvertible fixed income security). The investment value may be determined by reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer's capital structure. A security's "conversion value" is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security.

II-37 

 



If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security will trade like nonconvertible debt or preferred stock and its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is near or above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security will be more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain than common stocks.

The fund's investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. Because conversion of the security is not at the option of the holder, the fund may be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.

The fund's investments in preferred stocks and convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid. The fund may not be able to dispose of such securities in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in losses to the fund.

Private Placements and Restricted Securities

The fund may invest in securities that are purchased in private placements and, accordingly, are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such investments, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when Putnam Management believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the fund's net asset value.

While such private placements may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market, the securities so purchased are often "restricted securities," i.e., securities which cannot be sold to the public without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144 or 144A), or which are "not readily marketable" because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale.

The absence of a trading market can make it difficult to ascertain a market value for illiquid investments. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and it may be difficult or impossible for the fund to sell them promptly at an acceptable price. The fund may have to bear the extra expense of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delay in effecting such registration. In addition, market quotations are less readily available. The judgment of Putnam Management may at times play a greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of publicly traded securities.

II-38 

 



Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration, or in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act. The fund may be deemed to be an "underwriter" for purposes of the Securities Act when selling restricted securities to the public, and in such event the fund may be liable to purchasers of such securities if the registration statement prepared by the issuer, or the prospectus forming a part of it, is materially inaccurate or misleading. The SEC Staff currently takes the view that any delegation by the Trustees of the authority to determine that a restricted security is readily marketable (as described in the investment restrictions of the funds) must be pursuant to written procedures established by the Trustees and the Trustees have delegated such authority to Putnam Management.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

The fund may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in either real estate or real estate related loans. Like regulated investment companies such as the fund, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided that they comply with certain requirements under the Code. The fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the fund’s own expenses.

REITs involve certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general (such as possible declines in the value of real estate, lack of availability of mortgage funds, or extended vacancies of property). REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the risk of borrower default, the likelihood of which is increased for mortgage REITs that invest in sub-prime mortgages. REITs, and mortgage REITs in particular, are also subject to interest rate risk. REITs are dependent upon their operators’ management skills, are generally not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and the risk of default by borrowers. REITs are also subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for the tax-advantaged treatment available to REITs under the Code or failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than more widely held securities.

II-39 

 



Redeemable Securities

Certain securities held by the fund may permit the issuer at its option to "call" or redeem its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by the fund during a time of declining interest rates, the fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.

Repurchase Agreements

Under normal circumstances, each fund may enter into repurchase agreements amounting to not more than 25% of its total assets, except that this 25% limitation does not apply to repurchase agreements entered into in connection with short sales and to investments by a money market fund and Putnam Short Term Investment Fund. Money market funds and Putnam Short Term Investment Fund may invest without limit in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the fund, the buyer under the contract, acquires a security subject to the obligation of the seller (or repurchase agreement counterparty) to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the security at a fixed time and price, which represents the fund's cost plus interest (or, for repurchase agreements under which the fund acquires a security and then sells it short, the fund’s cost of “borrowing” the security). A repurchase agreement with a stated maturity of longer than one week is considered an illiquid investment. It is the fund's present intention to enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and registered broker-dealers. The fund may enter into repurchase agreements, including with respect to securities it wishes to sell short. See “Short Sales” in this SAI. Certain of the repurchase agreements related to securities sold short may provide that, at the option of the fund, settlement may be made by delivery of cash equal to the difference between (a) the sum of (i) the market value of the securities sold short at the time the repurchase agreement is closed out and (ii) transaction costs associated with the acquisition in the market by the repurchase agreement counterparty of the securities sold short and (b) the repurchase price specified in the repurchase agreement.

The fund may be exposed to the credit risk of the repurchase agreement counterparty (or seller) in the event that the counterparty is unable to close out the repurchase agreement in accordance with its terms. If the seller defaults, the fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying security to the extent that the proceeds of the sale including accrued interest are less than the resale price provided in the agreement including interest. In addition, if the seller should be involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, the fund may incur delay and costs in selling the underlying security or may suffer a loss of principal and interest if the fund is treated as an unsecured creditor and required to return the underlying collateral to the seller's estate.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund may transfer uninvested cash balances into a joint account, along with cash of other Putnam funds and certain other accounts. These balances may be invested in one or more repurchase agreements and/or short-term money market instruments.

The fund may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund sells portfolio assets subject to an agreement by the fund to repurchase the same assets at an agreed upon price and date. The fund can use the proceeds received from

II-40 

 



entering into a reverse repurchase agreement to make additional investments, which generally causes the fund’s portfolio to behave as if it were leveraged. If the buyer in a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the fund may be unable to recover the securities it sold and as a result would realize a loss equal to the difference between the value of those securities and the payment it received for them. The size of this loss will depend upon the difference between what the buyer paid for the securities the fund sold to it and the value of those securities (e.g., a buyer may pay $95 for a bond with a market value of $100). In the event of a buyer’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the fund’s use of proceeds from the sale of its securities may be restricted while the other party or its trustee or receiver determines whether to honor the fund’s right to repurchase the securities. The fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements also subjects the fund to interest costs based on the difference between the sale and repurchase price of a security involved in such a transaction. Additionally, reverse repurchase agreements entail the same risks as over-the-counter derivatives. These include the risk that the counterparty to the reverse repurchase agreement may not be able to fulfill its obligations, as discussed above, that the parties may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms, or that the instrument may not perform as expected.

Securities Loans

The fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities, on either a short-term or long-term basis, amounting to not more than 25% of its total assets, thereby realizing additional income. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. If a borrower defaults, the value of the collateral may decline before the fund can dispose of it. As a matter of policy, securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that the loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash or short-term debt obligations at least equal at all times to the value of the securities on loan, "marked-to-market" daily. The borrower pays to the fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities lent. The fund retains all or a portion of the interest received on investment of the cash collateral or receives a fee from the borrower. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so to enable the fund to exercise voting rights on any matters materially affecting the investment. The fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities. The fund may pay fees in connection with arranging loans of its portfolio securities.

Securities of Other Investment Companies

Securities of other investment companies, including shares of open- and closed-end investment companies and unit investment trusts (which may include ETFs), represent interests in collective investment portfolios that, in turn, invest directly in underlying instruments. The fund may invest in other investment companies when it has more uninvested cash than Putnam Management believes is advisable, when it receives cash collateral from securities lending arrangements, when there is a shortage of direct investments available, or when Putnam Management believes that investment companies offer attractive values.

II-41 

 



Investment companies may be structured to perform in a similar fashion to a broad-based securities index or may focus on a particular strategy or class of assets. ETFs typically seek to track the performance or dividend yield of specific indexes or companies in related industries. These indexes may be broad-based, sector-based or international. Investing in investment companies involves substantially the same risks as investing directly in the underlying instruments, but also involves expenses at the investment company-level, such as portfolio management fees and operating expenses. These expenses are in addition to the fees and expenses of the fund itself, which may lead to duplication of expenses while the fund owns another investment company’s shares. In addition, investing in investment companies involves the risk that they will not perform in exactly the same fashion, or in response to the same factors, as the underlying instruments or index. To the extent the fund invests in other investment companies that are professionally managed, its performance will also depend on the investment and research abilities of investment managers other than Putnam Management.

Open-end investment companies typically offer their shares continuously at net asset value plus any applicable sales charge and stand ready to redeem shares upon shareholder request. The shares of certain other types of investment companies, such as ETFs and closed-end investment companies, typically trade on a stock exchange or over-the-counter at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. In the case of closed-end investment companies, the number of shares is typically fixed. The securities of closed-end investment companies and ETFs carry the risk that the price the fund pays or receives may be higher or lower than the investment company’s net asset value. ETFs and closed-end investment companies are also subject to certain additional risks, including the risks of illiquidity and of possible trading halts due to market conditions or other reasons, based on the policies of the relevant exchange. The shares of investment companies, particularly closed-end investment companies, may also be leveraged, which would increase the volatility of the fund’s net asset value.

The extent to which the fund can invest in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs, is generally limited by federal securities laws. For more information regarding the tax treatment of ETFs, please see “Taxes” below.

Short Sales

The fund may engage in short sales of securities either as a hedge against potential declines in value of a portfolio security or to realize appreciation when a security that the fund does not own declines in value. Short sales are transactions in which the fund sells a security it does not own to a third party by borrowing the security in anticipation of purchasing the same security at the market price on a later date to close out the short position. The fund may also engage in short sales by entering into a repurchase agreement with respect to the security it wishes to sell short. See “– Repurchase Agreements” in this SAI. The fund will incur a gain if the price of the security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund replaces the borrowed security (or closes out the related repurchase agreement); and the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. Such a loss is theoretically unlimited since the potential increase in the market price of the security sold short is not limited. Until the security is replaced, the fund must pay the lender (or repurchase agreement counterparty) any dividends or interest that accrues during the period of the loan (or repurchase agreement). To

II-42 

 



borrow (or enter into a repurchase agreement with respect to) the security, the fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The fund’s successful use of short sales is subject to Putnam Management’s ability to accurately predict movements in the market price of the security sold short. Short selling may involve financial leverage because the fund is exposed both to changes in the market price of the security sold short and to changes in the value of securities purchased with the proceeds of the short sale, effectively leveraging its assets. Under adverse market conditions, a fund may have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and may be required to close out its short position at a time when the fund would not choose to do so, and may therefore have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations may not favor such sales. While the fund has an open short position, it will segregate, by appropriate notation on its books or the books of its custodian, cash or liquid assets at least equal in value to the market value of the securities sold short. The segregated amount will be “marked-to-market” daily. Because of this segregation, the fund does not consider these transactions to be “senior securities” for purposes of the 1940 Act. In connection with short sale transactions, the fund may be required to pledge certain additional assets for the benefit of the securities lender (or repurchase agreement counterparty) and the fund may, while such assets remain pledged, be limited in its ability to invest those assets in accordance with the fund’s investment strategies.

Certain of the repurchase agreements related to securities sold short may provide that, at the option of the fund, in lieu of delivering the securities sold short, settlement may be made by delivery of cash equal to the difference between (a) the sum of (i) the market value of the securities sold short at the time the repurchase agreement is closed out and (ii) transaction costs associated with the acquisition in the market by the repurchase agreement counterparty of the securities sold short and (b) the repurchase price specified in the repurchase agreement. Because that cash amount represents the fund’s maximum loss in the event of the insolvency of the counterparty, the fund will, except where the local market practice for foreign securities to be sold short requires payment prior to delivery of such securities, treat such amount, rather than the full notional amount of the repurchase agreement, as its “investment” in securities of the counterparty for purposes of all applicable investment restrictions, including its fundamental policy with respect to diversification.

Short-term Trading

In seeking the fund's objective(s), Putnam Management will buy or sell portfolio securities whenever Putnam Management believes it appropriate to do so. From time to time the fund will buy securities intending to seek short-term trading profits. A change in the securities held by the fund is known as "portfolio turnover" and generally involves some expense to the fund. This expense may include brokerage commissions or dealer markups and other transaction costs on both the sale of securities and the reinvestment of the proceeds in other securities. As a result of the fund's investment policies, under certain market conditions the fund's portfolio turnover rate may be higher than that of other mutual funds. Portfolio turnover rate for a fiscal year is the ratio of the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities to the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities -- excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less.

II-43 

 



The fund's portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when Putnam Management considers a change in the fund's portfolio.

Special Purpose Acquisition Companies

The fund may invest in stock, warrants, and other securities of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or similar special purpose entities that pool funds to seek potential acquisition opportunities. Unless and until an acquisition is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets (less a portion retained to cover expenses) in U.S. government securities, money market securities and cash; if an acquisition that meets the requirements for the SPAC is not completed within a pre-established period of time, the invested funds are returned to the entity’s shareholders. Because SPACs and similar entities are in essence blank check companies without an operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices. In addition, these securities, which are typically traded in the over-the-counter market, may be considered illiquid and/or be subject to restrictions on resale.

Structured Investments

A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related and restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts.

II-44 

 



Swap Agreements

The fund may enter into swap agreements and other types of over-the-counter transactions such as caps, floors and collars with broker-dealers or other financial institutions for hedging or investment purposes. A swap involves the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index or other underlying financial measure exceeds a predetermined value on a predetermined date or dates, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index or other underlying financial measure falls or other underlying measure below a predetermined value on a predetermined date or dates, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements and similar transactions can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structures, swap agreements may increase or decrease the fund's exposure to long-or short-term interest rates (in the United States or abroad), foreign currency values, mortgage securities, mortgage rates, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices, inflation rates or the volatility of an index or one or more securities. For example, if the fund agrees to exchange payments in U.S. dollars for payments in a non-U.S. currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the fund's exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to that non-U.S. currency and interest rates. The fund may also engage in total return swaps, in which payments made by the fund or the counterparty are based on the total return of a particular reference asset or assets (such as an equity or fixed-income security, a combination of such securities, or an index). A swap agreement may be structured with reference to an index of securities that is created and maintained by the swap counterparty. The fund may also enter into swap agreements on futures contracts including, but not limited to, index futures contracts. Swap agreements on futures contracts are generally subject to the same risks involved in the fund’s use of futures contracts, in addition to the risks involved in the fund’s use of swap agreements. See “—Futures Contracts and Related Options.” A total return swap, or a swap on a futures contract, may add leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to an underlying asset or market where the fund does not own or take physical custody of such asset or invest directly in such market.

The fund’s ability to realize a profit from such transactions will depend on the ability of the financial institutions with which it enters into the transactions to meet their obligations to the fund. If a counterparty's creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty's insolvency. If the returns of an index upon which a swap is based are unavailable or cannot be calculated (including where the index is created and maintained by the swap counterparty), the fund may experience difficulty in valuing the swap or in determining the amounts owed to or by the counterparty, regardless of whether the counterparty has defaulted. Under certain circumstances, suitable transactions may not be available to the fund, or the fund may be unable to close out its position

II-45 

 



under such transactions at the same time, or at the same price, as if it had purchased comparable publicly traded securities.

The fund’s investments in swaps will generate ordinary income and losses for federal income tax purposes and may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make the distributions necessary to qualify and be eligible for treatment as a regulated investment company and avoid a fund-level tax. The fund may therefore need to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, to meet its distribution requirement. The fund is not permitted to carry forward any net ordinary losses it realizes in a taxable year to offset ordinary income it realizes in subsequent taxable years.

The fund may also enter into options on swap agreements ("swaptions"). A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in the fund’s use of options. See “Options on Securities.”

A credit default swap is an agreement between the fund and a counterparty that enables the fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a particular issuer. One party, acting as a “protection buyer,” makes periodic payments to the other party, a “protection seller,” in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, the Nth default within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation). The fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As a credit protection seller in a credit default swap contract, the fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return for its obligation, the fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

The fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of the debt of a particular issuer or basket of issuers or profit from changes in the creditworthiness of the particular issuer(s) (also known as “buying credit protection”). In these cases, the fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer(s) of the underlying obligation(s) (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve the risk that

II-46 

 



the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the fund in the event of a default. The purchase of credit default swaps involves costs, which will reduce the fund’s return.

Warrants

The fund may invest in warrants, which are instruments that give the fund the right to purchase certain securities from an issuer at a specific price (the “strike price”) for a limited period of time. The strike price of warrants typically is much lower than the current market price of the underlying securities, yet they are subject to similar price fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the underlying securities and may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying securities and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. Also, the value of the warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to the expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

In addition to warrants on securities, the fund may purchase put warrants and call warrants whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices ("index warrants"). Index warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the index warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index, or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If the fund were not to exercise an index warrant prior to its expiration, then the fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant.

The fund will normally use index warrants in a manner similar to its use of options on securities indices. The risks of the fund's use of index warrants are generally similar to those relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however, index warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer terms than index options. Index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of index warrants may limit the fund's ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the fund would otherwise wish to do.

II-47 

 



Zero-coupon and Payment-in-kind Bonds

The fund may invest without limit in so-called "zero-coupon" bonds and "payment-in-kind" bonds. Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount in lieu of paying interest periodically. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. Because zero-coupon and payment-in-kind bonds do not pay current interest in cash, their value is subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently. Both zero-coupon and payment-in-kind bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently in cash. The fund is required to accrue interest income on such investments and to distribute such amounts at least annually to shareholders even though such bonds do not pay current interest in cash. Thus, it may be necessary at times for the fund to liquidate investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements under the Code.

TAXES

The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code, existing U.S. Treasury regulations, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this SAI. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of federal income taxation of an investment in the fund. The discussion below is generally based on the assumption that the shares of each fund will be respected as owned by insurance company separate accounts. If this is not the case, the person or persons determined to own the fund shares will be currently taxed on fund distributions, and on the proceeds of any redemption of fund shares, under applicable federal income tax rules that may not be described herein. For information concerning the federal income taxation of a variable contract and its holder, refer to the prospectus for the particular contract. Because insurance company separate accounts will be the only shareholders of the fund, only certain tax aspects of an investment in the fund relevant to such shareholders are described herein.

Tax requirements for variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts. The fund intends to comply with the separate diversification requirements imposed by Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder on certain insurance company separate accounts. These requirements, which are in addition to the diversification requirements imposed on the fund by the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code (discussed below), place certain limitations on assets of each insurance company separate account used to fund variable contracts. Because Section 817(h) and the regulations thereunder treat the assets of a fund owned exclusively by insurance company separate accounts and certain other permitted investors as assets of the related separate account, these regulations are imposed on the assets of the fund. To the extent the fund invests in underlying funds that are themselves owned (including indirectly through other regulated investment companies, such as the fund) exclusively by insurance company separate accounts and certain other permitted investors, the assets of those underlying funds can generally be treated as assets of the separate accounts investing in the fund. Specifically, the regulations provide that, after a one year start-up period or, except as permitted by the “safe

II-48 

 



harbor” described below, as of the end of each calendar quarter or within 30 days thereafter no more than 55% of the total assets of a separate account may be represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no more than 80% by any three investments, and no more than 90% by any four investments. For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are generally considered a single investment, and each U.S. government agency and instrumentality is considered a separate issuer. Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a separate account will be treated as being adequately diversified if the diversification requirements under Subchapter M are satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the account’s total assets is attributable to cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies.

Failure by a fund to satisfy the Section 817(h) requirements, described above, would generally cause the variable contracts to lose their favorable tax status and require a contract holder to include in ordinary income any income accrued under the contracts for the current and all prior taxable years.

Under certain circumstances described in the applicable Treasury regulations, inadvertent failure to satisfy the applicable diversification requirements may be corrected, but such a correction could require a payment to the IRS with respect to the period or periods during which the investments of the account did not meet the diversification requirements. The amount of any such payment could be based on the tax contract holders would have incurred if they were treated as receiving the income on the contract for the period during which the diversification requirements were not satisfied. Any such failure could also result in adverse tax consequences for the insurance company issuing the contracts.

Taxation of the fund. The fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the fund must, among other things:

(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (ii) net income from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below);

(b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, (x) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below); and

II-49 

 



(c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income of a regulated investment company derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (defined as a partnership (i) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (ii) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

For purposes of the diversification test in paragraph (b) above, identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular fund investment will depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in paragraph (b) above. Also, for the purposes of the diversification test in paragraph (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.

If the fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, the fund will not be subject to U. S. federal income tax on income or gains distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends, including distributions of net capital gain (as defined below) that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”).

If the fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution test described above, the fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or were otherwise to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, the fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. In addition, the fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment. Furthermore, if the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for any

II-50 

 



taxable year, such failure could cause an insurance company separate account invested in the fund to fail to satisfy the separate diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code as described above.

The fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and its net tax-exempt income (if any), and its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). Any taxable income including any net capital gain retained by the fund, will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis by regulated investment companies in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax at the fund level. This excise tax, however, is inapplicable to any regulated investment company whose sole shareholders are either tax-exempt pension trusts, separate accounts of life insurance companies funding variable contracts, certain other permitted tax-exempt investors, or other regulated investment companies that are also exempt from the excise tax. In determining whether these investors are the sole shareholders of a regulated investment company for purposes of this exception to the excise tax, shares attributable to an investment in the regulated investment company (not exceeding $250,000) made in connection with the organization of the regulated investment company are not taken into account.

If the fund is subject to the excise tax and it fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year, plus any retained amount from the prior year, the fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be properly taken into account after October 31 are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. For purposes of the excise tax, the fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. A dividend paid to shareholders in January of one year generally is deemed to have been paid by the fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year.

Taxation of the shareholders. Pursuant to the requirements of Section 817 of the Code, the shareholders of the fund will be participating insurance companies and their separate accounts that fund variable annuity contracts, variable life insurance policies or other variable insurance contracts (each a “Variable Contract”); other permissible shareholders are qualified pension or retirement plans, qualified tuition programs as described in section 529 of the Code, or certain qualified Puerto Rican segregated asset accounts. The prospectus that describes the particular Variable Contract discusses the taxation of both separate accounts and the owner of such Variable Contract. Because the shareholders are life insurance segregated asset accounts, they generally will not be subject to income tax currently on taxable dividends received from a fund to the extent such income is applied to increase the values of Variable Contracts.

II-51 

 



The IRS has indicated that a degree of investor control over the investment options underlying variable contracts may interfere with the tax-deferred treatment of such contracts. The Treasury Department has issued rulings addressing the circumstances in which a variable contract owner’s control of the investments of the separate account may cause the contract owner, rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets held by the separate account, and is likely to issue additional rulings in the future. If the contract owner is considered the owner of the securities underlying the separate account, income and gains produced by those securities would be included currently in the contract owner’s gross income.

In determining whether an impermissible level of investor control is present, one factor the IRS considers when a separate account invests in one or more regulated investment companies is whether a regulated investment company’s investment strategies are sufficiently broad to prevent a contract holder from being deemed to be making particular investment decisions through its investment in the separate account. Current IRS guidance indicates that typical investment strategies of regulated investment companies, even those with a specific sector or geographical focus, are generally considered sufficiently broad to prevent a contract holder from being deemed to be making particular investment decisions through its investment in a separate account. For example, the IRS has blessed a separate account offering sub-accounts (each funded through a single regulated investment company) with the following investment strategies: money market, bonds, large company stock, international stock, small company stock, mortgage-backed securities, health care industry, emerging markets, telecommunications, financial services, South American stock, energy, and Asian markets. Based on the rulings and other guidance the Treasury Department has issued to date, Putnam believes that tax-deferred treatment for Variable Contracts funded through investments in the fund will be respected. However, the IRS and the Treasury Department may in the future provide further guidance as to what they deem to constitute an impermissible level of “investor control,” and such guidance could affect the treatment of the fund, including retroactively.

The above discussion addresses only one of several factors that the IRS considers in determining whether a contract holder has an impermissible level of investor control over a separate account. Contract holders should consult their insurance companies, their tax advisers, as well as the prospectus relating to their particular contract for more information concerning this investor control issue.

In the event that additional rules, regulations, or other guidance are adopted, there can be no assurance that the fund will be able to operate as currently described, or that the fund will not have to change its goal or investment policies. A fund may be required to modify its goal and investment policies in order to prevent any such prospective rules, regulations and other guidance from causing variable contract owners to be considered the owners of the shares of the fund.

Taxation of Certain Fund Investments. An investment by the fund in zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds, payment-in-kind bonds, inflation indexed bonds, and certain stripped securities will, and certain securities purchased at a market discount may, cause the fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash payments with respect to those securities. If the fund holds the foregoing kinds of securities, or other debt securities subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is

II-52 

 



greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. To distribute this income and avoid a tax on the fund, the fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the fund.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the funds. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent a fund should recognize market discount on such a debt obligation, when a fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income.

These and other related issues will be addressed by a fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

The fund’s transactions in derivative instruments (e.g., forward contractors and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (e.g., notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale and short sale rules). The use of these derivatives may affect the amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. Because the tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a fund-level tax.

The fund’s use of commodity-linked derivatives can be limited by the fund’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company, and can bear on its ability to so qualify. Income and gains from certain commodity-linked derivatives do not constitute qualifying income to a regulated investment company for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. The tax treatment of certain other commodity-linked derivative instruments in which the fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income or gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income to a regulated investment company. If the fund were to treat income or gain from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income or gain were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other nonqualifying income, caused the fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the fund would fail to qualify as a regulated investment company unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the fund level.

Certain of the fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, as well as any of its foreign currency transactions and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

II-53 

 



The fund may invest in REITs, including REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect). REITs that are themselves taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”) or REITs that invest in TMPs. Under a notice issued by the IRS in the fall of 2006 and Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued, but may apply retroactively, a portion of the fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC or TMP residual interest directly. As a result, a life insurance company segregated asset account funding a Variable Contract may be taxed currently to the extent of its share of the fund’s excess inclusion income as described below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a life insurance company separate account funding a Variable Contract, cannot be offset by an adjustment to the reserves and thus is not eligible for tax deferral.

Income, proceeds and gains received by the fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries; such taxes would reduce the fund’s return on those investments. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

Special U.S. tax considerations may also apply with respect to foreign investments by the fund. Investments by the fund in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could result in a tax on the fund (including interest charges) that cannot be avoided by making distributions to fund shareholders. To avoid the potential for such a tax to apply, the fund may elect to mark to market its investment in a PFIC on the last day of each year. The fund may alternatively elect in certain cases to treat a PFIC as a qualified electing fund, in which case the fund will be required to include annually its share of the income and net capital gains from the PFIC, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. The mark-to-market and qualified electing fund elections may cause the fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash payments with respect to its PFIC investments. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the fund, the fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the fund. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, the fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

II-54 

 



Certain Shareholder Reporting and Withholding Requirements

Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the fund could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in the fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” (if any), on Treasury Department FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR). Shareholders should consult their intermediaries through which a fund investment is made (if applicable), as well as their tax advisors to determine the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require the fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not be applicable to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or Capital Gain Dividends the fund pays. If a payment by the fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders. Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other withholding or reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

General Considerations. This discussion provides only a general overview of the tax implications of investing in the fund. Contract owners are advised to consult the prospectus of their Variable Contracts and their own tax advisors regarding specific questions relating to federal, state and local tax consequences of investing in the fund through such vehicles.

MANAGEMENT

Trustees

     
Name, Address1, Year of     
Birth, Position(s) Held with  Principal     
Fund and Length of Service  Occupation(s) During     
as a Putnam Fund Trustee2  Past 5 Years    Other Directorships Held by Trustee    
<R>     
Liaquat Ahamed (Born  Author; won Pulitzer  Trustee of the Brookings Institution (a nonprofit 
1952), Trustee since 2012  Prize for Lords of  public policy organization). Mr. Ahamed is also a 
  Finance: The Bankers  director of the Rohatyn Group, an emerging-market 
  Who Broke the World.  fund complex that manages money for institutions. 
    Mr. Ahamed has 25 years experience in the 
    management of fixed income portfolios and was 
    previously the Chief Executive Officer of Fischer 
    Francis Trees & Watts, Inc., a fixed-income 

 

II-55 

 



     
Name, Address1, Year of     
Birth, Position(s) Held with  Principal     
Fund and Length of Service  Occupation(s) During     
as a Putnam Fund Trustee2  Past 5 Years    Other Directorships Held by Trustee    
    investment management subsidiary of BNP Paribas. 
    Mr. Ahamed holds a B.A. in economics from 
    Trinity College, Cambridge University and an M.A. 
    in economics from Harvard University. 
Ravi Akhoury (Born 1947),  Served as Chairman and  Director of English Helper, Inc. (each a private 
Trustee since 2009  CEO of MacKay Shields  software company). Mr. Akhoury previously served 
  (a multi-product  as Director of Jacob Ballas Capital India (a non- 
  investment management  banking finance company focused on private equity 
  firm) from 1992 to 2007.  advisory services) and a member of its 
    Compensation Committee. He also served as 
    Director and on the Compensation Committee of 
    MaxIndia/New York Life Insurance Company in 
    India. Mr. Akhoury is also a Trustee of the Rubin 
    Museum, serving on the Investment Committee. Mr. 
    Akhoury is a former Vice President and Investment 
    Policy Committee member of Fischer, Francis, 
    Trees and Watts (a fixed-income investment 
    management subsidiary of BNP Paribas). He 
    previously served on the Board of Bharti Telecom 
    (an Indian telecommunications company) and was a 
    member of its Audit and Compensation 
    Committees. He also served on the Board of 
    Thompson Press (a publishing company) and was a 
    member of its Audit Committee. Mr. Akhoury 
    graduated from the Indian Institute of Technology 
    with a BS in Engineering and obtained an MS in 
    Quantitative Methods from SUNY at Stony Brook. 
Barbara M. Baumann (Born  President of Cross Creek  Director of Buckeye Partners, L.P. (a publicly 
1955), Trustee since 2010  Energy Corporation, a  traded master limited partnership focused on 
  strategic consultant to  pipeline transport, storage and distribution of 
  domestic energy firms  petroleum products) and Devon Energy Corporation 
  and direct investor in  (an independent natural gas and oil exploration and 
  energy projects. Senior  production company). She is the Chair of the Board 
  Advisor to First Reserve,  of Trustees of Mount Holyoke College, and serves 
  an energy  on the Finance Committee of the Children’s 
  and private equity firm.  Hospital of Colorado. She is the Treasurer of the 
    Board of The Denver Foundation, and chairs its 
    Finance Committee. Until September 2014, Ms. 
    Baumann was a director of UNS Energy 
    Corporation (a publicly held electric and gas utility 
    in Arizona). Until May 2014, Ms. Baumann was a 
    Director of SM Energy Corporation (a publicly held 
    U.S. exploration and production company). Until 
    May 2012, Ms. Baumann was a Director of CVR 
    Energy, Inc. (a publicly held petroleum refiner and 
    fertilizer manufacturer). Prior to 2003, she was 
    Executive Vice President of Associated Energy 
    Managers, LLC (a domestic private equity firm). 
    From 1981 until 2000 she held a variety of financial 

 

II-56 

 



 
Name, Address1, Year of     
Birth, Position(s) Held with  Principal     
Fund and Length of Service  Occupation(s) During     
as a Putnam Fund Trustee2  Past 5 Years     Other Directorships Held by Trustee    
    and operational management positions with the 
    global energy company Amoco Corporation and its 
    successor, BP. Ms. Baumann holds a B.A. from 
    Mount Holyoke College and an MBA from The 
    Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. 
Katinka Domotorffy (Born  Voting member of the  Director of the Great Lakes Science Center, and of 
1975), Trustee since 2012  Investment Committees  College Now Greater Cleveland. Ms. Domotorffy 
  of the Anne Ray  holds a BSc in Economics from the University of 
  Foundation and  Pennsylvania and an MSc in Accounting and 
  Margaret A. Cargill  Finance from the London School of Economics. 
  Foundation, part of the   
  Margaret A. Cargill   
  Philanthropies. Prior to   
  2012, Ms. Domotorffy   
  was Partner, Chief   
  Investment Officer, and   
  Global Head of   
  Quantitative Investment   
  Strategies at Goldman   
  Sachs Asset   
  Management.   
Catharine Bond Hill (Born  Managing Director of  Director of Yale-NUS College; Alumni Fellow to 
1954), Trustee since 2017  Ithaka S+R (a not-for-  the Yale Corporation. Dr. Hill graduated from 
  profit service that helps  Williams College, earned a bachelor’s degree and a 
  the academic community  master’s degree at Brasenose College, Oxford 
  navigate economic and  University, and completed her doctorate in 
  technological change).  economics at Yale University. 
  From 2006 to 2016, Dr.   
  Hill served as the 10th   
  president of Vassar   
  College. Prior to 2006,   
  she was the provost of   
  Williams College.   
Paul L. Joskow (Born 1947),  Dr. Joskow is the  Trustee of Yale University; a Director of Exelon 
Trustee since 1997  Elizabeth and James  Corporation (an energy company focused on power 
  Killian Professor of  services); and a Member Emeritus of the Board of 
  Economics, Emeritus at  Advisors of the Boston Symphony Orchestra. Prior 
  the Massachusetts  to April 2013, he served as Director of TransCanada 
  Institute of Technology  Corporation and TransCanada Pipelines Ltd. 
  (MIT), where he joined  (energy companies focused on natural gas 
  the faculty in 1972. He  transmission, oil pipelines, and power services.) 
  was the Head of the MIT  Prior to August 2007, he served as a Director of 
  Department of  National Grid (a U.K.-based holding company with 
  Economics from 1994 to  interests in electric and gas transmission and 
  1998 and the Director of  distribution and telecommunications infrastructure). 
  the MIT Center for  Prior to July 2006, he served as President of the 
  Energy and  Yale University Council. Prior to February 2005, he 
  Environmental Policy  served on the board of the Whitehead Institute for 
  Research from 1999  Biomedical Research (a non-profit research 

 

II-57 

 



 
Name, Address1, Year of     
Birth, Position(s) Held with  Principal     
Fund and Length of Service  Occupation(s) During     
as a Putnam Fund Trustee2  Past 5 Years     Other Directorships Held by Trustee    
  through 2007. Dr.  institution). Prior to February 2002, he was a 
  Joskow was the  Director of State Farm Indemnity Company (an 
  President of the Alfred  automobile insurance company), and prior to March 
  P. Sloan Foundation (a  2000, he was a Director of New England Electric 
  philanthropic institution  System (a public utility holding company). Dr. 
  focused primarily on  Joskow holds a Ph.D. and a M.Phil. from Yale 
  research and education  University and a B.A. from Cornell University. 
  on issues related to   
  science, technology and   
  economic performance)   
  from 2008-2017.   
Kenneth R. Leibler (Born  A founder and former  Until November 2010, Mr. Leibler was a Director of 
1949), Trustee since 2006,  Chairman of the Boston  Ruder Finn Group (a global communications and 
Vice Chair from 2016 to 2018  Options Exchange (an  advertising firm). Prior to December 2006, Mr. 
and Chair since 2018  electronic market place  Leibler served as a Director of the Optimum Funds 
  for the trading of listed  Group. Prior to October 2006, he served as a 
  derivatives securities).  Director of ISO New England (the organization 
  He is currently Vice  responsible for the operation of the electric 
  Chairman Emeritus of  generation system in the New England states). Prior 
  the Board of Trustees of  to 2000, he was a Director of the Investment 
  Beth Israel Deaconess  Company Institute in Washington, D.C. Prior to 
  Hospital in Boston and a  January 2005, Mr. Leibler served as Chairman and 
  former Director of Beth  Chief Executive Officer of the Boston Stock 
  Israel Deaconess Care  Exchange. Prior to January 2000, he served as 
  Organization, an  President and Chief Executive Officer of Liberty 
  accountable care group  Financial Companies (a publicly traded diversified 
  jointly owned by the  asset management organization). Prior to June 1990, 
  medical center and its  he served as President and Chief Operating Officer 
  affiliated physicians  of the American Stock Exchange (AMEX). Prior to 
  network. He is also  serving as AMEX President, he held the position of 
  Director of Eversource  Chief Financial Officer, and headed its management 
  Corporation, which  and marketing operations. Mr. Leibler graduated 
  operates New England’s  with a B.A. in Economics from Syracuse University. 
  largest energy delivery   
  system.   
Robert E. Patterson (Born  Prior to March 15, 2017,  Mr. Patterson is past Chairman and served as a 
1945), Trustee since 1984  Co-Chairman of Cabot  Trustee of the Joslin Diabetes Center. Prior to 
  Properties, Inc. (a  December 2001, Mr. Patterson served as the 
  private equity firm  President and as a Trustee of Cabot Industrial Trust 
  investing in commercial  (a publicly-traded real estate investment trust). He 
  real estate) and  has also served as a Trustee of the Sea Education 
  Chairman or Co-  Association. Prior to 1998, he was Executive Vice 
  Chairman of the  President and Director of Acquisitions of Cabot 
  Investment Committees  Partners Limited Partnership (a registered 
  for various Cabot Funds.  investment adviser involved in institutional real 
  He formerly served as  estate investments). Prior to 1990, he served as 
  Senior Advisor to these  Executive Vice President of Cabot, Cabot & Forbes 
  entities.  Realty Advisers, Inc. (the predecessor company of 
    Cabot Partners). Mr. Patterson practiced law and 

 

II-58 

 



 
Name, Address1, Year of     
Birth, Position(s) Held with  Principal     
Fund and Length of Service  Occupation(s) During     
as a Putnam Fund Trustee2  Past 5 Years    Other Directorships Held by Trustee    
    held various positions in state government, and was 
    the founding Executive Director of the 
    Massachusetts Industrial Finance Agency. Mr. 
    Patterson is a graduate of Harvard College and 
    Harvard Law School. 
George Putnam, III (Born  Chairman of New  Director of The Boston Family Office, LLC (a 
1951), Trustee since 1984  Generation Research,  registered investment advisor) and a Trustee of the 
  Inc. (a publisher of  Gloucester Marine Genomics Institute. Until June 
  financial advisory and  2019, Mr. Putnam was a Trustee of the Marine 
  other research services)  Biological Laboratory. Until 2017, Mr. Putnam was 
  and President of New  a Trustee of Epiphany School. Until 2010, Mr. 
  Generation Advisors,  Putnam was a Trustee of St. Mark’s School. Until 
  LLC (a registered  2006, Mr. Putnam was a Trustee of Shore Country 
  investment adviser to  Day School. Until 2002, he was a Trustee of the Sea 
  private funds), which are  Education Association. Mr. Putnam is a graduate of 
  firms he founded in  Harvard College, Harvard Business School and 
  1986. Prior to June 2007,  Harvard Law School. 
  Mr. Putnam was   
  President of the Putnam   
  Funds.   
Manoj P. Singh (Born 1952),  Until 2015, chief  Director of Abt Associates (a global research firm 
Trustee since 2017  operating officer and  working in the fields of health, social and 
  global managing director  environmental policy, and international 
  at Deloitte Touche  development); Trustee of Carnegie Mellon 
  Tohmatsu, Ltd. (a global  University; Trustee of the Rubin Museum; Director 
  professional services  of Pratham USA (an organization dedicated to 
  organization). He served  children’s education in India); member of the 
  on the Deloitte U.S.  advisory board of Altimetrik (a business 
  board of directors and  transformation and technology solutions firm); and 
  the boards of Deloitte  Director of DXC Technology (a global IT services 
  member firms in China,  and consulting company). Mr. Singh holds a 
  Mexico and Southeast  bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from the 
  Asia.  Indian Institute of Technology and an MS in 
    industrial administration from Carnegie Mellon 
    University. 
 
Interested Trustees     
*Robert L. Reynolds (Born  President and Chief  Director of several not-for-profit boards, including 
1952), Trustee since 2008  Executive Officer of  West Virginia University Foundation, the Concord 
  Putnam Investments  Museum, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, 
  (2008 – Present) and  Massachusetts Competitive Partnership (Chairman), 
  Chairman of Great-West  and Boston Chamber of Commerce. He is a member 
  Lifeco U.S. Inc., a  of the Chief Executives Club of Boston, the 
  holding company that  National Innovation Initiative, the Massachusetts 
  owns Putnam  General Hospital President’s Council, and the 
  Investments and Great-  Council on Competitiveness, and he is a former 
  West Financial (2019 –  President of the Commercial Club of Boston. Prior 
  Present). From 2014 to  to 2008, he served as a Director of FMR 
  2019, President and  Corporation, Fidelity Investments Insurance Ltd., 

 

II-59 

 



 
Name, Address1, Year of     
Birth, Position(s) Held with  Principal     
Fund and Length of Service  Occupation(s) During     
as a Putnam Fund Trustee2  Past 5 Years     Other Directorships Held by Trustee    
  Chief Executive Officer  Fidelity Investments Canada Ltd., and Fidelity 
  of Great-West Financial,  Management Trust Company and as a Trustee of the 
  a financial services  Fidelity Family of Funds. Mr. Reynolds received a 
  company that provides  B.S. in Business Administration with a major in 
  retirement savings plans,  Finance from West Virginia University. 
  life insurance, and   
  annuity and executive   
  benefits products, and of   
  Great-West Lifeco U.S.   
  Inc. Member of Putnam   
  Investments’ and Great-   
  West Financial’s Board   
  of Directors.   

 

1 The address of each Trustee is 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110. As of December 31, 2019, there were [ ] Putnam funds.

</R>

2 Each Trustee serves for an indefinite term, until his or her resignation, retirement during the year he or she reaches age 75, death or removal.

* Trustee who is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund and Putnam Management. Mr. Reynolds is deemed an “interested person” by virtue of his positions as an officer of the fund and Putnam Management. Mr. Reynolds is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Putnam Investments, LLC and President of your fund and each of the other Putnam funds.

Trustee Qualifications

Each of the fund’s Trustees, with the exception of Dr. Hill and Mr. Singh, was most recently elected by shareholders of the fund during 2014, although most of the Trustees have served on the Board for many years. The Board Policy and Nominating Committee is responsible for recommending proposed nominees for election to the full Board of Trustees for its approval. As part of its deliberative process, the Committee considers the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that it determines would benefit the Putnam funds at the time.

In recommending the election of the board members as Trustees, the Committee generally considered the educational, business and professional experience of each Trustee in determining his or her qualifications to serve as a Trustee of the fund, including the Trustee's record of service as a director or trustee of public and private organizations. (This included, but was not limited to, consideration of the specific experience noted in the preceding table.) In the case of most members of the Board, the Committee considered his or her previous service as a member of the Board of Trustees of the Putnam funds, which demonstrated a high level of diligence and commitment to the interests of fund shareholders and an ability to work effectively and collegially with other members of the Board.

The Committee also considered, among other factors, the particular attributes described below with respect to the various individual Trustees and considered the attributes as indicative of the person’s ability to deal effectively with the types of financial, regulatory, and/or investment matters that typically arise in the course of a Trustee’s work:

II-60 

 



Liaquat Ahamed -- Mr. Ahamed’s experience as Chief Executive Officer of a major investment management organization and as head of the investment division at the World Bank, as well as his experience as an author of economic literature.

Ravi Akhoury -- Mr. Akhoury's experience as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a major investment management organization.

Barbara M. Baumann -- Ms. Baumann’s experience in the energy industry as a consultant, an investor, and in both financial and operational management positions at a global energy company, and her service as a director of multiple NYSE companies.

Katinka Domotorffy -- Ms. Domotorffy’s experience as Chief Investment Officer and Global Head of Quantitative Investment Strategies at a major asset management organization.

Catharine Bond Hill -- Dr. Hill’s education and experience as an economist and as president and provost of colleges in the United States.

Paul L. Joskow -- Dr. Joskow's education and experience as a professional economist familiar with financial economics and related issues and his service on multiple for-profit boards.

Kenneth R. Leibler -- Mr. Leibler's extensive experience in the financial services industry, including as Chief Executive Officer of a major asset management organization, and his service as a director of various public and private companies.

Robert E. Patterson -- Mr. Patterson’s training and experience as an attorney and his experience as president of a NYSE company.

George Putnam, III -- Mr. Putnam’s training and experience as an attorney, his experience as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of an investment management firm and his experience as an author of various publications on the subject of investments.

Manoj P. Singh -- Mr. Singh’s experience as chief operating officer and global managing director of a global professional services organization that provided accounting, consulting, tax, risk management, and financial advisory services.

Interested Trustee

Robert L. Reynolds -- Mr. Reynolds’s extensive experience as a senior executive of one of the largest mutual fund organizations in the United States and his current role as President and Chief Executive Officer of Putnam Investments.

On March 23, 2016, Great-West Financial, a company under common control with Putnam Investments, LLC and of which Mr. Reynolds is the Chief Executive Officer, entered into a loan agreement as the lending party with Cabot Industrial Core Fund Operating Partnership, L.P (“Cabot OP”), the guarantor for a collection of six borrowing parties, each being a limited liability company wholly owned by Cabot OP. The loan is intended to provide long-term financing in the form of a 7-year loan totaling $72.25 million to Cabot Industrial Core Fund, L.P. (the “Cabot Fund”). Cabot OP is an entity through which the Cabot Fund holds certain investments. The interest rate for the loan is 3.48%. Mr. Patterson may be deemed to have had an indirect interest in the transaction, or an indirect relationship with Great-West Financial, through his former position as an officer of Cabot OP and as the former Co-Chairman of the Investment Committee of the Cabot Fund, which approved the proposed loan on behalf of the borrowing parties. Prior to his retirement on March 15, 2017, Mr. Patterson had an 18.3% ownership interest in Cabot Properties, Inc., the highest controlling entity of Cabot OP, and was also a 14.3% partner in Cabot Properties, L.P., the asset manager of the Cabot Fund. Upon his retirement, pursuant to the terms of the governing agreements of Cabot Properties, Inc. and Cabot Properties, L.P., Mr.

II-61 

 



Patterson ceased to have any rights as a stockholder or partner, except with respect to his right to receive payment.

Officers

In addition to Robert L. Reynolds, the fund’s President, the other officers of the fund are shown below. All of the officers of your fund are employees of Putnam Management or its affiliates or are members of the Trustees’ independent administrative staff.

 
Name, Address1, Year of Birth,  Length of Service with  Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years and   
Position(s) Held with Fund  the Putnam Funds2  Position(s) with Fund’s Investment Adviser and   
    Distributor3    
Jonathan S. Horwitz4 (Born 1955)  Since 2004  Executive Vice President, Principal Executive 
Executive Vice President, Principal    Officer, and Compliance Liaison, The Putnam 
Executive Officer, and Compliance    Funds. 
Liaison     
Robert T. Burns (Born 1961)  Since 2011  General Counsel, Putnam Investments, Putnam 
Vice President and Chief Legal    Management and Putnam Retail Management. 
Officer     
James F. Clark3 (Born 1974)  Since 2016  Chief Compliance Officer, Putnam Investments and 
Vice President and Chief Compliance    Putnam Management (2016 – Present). 
Officer    Associate General Counsel, Putnam Investments, 
    Putnam Management and Putnam Retail 
    Management (2003-2015). 
Michael J. Higgins4 (Born 1976)  Since 2010  Vice President, Treasurer, and Clerk, The Putnam 
Vice President, Treasurer, and Clerk    Funds 
<R>     
Richard T. Kircher (Born 1962)  Since 2019  Assistant Director, Operational Compliance, Putnam 
Vice President and BSA Compliance    Investments and Putnam Retail Management (2015 
Officer    – Present). Sr. Manager, Operational Compliance, 
    Putnam Investments and Putnam Retail Management 
    (2004-2015). 
</R>     
Janet C. Smith (Born 1965)  Since 2007  Head of Fund Administration Services, Putnam 
Vice President, Principal Financial    Investments and Putnam Management. 
Officer, Principal Accounting     
Officer, and Assistant Treasurer     
Susan G. Malloy (Born 1957)  Since 2007  Head of Accounting, Middle Office, and Control 
Vice President and Assistant    Services, Putnam Investments, and Putnam 
Treasurer    Management. 
<R>     
Mark C. Trenchard (Born 1962)  Since 2002  Director of Operational Compliance, Putnam 
Vice President    Investments and Putnam Retail Management 
</R>     
Nancy E. Florek4 (Born 1957)  Since 2000  Vice President, Director of Proxy Voting and 
Vice President, Director of Proxy    Corporate Governance, Assistant Clerk, and 
Voting and Corporate Governance,    Assistant Treasurer, The Putnam Funds. 
Assistant Clerk, and Assistant     
Treasurer     
Denere P. Poulack4 (Born 1968)  Since 2004  Assistant Vice President, Assistant Clerk, and 
Assistant Vice President, Assistant    Assistant Treasurer, The Putnam Funds. 
Clerk, and Assistant Treasurer     

 

II-62 

 



1 The address of each Officer is 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110.

2 Each officer serves for an indefinite term, until his or her resignation, retirement, death or removal.

3 Prior positions and/or officer appointments with the fund or the fund’s investment adviser and distributor have been omitted.

4 Officers of the fund indicated are members of the Trustees’ independent administrative staff. Compensation for these individuals is fixed by the Trustees and reimbursed to Putnam Management by the funds.

Except as stated above, the principal occupations of the officers and Trustees for the last five years have been with the employers as shown above, although in some cases they have held different positions with such employers.

Leadership Structure and Standing Committees of the Board of Trustees

For details regarding the number of times the standing committees of the Board of Trustees met during a fund's last fiscal year, see "Trustee responsibilities and fees" in Part I of this SAI.

Board Leadership Structure. Currently, 10 of the 11 Trustees of your fund are Independent Trustees, meaning that they are not considered "interested persons" of your fund or its investment manager. These Independent Trustees must vote separately to approve all financial arrangements and other agreements with your fund’s investment manager and other affiliated parties. The role of independent trustees has been characterized as that of a “watchdog” charged with oversight to protect shareholders’ interests against overreaching and abuse by those who are in a position to control or influence a fund. Your fund’s Independent Trustees meet regularly as a group in executive session (i.e., without representatives of your fund’s investment manager or its affiliates present). An Independent Trustee currently serves as chair of the Board.

Taking into account the number, the diversity and the complexity of the funds overseen by the Board and the aggregate amount of assets under management, your fund’s Trustees have determined that the efficient conduct of the Board's affairs makes it desirable to delegate responsibility for certain specific matters to committees of the Board. The Executive Committee, Audit, Compliance and Distributions Committee, and Board Policy and Nominating Committee are authorized to take action on certain matters as specified in their charters or in policies and procedures relating to the governance of the funds; with respect to other matters, these committees review and evaluate and make recommendations to the Trustees as they deem appropriate. The other committees also review and evaluate matters specified in their charters and make recommendations to the Trustees as they deem appropriate. Each committee may utilize the resources of your fund’s independent staff, counsel and independent registered public accountants as well as other experts. The committees meet as often as appropriate, either in conjunction with regular meetings of the Trustees or otherwise. The membership and chair of each committee are appointed by the Trustees upon recommendation of the Board Policy and Nominating Committee. Each committee is chaired by an Independent Trustee and, except as noted below, the membership and chairs of each committee consist exclusively of Independent Trustees.

The Trustees have determined that this committee structure also allows the Board to focus more effectively on the oversight of risk as part of its broader oversight of the fund's affairs. While risk management is the primary responsibility of the fund's investment manager, the Trustees receive reports regarding investment risks, compliance risks and other risks. The Board and certain committees also meet periodically with the funds’ Chief Compliance Officer to receive compliance reports. In addition, the Board and its Investment Oversight

II-63 

 



Committees meet periodically with the portfolio managers of the funds to receive reports regarding the management of the funds. The Board's committee structure allows separate committees to focus on different aspects of these risks and their potential impact on some or all of the funds and to discuss with the fund's investment manager how it monitors and controls risks.

The Board recognizes that the reports it receives concerning risk management matters are, by their nature, typically summaries of the relevant information. Moreover, the Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect your fund can be identified in advance; that it may not be practical or cost effective to eliminate or to mitigate certain risks; that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) in seeking to achieve your fund’s investment objectives; and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. As a result of the foregoing and for other reasons, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.

Audit, Compliance and Distributions Committee. The Audit, Compliance and Distributions Committee provides oversight on matters relating to the preparation of the funds’ financial statements, compliance matters, internal audit functions, and Codes of Ethics issues. This oversight is discharged by regularly meeting with management and the funds’ independent registered public accountants and keeping current on industry developments. Duties of this Committee also include the review and evaluation of all matters and relationships pertaining to the funds’ independent registered public accountants, including their independence. The Committee also oversees all dividends and distributions by the funds. The Committee makes recommendations to the Trustees of the funds regarding the amount and timing of distributions paid by the funds, and determines such matters when the Trustees are not in session. The Committee also oversees the policies and procedures pursuant to which Putnam Management prepares recommendations for distributions, and meets regularly with representatives of Putnam Management to review the implementation of these policies and procedures. The Committee reports to the Trustees and makes recommendations to the Trustees regarding these matters. The members of the Committee include only Independent Trustees. Each member of the Committee also is “independent,” as that term is interpreted for purposes of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the listing standards of the NYSE. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Committee, a current copy of which is available at putnam.com/about-putnam. The Committee currently consists of Mses. Baumann (Chairperson) and Domotorffy, and Messrs. Akhoury, Patterson and Singh.

Board Policy and Nominating Committee. The Board Policy and Nominating Committee reviews matters pertaining to the operations of the Board of Trustees and its Committees, the compensation of the Trustees and their staff, and the conduct of legal affairs for the funds. The Committee evaluates and recommends all candidates for election as Trustees and recommends the appointment of members and chairs of each board committee. The Committee will consider nominees for Trustee recommended by shareholders of a fund provided that such recommendations are submitted by the date disclosed in the fund’s proxy statement and otherwise comply with applicable securities laws, including Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Committee also reviews policy matters affecting the operation of the Board and its independent staff. In addition, the Committee oversees the voting of proxies associated with portfolio investments of the funds with the goal of ensuring that these proxies are voted in the best interest of the funds’ shareholders. The Committee reports to the Trustees and makes recommendations to the Trustees regarding these matters. The Committee generally believes that the Board benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this as a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy in this regard. The Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees and currently consists of Dr. Joskow (Chairperson), Messrs. Leibler, Patterson and Putnam, and Ms. Baumann.

Brokerage Committee. The Brokerage Committee reviews the funds' policies regarding the execution of portfolio trades and Putnam Management's practices and procedures relating to the implementation of those policies. The Committee reviews periodic reports on the cost and quality of execution of portfolio transactions and the extent to which brokerage commissions have been used (i) by Putnam Management to obtain brokerage and research services generally useful to it in managing the portfolios of the funds and of its other

II-64 

 



clients, and (ii) by the funds to pay for certain fund expenses. The Committee reports to the Trustees and makes recommendations to the Trustees regarding these matters. The Committee currently consists of Messrs. Ahamed (Chairperson), Leibler and Putnam, and Drs. Hill and Joskow.

Contract Committee. The Contract Committee reviews and evaluates at least annually all arrangements pertaining to (i) the engagement of Putnam Management and its affiliates to provide services to the funds, (ii) the expenditure of the funds' assets for distribution purposes pursuant to Distribution Plans of the funds, and (iii) the engagement of other persons to provide material services to the funds, including in particular those instances where the cost of services is shared between the funds and Putnam Management and its affiliates or where Putnam Management or its affiliates have a material interest. The Committee also reviews the proposed organization of new fund products, proposed structural changes to existing funds and matters relating to closed-end funds. The Committee reports and makes recommendations to the Trustees regarding these matters. The Committee currently consists of Messrs. Putnam (Chairperson), Ahamed and Leibler, and Drs. Hill and Joskow.

Executive Committee. The functions of the Executive Committee are twofold. The first is to ensure that the funds’ business may be conducted at times when it is not feasible to convene a meeting of the Trustees or for the Trustees to act by written consent. The Committee may exercise any or all of the power and authority of the Trustees when the Trustees are not in session. The second is to review annual and ongoing goals, objectives and priorities for the Board and to facilitate coordination of all efforts between the Trustees and Putnam Management on behalf of the shareholders of the funds. The Committee currently consists of Messrs. Leibler (Chairperson) and Putnam, and Ms. Baumann.

Investment Oversight Committees. The Investment Oversight Committees regularly meet with investment personnel of Putnam Management to review the investment performance and strategies of the funds in light of their stated goals and policies. The Committees seek to identify any compliance issues that are unique to the applicable categories of funds and work with the appropriate board committees to ensure that any such issues are properly addressed. Investment Oversight Committee A currently consists of Mses. Domotorffy (Chairperson) and Baumann, Messrs. Leibler and Putnam, and Drs. Hill and Joskow. Investment Oversight Committee B currently consists of Messrs. Akhoury (Chairperson), Ahamed, Patterson, Reynolds and Singh.

Pricing Committee. The Pricing Committee oversees the valuation of assets of the Putnam funds and reviews the funds’ policies and procedures for achieving accurate and timely pricing of fund shares. The Committee also oversees implementation of these policies, including fair value determinations of individual securities made by Putnam Management or other designated agents of the funds. The Committee also oversees compliance by money market funds with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act and the correction of occasional pricing errors. The Committee also reviews matters related to the liquidity of portfolio holdings. The Committee reports to the Trustees and makes recommendations to the Trustees regarding these matters. The Committee currently consists of Messrs. Singh (Chairperson), Akhoury and Patterson, and Mses. Baumann and Domotorffy.

Indemnification of Trustees

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each fund provides that the fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the fund, except if it has been finally adjudicated that (a) they have not acted in good faith, (b) they have not acted in the reasonable belief that their actions were (i) in the best interests of the fund or (ii) at least were not opposed to the best interests of the fund, (c) in the case of a criminal proceeding, they had reasonable cause to believe the action was unlawful or (d) they were liable to the fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties. The fund, at its expense, provides liability insurance for the benefit of its Trustees and officers.

II-65 

 



For details of Trustees’ fees paid by the fund and information concerning retirement guidelines for the Trustees, see “Charges and expenses” in Part I of this SAI.

Putnam Management and its Affiliates

Putnam Management is one of America’s oldest and largest money management firms. Putnam Management’s staff of experienced portfolio managers and research analysts selects securities and constantly supervises the fund’s portfolio. By pooling an investor’s money with that of other investors, a greater variety of securities can be purchased than would be the case individually; the resulting diversification helps reduce investment risk. Putnam Management has been managing mutual funds since 1937.

Putnam Management is a subsidiary of Putnam Investments. Great-West Lifeco Inc., a financial services holding company with operations in Canada, the United States and Europe and a member of the Power Financial Corporation group of companies, owns a majority interest in Putnam Investments. Power Financial Corporation, a diversified management and holding company with direct and indirect interests in the financial services sector in Canada, the United States and Europe, is a subsidiary of Power Corporation of Canada, a diversified international management and holding company with interests in companies in the financial services, communications and other business sectors. The Desmarais Family Residuary Trust, a trust established pursuant to the Last Will and Testament of the Honourable Paul G. Desmarais, directly and indirectly controls a majority of the voting shares of Power Corporation of Canada.

Trustees and officers of the fund who are also officers of Putnam Management or its affiliates or who are stockholders of Putnam Investments or its parent companies will benefit from the advisory fees, sales commissions, distribution fees and transfer agency fees paid or allowed by the fund.

The Management Contract

Under a Management Contract between the fund and Putnam Management, subject to such policies as the Trustees may determine, Putnam Management, at its expense, furnishes continuously an investment program for the fund and makes investment decisions on behalf of the fund. Subject to the control of the Trustees, Putnam Management also manages, supervises and conducts the other affairs and business of the fund, furnishes office space and equipment, provides bookkeeping and clerical services (including determination of the fund’s net asset value, but excluding shareholder accounting services) and places all orders for the purchase and sale of the fund’s portfolio securities. Putnam Management may place fund portfolio transactions with broker-dealers that furnish Putnam Management, without cost to it, certain research, statistical and quotation services of value to Putnam Management and its affiliates in advising the fund and other clients. In so doing, Putnam Management may cause the fund to pay greater brokerage commissions than it might otherwise pay.

For details of Putnam Management’s compensation under the Management Contract, see “Charges and expenses” in Part I of this SAI. Putnam Management’s compensation under the Management Contract may be reduced in any year if the fund’s expenses exceed the limits on investment company expenses imposed by any statute or regulatory authority of any jurisdiction in which shares of the fund are qualified for offer or sale. The term “expenses” is defined in the statutes or regulations of such jurisdictions, and generally excludes brokerage commissions, taxes, interest, extraordinary expenses and, if the fund has a distribution plan, payments made under such plan.

Fund-specific expense limitation. Under the Management Contract, Putnam Management may reduce its compensation to the extent that the fund’s expenses exceed such lower expense limitation as Putnam Management may, by notice to the fund, declare to be effective. For the purpose of determining any such limitation on Putnam Management’s compensation, expenses of the fund shall not reflect the application of commissions or cash management credits that may reduce designated fund expenses. The terms of any such expense limitation specific to a particular fund are described in the prospectus and/or Part I of this SAI.

II-66 

 



General expense limitation.

Through the expiration of the one-year period following the effective date of the next annual update of each fund’s Registration Statement, Putnam Management has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses of the fund to the extent necessary to limit the cumulative expenses of the fund, exclusive of brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses (including borrowing costs, i.e., short selling and lines of credit costs), extraordinary expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses, and payments under the fund’s investor servicing contract, the fund’s investment management contract, and the fund’s distribution plans, to an annual (measured on a fiscal year basis) rate of 0.20% of the fund’s average net assets.

In addition to the fee paid to Putnam Management, the fund reimburses Putnam Management for the compensation and related expenses of certain officers of the fund and their assistants who provide certain administrative services for the fund and the other Putnam funds, each of which bears an allocated share of the foregoing costs. The aggregate amount of all such payments and reimbursements is determined annually by the Trustees.

The amount of this reimbursement for the fund’s most recent fiscal year is included in “Charges and expenses” in Part I of this SAI. Putnam Management pays all other salaries of officers of the fund. The fund pays all expenses not assumed by Putnam Management including, without limitation, auditing, legal, custodial, investor servicing and shareholder reporting expenses. The fund pays the cost of typesetting for its prospectuses and the cost of printing and mailing any prospectuses sent to its shareholders. Putnam Retail Management pays the cost of printing and distributing all other prospectuses.

The Management Contract provides that Putnam Management shall not be subject to any liability to the fund or to any shareholder of the fund for any act or omission in the course of or connected with rendering services to the fund in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties on the part of Putnam Management.

The Management Contract may be terminated without penalty by vote of the Trustees or the shareholders of the fund, or by Putnam Management, on not less than 60 days’ written notice. It may be amended only by a vote of the shareholders of the fund. The Management Contract also terminates without payment of any penalty in the event of its assignment. The Management Contract provides that it will continue in effect only so long as such continuance is approved at least annually by vote of either the Trustees or the shareholders, and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of Putnam Management or the fund. In each of the foregoing cases, the vote of the shareholders is the affirmative vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Putnam Management has entered into a Master Sub-Accounting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company ("State Street"), under which Putnam Management has delegated to State Street responsibility for providing certain administrative, pricing, and bookkeeping services for the fund. Putnam Management pays State Street a fee, monthly, based on a combination of fixed annual charges and charges based on the fund's assets and the number and types of securities held by the fund, and reimburses State Street for certain out-of-pocket expenses.

The Sub-Manager

<R>

PIL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC and an affiliate of Putnam Management, has been retained as the sub-manager for a portion of the assets of certain funds as determined by Putnam Management from time to time. PIL is currently authorized to serve as the sub-manager, to the extent determined by Putnam Management from time to time. PIL may serve as sub-manager pursuant to the terms of a sub-management agreement between Putnam Management and PIL. Pursuant to the terms of the sub-management agreement, Putnam Management (and not the fund) pays a quarterly sub-management fee to

II-67 

 



PIL for its services at the annual rate of 0.35% of the average aggregate net asset value of the portion of Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund, Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund, Putnam VT Equity Income Fund, Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund, Putnam VT Global Equity Fund, Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund, Putnam VT Global Utilities Fund, Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund, Putnam VT International Equity Fund, [Putnam VT Emerging Markets Equity Fund], Putnam VT International Value Fund, Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund, Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund, Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund, Putnam VT Research Fund and Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund, if any, managed by PIL from time to time, and 0.40% of the average aggregate net asset value of the portion of Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund, Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund, Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund, Putnam VT High Yield Fund, Putnam VT Income Fund, and Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund:, if any, managed by PIL from time to time.

</R>

The sub-management contract provides that PIL shall not be subject to any liability to Putnam Management, the fund or any shareholder of the fund for any act or omission in the course of or connected with rendering services to the fund in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties on the part of PIL.

The sub-management contract may be terminated with respect to a fund without penalty by vote of the Trustees or the shareholders of the fund, or by PIL or Putnam Management, on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice. The sub-management contract also terminates without payment of any penalty in the event of its assignment. Subject to applicable law, it may be amended by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of Putnam Management or the fund. The sub-management contract provides that it will continue in effect only so long as such continuance is approved at least annually by vote of either the Trustees or the shareholders, and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of Putnam Management or the fund. In each of the foregoing cases, the vote of the shareholders is the affirmative vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act.

The Sub-Adviser

If so disclosed in the fund’s prospectus, PAC, an affiliate of Putnam Management, has been retained as a sub-adviser for a portion of the assets of the fund, as determined from time to time by Putnam Management or, with respect to portions of a fund’s assets for which PIL acts as sub-manager as described above, by PIL pursuant to a sub-advisory contract among Putnam Management, PIL and PAC. Under certain terms of the sub-advisory contract, PAC, at its own expense, furnishes continuously an investment program for that portion of each such fund that is allocated to PAC from time to time by Putnam Management or PIL, as applicable and makes investment decisions on behalf of such portion of the fund, subject to the supervision of Putnam Management or PIL, as the case may be. Putnam Management or PIL, as the case may be, may also, at its discretion, request PAC to provide assistance with purchasing and selling securities for the fund, including placement of orders with certain broker-dealers.

PAC, at its expense, furnishes all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel, required for it to execute its duties. The sub-advisory contract provides that PAC shall not be subject to any liability to Putnam Management, PIL, the fund or any shareholder of the fund for any act or omission in the course of or connected with rendering services to the fund in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties on the part of PAC.

The sub-advisory contract may be terminated with respect to a fund without penalty by vote of the Trustees or the shareholders of the fund, or by PAC, PIL or Putnam Management, on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice. The sub-advisory contract also terminates without payment of any penalty in the event of its assignment. Subject to applicable law, it may be amended by a majority of the Trustees who are not

II-68 

 



“interested persons” of Putnam Management or the fund. The sub-advisory contract provides that it will continue in effect only so long as such continuance is approved at least annually by vote of either the Trustees or the shareholders, and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of Putnam Management or the fund. In each of the foregoing cases, the vote of the shareholders is the affirmative vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Portfolio Transactions

Potential conflicts of interest in managing multiple accounts.

Putnam Management

Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, the fund’s Portfolio Manager(s) may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the fund and the other accounts listed under “PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)” “Other accounts managed” at the same time. The paragraphs below describe some of these potential conflicts, which Putnam Management believes are faced by investment professionals at most major financial firms. As described below, Putnam Management and the Trustees of the Putnam funds have adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of these potential conflicts.

The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (“performance fee accounts”), may raise potential conflicts of interest by creating an incentive to favor higher-fee accounts. These potential conflicts may include, among others:

• The most attractive investments could be allocated to higher-fee accounts or performance fee accounts.

• The trading of higher-fee accounts could be favored as to timing and/or execution price. For example, higher-fee accounts could be permitted to sell securities earlier than other accounts when a prompt sale is desirable or to buy securities at an earlier and more opportune time.

• The trading of other accounts could be used to benefit higher-fee accounts (front- running).

• The investment management team could focus their time and efforts primarily on higher-fee accounts due to a personal stake in compensation.

Putnam Management attempts to address these potential conflicts of interest relating to higher-fee accounts through various compliance policies that are generally intended to place all accounts, regardless of fee structure, on the same footing for investment management purposes. For example, under Putnam Management’s policies:

• Performance fee accounts must be included in all standard trading and allocation procedures with all other accounts.

• All accounts must be allocated to a specific category of account and trade in parallel with allocations of similar accounts based on the procedures generally applicable to all accounts in those groups (e.g., based on relative risk budgets of accounts).

• All trading must be effected through Putnam’s trading desks and normal queues and procedures must be followed (i.e., no special treatment is permitted for performance fee accounts or higher-fee accounts based on account fee structure).

• Front running is strictly prohibited.

• The fund’s Portfolio Manager(s) may not be guaranteed or specifically allocated any portion of a performance fee.

II-69 

 



As part of these policies, Putnam Management has also implemented trade oversight and review procedures in order to monitor whether particular accounts (including higher-fee accounts or performance fee accounts) are being favored over time.

Potential conflicts of interest may also arise when the Portfolio Manager(s) have personal investments in other accounts that may create an incentive to favor those accounts. As a general matter and subject to limited exceptions, Putnam Management’s investment professionals do not have the opportunity to invest in client accounts, other than the Putnam funds. However, in the ordinary course of business, Putnam Management or related persons may from time to time establish “pilot” or “incubator” funds for the purpose of testing proposed investment strategies and products prior to offering them to clients. These pilot accounts may be in the form of registered investment companies, private funds such as partnerships or separate accounts established by Putnam Management or an affiliate. Putnam Management or an affiliate supplies the funding for these accounts. Putnam employees, including the fund’s Portfolio Manager(s), may also invest in certain pilot accounts. Putnam Management, and to the extent applicable, the Portfolio Manager(s) will benefit from the favorable investment performance of those funds and accounts. Pilot funds and accounts may, and frequently do, invest in the same securities as the client accounts. Putnam Management’s policy is to treat pilot accounts in the same manner as client accounts for purposes of trading allocation – neither favoring nor disfavoring them except as is legally required. For example, pilot accounts are normally included in Putnam Management’s daily block trades to the same extent as client accounts (except that pilot accounts do not participate in initial public offerings).

A potential conflict of interest may arise when the fund and other accounts purchase or sell the same securities. On occasions when the Portfolio Manager(s) consider the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the fund as well as other accounts, Putnam Management’s trading desk may, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations and where practicable, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to the fund or another account if one account is favored over another in allocating the securities purchased or sold – for example, by allocating a disproportionate amount of a security that is likely to increase in value to a favored account. Putnam Management’s trade allocation policies generally provide that each day’s transactions in securities that are purchased or sold by multiple accounts are, insofar as possible, averaged as to price and allocated between such accounts (including the fund) in a manner which in Putnam Management’s opinion is equitable to each account and in accordance with the amount being purchased or sold by each account. However, accounts advised or sub-advised by PIL will only place trades at an execution-only commission rate, whereas other Putnam accounts may pay an additional amount for research and other products and services (a “bundled” or “full service” rate). Putnam Management may aggregate trades in PIL accounts with other Putnam accounts that pay a bundled rate as long as all participating accounts pay the same execution rate. To the extent that non-PIL accounts pay a bundled rate, the PIL and other Putnam Management accounts would not be paying the same total commission rate. Certain other exceptions exist for specialty, regional or sector accounts. Trade allocations are reviewed on a periodic basis as part of Putnam Management’s trade oversight procedures in an attempt to ensure fairness over time across accounts.

“Cross trades,” in which one Putnam account sells a particular security to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), may also pose a potential conflict of interest. Cross trades may be seen to involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, one account is permitted to sell a security to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay, or if such trades result in more attractive investments being allocated to higher-fee accounts. Putnam Management and the fund’s Trustees have adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transactions between the fund and another Putnam-advised account are to be made at an independent current market price, as required by law.

Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different goals and strategies of the fund and other accounts. For example, another account may have a shorter-term investment horizon or different goals, policies or restrictions than the fund. Depending on goals or other factors, the Portfolio Manager(s) may give advice and make decisions for another account that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions

II-70 

 



made, with respect to the fund. In addition, investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain accounts even though it could have been bought or sold for other accounts at the same time. More rarely, a particular security may be bought for one or more accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager(s) when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts. As noted above, Putnam Management has implemented trade oversight and review procedures to monitor whether any account is systematically favored over time.

Under federal securities laws, a short sale of a security by another client of Putnam Management or its affiliates (other than another registered investment company) within five business days prior to a public offering of the same securities (the timing of which is generally not known to Putnam in advance) may prohibit the fund from participating in the public offering, which could cause the fund to miss an otherwise favorable investment opportunity or to pay a higher price for the securities in the secondary markets.

The fund’s Portfolio Manager(s) may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing the fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could be deemed to exist in managing both the fund and other accounts. For information on restrictions imposed on personal securities transactions of the fund’s Portfolio Manager(s), please see “Personal Investments by Employees of Putnam Management and Putnam Retail Management and Officers and Trustees of the Fund.”

For information about other funds and accounts managed by the fund’s Portfolio Manager(s), please refer to “Who oversees and manages the fund(s)?” in the prospectus and “PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)” “Other accounts managed” in Part I of the SAI.

Brokerage and research services.

Transactions on stock exchanges, commodities markets and futures markets and other agency transactions involve the payment by the fund of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions may vary among different brokers. A particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as execution venue and exchange. Although the fund does not typically pay commissions for principal transactions in the over-the-counter markets, such as the markets for most fixed income securities and certain derivatives, an undisclosed amount of profit or “mark-up” is included in the price the fund pays. In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the fund includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer. See "Charges and expenses" in Part I of this SAI for information concerning commissions paid by the fund.

It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory business for broker-dealers that execute portfolio transactions for the clients of advisers of investment companies and other institutional investors to provide those advisers with brokerage and research services, as defined in Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. Consistent with this practice, Putnam Management receives brokerage and research services from broker-dealers with which Putnam Management places the fund's portfolio transactions. The products and services that broker-dealers may provide to Putnam Management’s managers and analysts include, among others, trading systems and other brokerage services, economic and political analysis, fundamental and macro investment research, industry and company reviews, statistical information, market data, evaluations of investments, strategies, markets and trading venues, recommendations as to the purchase and sale of investments, performance measurement services and meetings with management of current or prospective portfolio companies or with industry experts. Some of these services are of value to Putnam Management and its affiliates in advising various of their clients (including the fund), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the fund. Research services provided by broker-dealers are supplemental to Putnam Management’s own research efforts and relieve Putnam Management of expenses it might otherwise have borne in generating such research. The management fee paid by the fund is not reduced

II-71 

 



because Putnam Management and its affiliates receive brokerage and research services even though Putnam Management might otherwise be required to purchase some of these services for cash. Putnam Management may also use portfolio transactions to generate “soft dollar” credits to pay for “mixed-use” services (i.e., products or services that may be used both for investment/brokerage- and non-investment/brokerage-related purposes), but in such instances Putnam Management uses its own resources to pay for that portion of the mixed-use product or service that in its good-faith judgment does not relate to investment or brokerage purposes. Putnam Management may also allocate trades to generate soft dollar credits for third-party investment research reports and related fundamental research.

Putnam Management places all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the funds, and buys and sells investments for the funds, through a substantial number of brokers and dealers. In selecting broker-dealers to execute the funds’ portfolio transactions, Putnam Management uses its best efforts to obtain for each fund the most favorable price and execution reasonably available under the circumstances, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions as described below. In seeking the most favorable price and execution and in considering the overall reasonableness of the brokerage commissions paid, Putnam Management, having in mind the fund's best interests, considers all factors it deems relevant, including, in no particular order of importance, and by way of illustration, the price, size and type of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security or other investment, the amount of the commission, research and brokerage services provided by a broker-dealer (except that research is not a factor in selecting broker-dealers in the case of funds sub-advised by PIL), the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the benefit of any capital committed by a broker-dealer to facilitate the efficient execution of the transaction and the quality of service rendered by the broker-dealer in other transactions.

Except with respect to research services for funds sub-advised by PIL, Putnam Management may cause the fund to pay a broker-dealer that provides "brokerage and research services" (as defined in the Exchange Act and as described above) to Putnam Management an amount of disclosed commission for effecting securities transactions on stock exchanges and other transactions for the fund on an agency basis in excess of the commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction. Putnam Management may also instruct an executing broker to “step out” a portion of the trades placed with a broker to other brokers that provide brokerage and research services to Putnam Management. Putnam Management's authority to cause the fund to pay any such greater commissions or to instruct a broker to “step out” a portion of a trade is subject to the requirements of applicable law and such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time. It is the position of the staff of the SEC that Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act does not apply to the payment of such greater commissions in "principal" transactions. Accordingly, Putnam Management will use its best effort to obtain the most favorable price and execution available with respect to such transactions, as described above.

PIL may not obtain research using brokerage commissions paid by funds sub-advised by PIL. PIL will use only “hard dollars” (i.e. from its own resources) to acquire external research used by London-based personnel, including fixed income personnel.

The Trustees of the funds have directed Putnam Management, subject to seeking most favorable pricing and execution, to use its best efforts to allocate a portion of overall fund trades to trading programs which generate commission credits to pay fund expenses (other than funds for which PIL serves as sub-adviser) such as shareholder servicing and custody charges. The extent of any commission credits generated for this purpose may vary significantly from time to time and from fund to fund depending on, among other things, the nature of each fund's trading activities and market conditions.

The Management Contract provides that commissions, fees, brokerage or similar payments received by Putnam Management or an affiliate in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio investments of the fund, less any direct expenses approved by the Trustees, shall be recaptured by the fund through a reduction of the fee payable by the fund under the Management Contract. Putnam Management seeks to recapture for the

II-72 

 



fund soliciting dealer fees on the tender of the fund's portfolio securities in tender or exchange offers. Any such fees which may be recaptured are likely to be minor in amount.

Principal Underwriter

Putnam Retail Management, located at 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the principal underwriter of shares of the fund and the other continuously offered Putnam funds. Putnam Retail Management is not obligated to sell any specific amount of shares of the fund and will purchase shares for resale only against orders for shares. See “Charges and expenses” in Part I of this SAI for information on sales charges and other payments received by Putnam Retail Management.

Personal Investments by Employees of Putnam Management and Putnam Retail Management and Officers and Trustees of the Fund

Employees of Putnam Management, PIL, PAC and Putnam Retail Management and officers and Trustees of the fund are subject to significant restrictions on engaging in personal securities transactions. These restrictions are set forth in the Codes of Ethics adopted by Putnam Management, PIL, PAC and Putnam Retail Management (the “Putnam Investments Code of Ethics and by the fund (the “Putnam Funds Code of Ethics” and each of the Putnam Investments Code of Ethics and the Putnam Funds Code of Ethics, a “Code of Ethics”). Each Code of Ethics, in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, contain provisions and requirements designed to identify and address certain conflicts of interest between personal investment activities and the interests of the fund.

The Putnam Investments Code of Ethics and does not prohibit personnel from investing in securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. However, the Putnam Investments Code of Ethics, consistent with standards recommended by the Investment Company Institute’s Advisory Group on Personal Investing and requirements established by Rule 17j-1 and rules adopted under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, among other things, prohibits personal securities investments without pre-clearance, imposes time periods during which personal transactions may not be made in certain securities by employees with access to investment information, and requires the timely submission of broker confirmations and quarterly reporting of personal securities transactions. Additional restrictions apply to portfolio managers, traders, research analysts and others involved in the investment advisory process.

The Putnam Funds Code of Ethics incorporates and applies the restrictions of the Putnam Investments Code of Ethics to officers and Trustees of the fund who are affiliated with Putnam Investments. The Putnam Funds Code of Ethics does not prohibit unaffiliated officers and Trustees from investing in securities that may be held by the fund; however, the Putnam Funds Code of Ethics regulates the personal securities transactions of unaffiliated Trustees of the fund, including limiting the time periods during which they may personally buy and sell certain securities and requiring them to submit reports of personal securities transactions under certain circumstances.

The fund’s Trustees, in compliance with Rule 17j-1, approved each Code of Ethics and are required to approve any material changes to each Code of Ethics. The Trustees also provide continued oversight of personal investment policies and annually evaluate the implementation and effectiveness of each Code of Ethics.

II-73 

 



Investor Servicing Agent

Putnam Investments, located at 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the fund’s investor servicing agent (transfer, plan and dividend disbursing agent), for which it receives fees that are paid monthly by the fund as an expense of all its shareholders. The fee paid to Putnam Investments, subject to certain limitations, is based on a fund’s retail asset level, the number of shareholder accounts in the fund and the level of defined contribution plan assets in the fund. Through at least August 31, 2019, investor servicing fees for the fund will not exceed an annual rate of 0.375% of the fund’s average assets.

Custodian

State Street Bank and Trust Company, located at 2 Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, is the fund’s custodian. State Street is responsible for safeguarding and controlling the fund’s cash and securities, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, collecting interest and dividends on the fund’s investments, serving as the fund’s foreign custody manager, providing reports on foreign securities depositaries, making payments covering the expenses of the fund and performing other administrative duties. State Street does not determine the investment policies of the fund or decide which securities the fund will buy or sell. State Street has a lien on the fund’s assets to secure charges and advances made by it. The fund may from time to time enter into brokerage arrangements that reduce or recapture fund expenses, including custody expenses. The fund also has an offset arrangement that may reduce the fund’s custody fee based on the amount of cash maintained by its custodian.

Counsel to the Fund and the Independent Trustees

Ropes & Gray LLP serves as counsel to the fund and the Independent Trustees, and is located at Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The fund determines the net asset value per share of each class of shares once each day the NYSE is open. Currently, the NYSE is closed Saturdays, Sundays and the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, the Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The fund determines net asset value as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The net asset value per share of each class equals the total value of its assets, less its liabilities, divided by the number of its outstanding shares.

Assets of money market funds are valued at amortized cost pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. For other funds, securities and other assets (“Securities”) for which market quotations are readily available are valued at prices which, in the opinion of Putnam Management, most nearly represent the market values of such Securities. Currently, prices for these Securities are

II-74 

 



determined using the last reported sale price (or official closing price for Securities listed on certain markets) or, if no sales are reported (as in the case of some Securities traded over-the-counter), the last reported bid price, except that certain Securities are valued at the mean between the last reported bid and ask prices. All other Securities are valued by Putnam Management or other parties at their fair value following procedures approved by the Trustees.

Reliable market quotations are not considered to be readily available for, among other Securities, long-term corporate bonds and notes, certain preferred stocks, tax-exempt securities, and certain foreign securities. These investments are valued at fair value, generally on the basis of valuations furnished by approved pricing services, which determine valuations for normal, institutional-size trading units of such securities using methods based on market transactions for comparable securities and various relationships between securities that are generally recognized by institutional traders. Other Securities, such as various types of options, are valued at fair value on the basis of valuations furnished by broker-dealers or other market intermediaries.

Putnam Management values all other Securities at fair value using its internal resources. The valuation procedures applied in any specific instance are likely to vary from case to case. However, consideration is generally given to the financial position of the issuer and other fundamental analytical data relating to the investment and to the nature of the restrictions on disposition of the Securities (including any registration expenses that might be borne by the fund in connection with such disposition). In addition, specific factors are also generally considered, such as the cost of the investment, the market value of any unrestricted Securities of the same class, the size of the holding, the prices of any recent transactions or offers with respect to such Securities and any available analysts’ reports regarding the issuer. In the case of Securities that are restricted as to resale, Putnam Management determines fair value based on the inherent worth of the Security without regard to the restrictive feature, adjusted for any diminution in value resulting from the restrictive feature.

Generally, trading in certain Securities (such as foreign securities) is substantially completed each day at various times before the close of the NYSE. The closing prices for these Securities in markets or on exchanges outside the U.S. that close before the close of the NYSE may not fully reflect events that occur after such close but before the close of the NYSE. As a result, the fund has adopted fair value pricing procedures, which, among other things, require the fund to fair value foreign equity securities if there has been a movement in the U.S. market that exceeds a specified threshold. Although the threshold may be revised from time to time and the number of days on which fair value prices will be used will vary, it is possible that fair value prices will be used by the fund to a significant extent. In addition, Securities held by some of the funds may be traded in foreign markets that are open for business on days that the fund is not, and the trading of such Securities on those days may have an impact on the value of a shareholder’s investment at a time when the shareholder cannot buy and sell shares of the fund.

Currency exchange rates used in valuing Securities are normally determined as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Occasionally, events affecting such exchange rates may occur between the time of the determination of exchange rates and the close of the NYSE, which, in the absence of fair

II-75 

 



valuation, would not be reflected in the computation of the fund’s net asset value. If events materially affecting the currency exchange rates occur during such period, then the exchange rates used in valuing affected Securities will be valued by Putnam Management at their fair value following procedures approved by the Trustees.

In addition, because of the amount of time required to collect and process trading information as to large numbers of securities issues, the values of certain Securities (such as convertible bonds, U.S. government securities and tax-exempt securities) are determined based on market quotations collected before the close of the NYSE. Occasionally, events affecting the value of such Securities may occur between the time of the determination of value and the close of the NYSE, which, in the absence of fair value prices, would not be reflected in the computation of the fund’s net asset value. If events materially affecting the value of such Securities occur during such period, then these Securities will be valued by Putnam Management at their fair value following procedures approved by the Trustees. It is expected that any such instance would be very rare.

The fair value of Securities is generally determined as the amount that the fund could reasonably expect to realize from an orderly disposition of such Securities over a reasonable period of time. By its nature, a fair value price is a good faith estimate of the value of a Security at a given point in time and does not reflect an actual market price.

The fund may also value its Securities at fair value under other circumstances pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustees.

Money Market Funds

“Retail money market funds” and “government money market funds” each as defined by Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act generally value their portfolio securities at amortized cost according to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act.

Since the net income of a money market fund is declared as a dividend each time it is determined, the net asset value per share of a retail money market fund and government money market fund typically remains at $1.00 per share immediately after such determination and dividend declaration. Any increase in the value of a shareholder’s investment in a money market fund representing the reinvestment of dividend income is reflected by an increase in the number of shares of that fund in the shareholder’s account on the last business day of each month. It is expected that a money market fund’s net income will normally be positive each time it is determined. However, if because of realized losses on sales of portfolio investments, a sudden rise in interest rates, or for any other reason the net income of a fund determined at any time is a negative amount, a money market fund may offset such amount allocable to each then shareholder’s account from dividends accrued during the month with respect to such account. If, at the time of payment of a dividend, such negative amount exceeds a shareholder’s accrued dividends, a money market fund may reduce the number of outstanding shares by treating the shareholder as having contributed to the capital of the fund that number of full and fractional shares which represent the amount of the excess. Each shareholder is deemed to have agreed to such contribution in these circumstances by his or her investment in a money market fund.

II-76 

 



ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS

In addition to the ongoing payments described under “Distribution Plan,” Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates also pay additional compensation to selected insurance companies (or affiliated broker-dealers) to whom shares of the funds are offered (“Record Owners”) and to dealers that sell variable insurance products (“dealers”) as described below. These payments may create an incentive for a Record Owner firm, dealer firm or their representatives to recommend or offer shares of the fund or other Putnam funds, or insurance products for which the funds serve as underlying investments, to its customers. These additional payments are made pursuant to agreements with Record Owners and dealers and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a share or the amount a fund will receive as proceeds from such sales or the distribution (12b-1) fees and other expenses paid by the fund, as shown under the heading Fees and Expenses in the prospectus.

Marketing and/or Administrative Services Support Payments

Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates will make payments to certain Record Owners and dealers for their marketing and/or administrative support services, including business planning assistance, educating dealer personnel about the funds and shareholder financial planning needs, placement on the dealer’s preferred or recommended fund list, access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the dealer and administrative services performed by the Record Owner or dealer. These payments are generally based on one or more of the following factors: average assets of a fund attributable to that dealer, gross or net sales of the funds attributable to that dealer or a negotiated lump sum payment for services rendered. Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates compensate Record Owners and dealers differently depending upon, among other factors, the level and/or type of marketing and/or administrative support servicing provided by the Record Owner or dealer.

Marketing and/or administrative support payments to any one Record Owner or dealer are not expected, with certain limited exceptions, to exceed 0.25% of the average assets of the funds attributable to that Record Owner or dealer on an annual basis.

<R>

[The following Record Owners and dealers (and such Record Owner’s and dealer’s affiliates) received marketing and/or administrative support payments from Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates during calendar year ended December 31, 2019:

</R>

   
Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.  Jefferson National Life Insurance Company 
  of New York 
Allstate Life Insurance Company  Lincoln National Life Insurance Company 
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New  Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New 
York  York 
American General Life Insurance Company  MEMBERS Life Insurance Company 
AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company  Minnesota Life Insurance Company 
Brightouse Life Insurance Company  Nationwide Financial Services Inc. 

 

II-77 

 



   
Brighthouse Life Insurance Company of  Principal Life Insurance Company 
New York   
CMFG Life Insurance Company  Principal National Life Insurance Company 
Delaware Life Insurance Company  Riversource Life Insurance Company 
Delaware Life Insurance Company of New  Riversource Life Insurance Company of 
York  New York 
Forethought Distributors, LLC  Royal Alliance Associates 
Forethought Life Insurance Company  SagePoint Financial, Inc. 
First Security Benefit Life Insurance and  Security Benefit Life Insurance Company 
Annuity Company of New York   
FSC Securities Corporation  Talcott Resolution Life Insurance 
  Company 
Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance  Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity 
Company  Insurance company 
Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance  The Guardian Insurance & Annuity 
Company of New York  Company, Inc. 
HD Vest Investment Securities, Inc.  The United States Life Insurance Company 
  in the City of New York 
Jefferson National Life Insurance Company  Voya Insurance and Annuity Company 

 

<R>

Additional Record Owners and dealers may receive marketing and/or administrative support payments in 2020 and in future years. Any additions, modifications or deletions to the list of Record Owners and dealers identified above that have occurred since December 31, 2019 are not reflected. You can ask your Record Owner or dealer about any payments it receives from Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates.]

</R>

Other Payments

From time to time, Putnam Retail Management, at its expense, may provide additional compensation to Record Owners or dealers which sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the fund or variable insurance products to the extent not prohibited by laws or the rules of any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. Such compensation provided by Putnam Retail Management may include financial assistance to Record Owners or dealers that enable Putnam Retail Management to participate in and/or present at Record Owner or dealer-sponsored educational conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other Record Owner or dealer employees, Record Owner or dealer entertainment, and other Record Owner or dealer-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. Putnam Retail Management makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to Putnam Retail Management’s internal guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary upon the nature of the event.

II-78 

 



Putnam Investor Services makes payments to certain dealers that distribute the insurance products for which the funds serve as underlying funding vehicles for subaccounting and similar recordkeeping services provided to shareholders of other Putnam funds.

You can ask your Record Owner or dealer for information about payments it receives from Putnam Retail Management and its affiliates and the services it provides for those payments.

REDEMPTIONS

Suspension of redemptions. The fund may not suspend shareholders’ right of redemption, or postpone payment for more than seven days, unless the Exchange is closed for other than customary weekends or holidays, or if permitted by the rules of the SEC during periods when trading on the Exchange is restricted or during any emergency which makes it impracticable for the fund to dispose of its securities or to determine fairly the value of its net assets, or during any other period permitted by order of the Commission for protection of investors.

In-kind redemptions. To the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, the fund will consider satisfying all or a portion of a redemption request by distributing securities or other property in lieu of cash (“in-kind” redemptions). Any transaction costs or other expenses involved in liquidating securities received in an in-kind redemption will be borne by the redeeming investor. For information regarding procedures for in-kind redemptions, please contact Putnam Retail Management.

POLICY ON EXCESSIVE SHORT-TERM TRADING

As disclosed in the prospectus of each fund of the Trust other than Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund, Putnam Management and the Trust’s Trustees have adopted policies and procedures intended to discourage excessive short-term trading. The fund seeks to discourage excessive short-term trading by using fair value pricing procedures to value investments under some circumstances. In addition, Putnam Management monitors aggregate cash flows in each insurance company separate account that invests in the fund. If high cash flows relative to the size of the account or other information indicate that excessive short-term trading may be taking place in a particular separate account, Putnam Management will contact the insurance company that maintains accounts for the underlying contract holders and seek to have the insurance company enforce the separate account’s policies on excessive short- term trading. Each insurance company’s policies on excessive short-term trading will vary, and some insurance companies may not have adopted specific policies on excessive short-term trading. To the extent that short-term trading activity continues, additional measures may be taken. Putnam Management’s practices for measuring excessive short-term trading activity and issuing warnings may change from time to time. These additional measures may include account monitoring (in instances where trading records of individual contract holders are available) and account restrictions, including the right to reject or restrict transfers for any reason.

II-79 

 



SHAREHOLDER LIABILITY

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the fund. However, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the fund and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the fund or the Trustees. The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of fund property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The likelihood of such circumstances appears to be remote.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO INFORMATION

The Trustees of the Putnam funds have adopted policies with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio holdings by the fund, Putnam Management, or their affiliates. These policies provide that information about the fund’s portfolio generally may not be released to any party prior to (i) the day after the posting of such information on the Putnam Investments website, (ii) the filing of the information with the SEC in a required filing, or (iii) the dissemination of such information to all shareholders simultaneously. Certain limited exceptions pursuant to the fund’s policies are described below. In addition, these policies do not apply to the sharing of fund portfolio holdings information with Putnam Investment personnel involved in the management of other Putnam funds that invest in such fund. The Trustees will periodically receive reports from the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer regarding the operation of these policies and procedures, including any arrangements to make non-public disclosures of the fund’s portfolio information to third parties. Putnam Management and its affiliates are not permitted to receive compensation or other consideration in connection with disclosing information about the fund’s portfolio holdings to third parties.

Public Disclosures

<R>

The fund’s portfolio holdings are currently disclosed to the public through filings with the SEC and postings on the Putnam Investments website. The fund files its portfolio holdings with the SEC twice each year on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semi-annual period). In addition, money market funds file reports of portfolio holdings on Form N-MFP each month (with respect to the prior month), and funds other than money market funds file reports of portfolio holdings on Form N-PORT 60 days after each fiscal quarter (for the respective fiscal quarter), with the schedule of portfolio holdings filed on Form N-PORT for the third month of the first and third fiscal quarter made publicly available. Shareholders may obtain the Form N-CSR and N-MFP filings and the publicly available portions of Form N-PORT filings on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Form N-CSR filings are available upon filing, Form N-MFP filings are available 60 days after each calendar month end, and information reported on Form N-PORT filings for the third month of a fiscal quarter is available 60 days after the end of the fiscal quarter. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information about the SEC’s website.

II-80 

 



For Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund, the following information is publicly available on the Putnam Investments website, putnam.com/individual, as disclosed in the following table. This information will remain available on the website for six months thereafter, after which the information can be found on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

     
Information  Frequency of Disclosure  Date of Web Posting 
Full Portfolio Holdings  Monthly  No later than 5 business days 
    after the end of each month. 
 
 
Top 10 Portfolio Holdings and  Monthly  Approximately 15 days after 
other portfolio statistics    the end of each month 

 

For Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund, Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund, Putnam VT High Yield Fund, Putnam VT Income Fund, Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund, and Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund, Putnam Management makes each fund’s portfolio information publicly available on the Putnam Investments website, putnam.com/individual, as disclosed in the following table.

 

 
Information  Frequency of Disclosure  Date of Web Posting 
Full Portfolio Holdings  Monthly  8 business days after the 
    end of each month. 
 
Top 10 Portfolio Holdings  Monthly  Approximately 15 days 
and other portfolio statistics    after the end of each month. 

 

For all other funds, Putnam Management also currently makes the fund’s portfolio information publicly available on the Putnam Investments website, putnam.com/individual, as disclosed in the following table.

 

 
Information  Frequency of Disclosure  Date of Web Posting 
Full Portfolio Holdings  Quarterly  8 business days after the 
    end of each calendar 
    quarter. 
Top 10 Portfolio Holdings  Monthly  Approximately 15 days 
and other portfolio statistics    after the end of each month. 

 

</R>

The scope of the information relating to the fund’s portfolio that is made available on the website may change from time to time without notice. In addition, the posting of fund holdings may be delayed in some instances for technical reasons.

Putnam Management or its affiliates may include fund portfolio information that has already been made public through a Web posting or SEC filing in marketing literature and other communications to shareholders, advisors or other parties, provided that, in the case of

II-81 

 



information made public through the Web, the information is disclosed no earlier than the day after the date of posting to the website.

Other Disclosures

In order to address potential conflicts between the interest of fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of Putnam Management, Putnam Retail Management or any affiliated person of those entities or of the fund, on the other hand, the fund’s policies require that non-public disclosures of information regarding the fund’s portfolio may be made only if there is a legitimate business purpose consistent with fiduciary duties to all shareholders of the fund. In addition, the party receiving the non-public information must sign a non-disclosure agreement unless otherwise approved by the Chief Compliance Officer of the fund. Arrangements to make non-public disclosures of the fund’s portfolio information must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer of the fund. The Chief Compliance Officer will report on an ongoing basis to a committee of the fund’s Board of Trustees consisting only of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the fund or Putnam Management regarding any such arrangement that the fund may enter into with third parties other than service providers to the fund.

The fund periodically discloses its portfolio information on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information in order to assist the fund with its day-to-day business affairs. In addition to Putnam Management and its affiliates, including Putnam Investor Services and PRM, these service providers include the fund’s custodian (State Street Bank and Trust Company) and any sub-custodians (including one or more sub-custodians for each non-U.S. market in which the fund purchases securities), accounting providers (State Street Bank and Trust Company, SS&C Advent and BNY Mellon), pricing services (including IDC, Reuters, Markit, Statpro, Standard & Poors, Bloomberg, ICE ClearCredit, LCH Swapclear, PriceServ and CME Group), independent registered public accounting firm (KPMG LLP or PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP), legal counsel (Ropes & Gray LLP and, for funds sold in Japan, Mori Hamada & Matsumoto), financial printer and filing agent (McMunn Associates, Inc., Newsfile Corp.), proxy voting service (Glass, Lewis & Co), compliance limit monitoring (Consensys Limited) and securities lending agent (Goldman Sachs Bank USA). These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the fund.

The fund may also periodically provide non-public information about its portfolio holdings to rating and ranking organizations and other providers of industry data, such as Lipper Inc., Morningstar Inc., Bloomberg and Thomson Reuters, in connection with those firms’ research on and classification of the fund and in order to gather information about how the fund’s attributes (such as volatility, turnover, and expenses) compare with those of peer funds. The fund may also periodically provide non-public information about its portfolio holdings to consultants that provide portfolio analysis services or other investment research or trading analytics. Such recipients of portfolio holdings include Barclays, Factset, ITG, Trade Infomatics, ConsenSys, ENSO Financial Analytics, Bloomberg and Credit Suisse. Any such rating, ranking, or consulting or other firm would be required to keep the fund’s portfolio information confidential and would be prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the

II-82 

 



information except as necessary in providing services to the fund. Such firms may receive portfolio holdings information only from certain funds (such as equity funds or fixed income funds) and such information may be provided in greater or lesser detail depending on the nature of the services provided by the relevant firm.

INFORMATION SECURITY RISKS

Cyber security risk. With the increased use of interconnected technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform necessary business functions, investment companies such as the fund and its service providers may be prone to operational, information security and related risks resulting from third-party cyber-attacks and/or other technological malfunctions. Cyber-attacks may include stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, preventing legitimate users from accessing information or services on a website, releasing confidential information without authorization, and causing operational disruption. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security or technology breakdowns of, the fund or its adviser, custodian, transfer agent, or other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect the fund and its shareholders. For example, cyber-attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject the fund or others to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and additional compliance costs. Similar types of cyber security risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause the fund’s investment in such securities to lose value. The fund and Putnam Investments may have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber-attacks or security or technology breakdowns affecting the fund’s third-party service providers. While Putnam has established business continuity plans and systems designed to prevent or reduce the impact of cyber-attacks, such plans and systems are subject to inherent limitations.

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES

<R>

The Trustees of the Putnam funds have established proxy voting guidelines and procedures that govern the voting of proxies for the securities held in the funds’ portfolios. The proxy voting guidelines summarize the funds’ positions on various issues of concern to investors, and provide direction to the proxy voting service used by the funds as to how fund portfolio securities should be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. The proxy voting procedures explain the role of the Trustees, Putnam Management, the proxy voting service and the funds’ proxy manager in the proxy voting process, describe the procedures for referring matters involving investment considerations to the investment personnel of Putnam Management and describe the procedures for handling potential conflicts of interest. The Putnam funds’ proxy voting guidelines and procedures are included in this SAI as Appendix A. Information regarding how the funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30, 2019 is available on the Putnam Individual Investor website, www.putnam.com/individual, and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. If you have questions about finding forms on the SEC’s

II-83 

 



website, you may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also obtain the Putnam funds’ proxy voting guidelines and procedures by calling Putnam’s Shareholder Services at 1-800-225-1581.

</R>

SECURITIES RATINGS

The ratings of securities in which the fund may invest will be measured at the time of purchase and, to the extent a security is assigned a different rating by one or more of the various rating agencies, Putnam Management may use the highest rating assigned by any agency. Putnam Management will not necessarily sell an investment if its rating is reduced. Below are descriptions of ratings, as provided by the rating agencies, which represent opinions as to the quality of various debt instruments.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Global Long-Term Rating Scale (original maturity of 1 year or more)

Aaa – Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa – Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A – Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa – Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba – Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B – Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa – Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca – Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C – Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)”

II-84 

 



indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Global Short-Term Rating Scale (original maturity of 13 months or less)

P-1 – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings

MIG 1 – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3 – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG – This designation denotes speculative grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

US Municipal Demand Obligation Ratings

VMIG 1 – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

II-85 

 



VMIG 2 – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Standard & Poor’s

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings (original maturity of one year or more)

AAA – An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA – An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A – An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB – An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB; B; CCC; CC and C – Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the lowest degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB – An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B – An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

II-86 

 



CCC – An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC – An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C – An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.

D – An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

NR – This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Note: The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (original maturity of 365 days or less)

A-1 – A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2 – A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 – A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

II-87 

 



B – A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C – A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D – A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the due date, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings (original maturity of 3 years or less)

SP-1 – Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 – Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 – Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Rating Scales

AAA – Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA – Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A – High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

II-88 

 



BBB – Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB – Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B – Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC – Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC – Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C – Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

RD – Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:

a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

d. execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D – Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

II-89 

 



Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.

Short-Term Ratings

F1 – Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2 – Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3 – Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B – Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C – High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

II-90 

 



Appendix A

Proxy voting guidelines of The Putnam Funds 

 

The proxy voting guidelines below summarize the funds’ positions on various issues of concern to investors, and give a general indication of how fund portfolio securities will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues. The funds’ proxy voting service is instructed to vote all proxies relating to fund portfolio securities in accordance with these guidelines, except as otherwise instructed by the Director of Proxy Voting and Corporate Governance (“Proxy Voting Director”), a member of the Office of the Trustees who is appointed to assist in the coordination and voting of the funds’ proxies.

The proxy voting guidelines are just that – guidelines. The guidelines are not exhaustive and do not address all potential voting issues. Because the circumstances of individual companies are so varied, there may be instances when the funds do not vote in strict adherence to these guidelines. For example, the proxy voting service is expected to bring to the Proxy Voting Director’s attention proxy questions that are company-specific and of a non-routine nature and that, even if covered by the guidelines, may be more appropriately handled on a case-by-case basis. In addition, in interpreting the funds’ proxy voting guidelines, the Trustees of The Putnam Funds are mindful of emerging best practices in the areas of corporate governance, environmental stewardship and sustainability, and social responsibility. Recognizing that these matters may, in some instances, bear on investment performance, they may from time to time be considerations in the funds’ voting decisions.

Similarly, Putnam Management’s investment professionals, as part of their ongoing review and analysis of all fund portfolio holdings, are responsible for monitoring significant corporate developments, including proxy proposals submitted to shareholders, and notifying the Proxy Voting Director of circumstances where the interests of fund shareholders may warrant a vote contrary to these guidelines. In such instances, the investment professionals submit a written recommendation to the Proxy Voting Director and the person or persons designated by Putnam Management’s Legal and Compliance Department to assist in processing referral items under the funds’ “Proxy Voting Procedures.” The Proxy Voting Director, in consultation with a senior member of the Office of the Trustees and/or the Chair of the Board Policy and Nominating Committee, as appropriate, will determine how the funds’ proxies will be voted. When indicated, the Chair of the Board Policy and Nominating Committee may consult with other members of the Committee or the full Board of Trustees.

The following guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals submitted by management and approved and recommended by a company’s board of directors. Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders. Part III addresses unique considerations pertaining to non-U.S. issuers.

The Trustees of The Putnam Funds are committed to promoting strong corporate governance practices and encouraging corporate actions that enhance shareholder value through the judicious voting of the funds’ proxies. It is the funds’ policy to vote their proxies at all shareholder meetings where it is practicable to do so. In furtherance of this, the funds’ have requested that their securities lending agent recall each domestic issuer’s voting securities that are on loan, in

II-91 

 



advance of the record date for the issuer’s shareholder meetings, so that the funds may vote at the meetings.

The Putnam funds will disclose their proxy votes not later than August 31 of each year for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30, in accordance with the timetable established by SEC rules.

I. BOARD-APPROVED PROPOSALS1

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself (sometimes referred to as “management proposals”), which have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies and of the funds’ intent to hold corporate boards accountable for their actions in promoting shareholder interests, the funds’ proxies generally will be voted for the decisions reached by majority independent boards of directors, except as otherwise indicated in these guidelines. Accordingly, the funds’ proxies will be voted for board-approved proposals, except as follows:

Matters relating to the Board of Directors 

 

Uncontested Election of Directors

The funds’ proxies will be voted for the election of a company’s nominees for the board of directors, except as follows:

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

• the board does not have a majority of independent directors,

• the board has not established independent nominating, audit, and compensation committees,

• the board has more than 19 members or fewer than five members, absent special circumstances,

• the board has not acted to implement a policy requested in a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares of the company cast at its previous two annual meetings, or

• the board has adopted or renewed a shareholder rights plan (commonly referred to as a “poison pill”) without shareholder approval during the current or prior calendar year.

                                                                 
1 The guidelines in this section apply to proposals at U.S. companies. Please refer to Section III, Voting Shares of Non-U.S. Issuers, for additional guidelines applicable to proposals at non-U.S. companies.

II-92 

 



The funds will on a case-by-case basis withhold votes from the entire board of directors, or from particular directors as may be appropriate, if the board has approved compensation arrangements for one or more company executives that the funds determine are unreasonably excessive relative to the company’s performance or has otherwise failed to observe good corporate governance practices.

In light of the funds’ belief that companies benefit from diversity on the board, the funds will withhold votes from the chair of the nominating committee if there are no women on the board of directors.

The funds will withhold votes from any nominee for director:

• who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation within the last three years from the company other than for service as a director (e.g., investment banking, consulting, legal, or financial advisory fees),

• who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for the absences (e.g., illness, personal emergency, etc.),

• of a public company (Company A) who is employed as a senior executive of another company (Company B), if a director of Company B serves as a senior executive of Company A (commonly referred to as an “interlocking directorate”),

• who serves on more than five unaffiliated public company boards (for the purpose of this guideline, boards of affiliated registered investment companies will count as one board),

• who serves as an executive officer of any public company (“home company”) while serving on more than two public company boards other than the home company board (the funds will withhold votes from the nominee at each company where the funds are shareholders; in addition, if the funds are shareholders of the executive’s home company, the funds will withhold votes from members of the home company’s governance committee), or

• who is a member of the governance or other responsible committee, if the company has adopted without shareholder approval a bylaw provision shifting legal fees and costs to unsuccessful plaintiffs in intra-corporate litigation.

Commentary:

Board independence: Unless otherwise indicated, for the purposes of determining whether a board has a majority of independent directors and independent nominating, audit, and compensation committees, an “independent director” is a director who (1) meets all requirements to serve as an independent director of a company under the NYSE Corporate Governance Rules (e.g., no material business relationships with the company and no present or recent employment relationship with the company including employment of an immediate family member as an executive officer), and (2) has not within the last three years accepted directly or indirectly any

II-93 

 



consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the company other than in his or her capacity as a member of the board of directors or any board committee. The funds’ Trustees believe that the recent (i.e., within the last three years) receipt of any amount of compensation for services other than service as a director raises significant independence issues.

Board size: The funds’ Trustees believe that the size of the board of directors can have a direct impact on the ability of the board to govern effectively. Boards that have too many members can be unwieldy and ultimately inhibit their ability to oversee management performance. Boards that have too few members can stifle innovation and lead to excessive influence by management.

Board diversity: The funds’ Trustees believe that a company benefits from diversity on the board, including diversity with respect to gender, ethnicity, race, and experience. The Trustees are sensitive to the need for a variety of backgrounds among board members to further creative and independent thought during board deliberations. The Trustees expect company boards to strive for diversity in membership and to clearly explain their efforts and goals in this regard.

Time commitment: Being a director of a company requires a significant time commitment to adequately prepare for and attend the company’s board and committee meetings. Directors must be able to commit the time and attention necessary to perform their fiduciary duties in proper fashion, particularly in times of crisis. The funds’ Trustees are concerned about over-committed directors. In some cases, directors may serve on too many boards to make a meaningful contribution. This may be particularly true for senior executives of public companies (or other directors with substantially full-time employment) who serve on more than a few outside boards. Generally, the funds withhold support from directors serving on more than five unaffiliated public company boards, although an exception may be made in the case of a director who represents an investing firm with the sole purpose of managing a portfolio of investments that includes the company. The funds also withhold support from directors who serve as executive officers at a public company and on the boards of more than two unaffiliated public companies. The funds may also withhold votes from such directors on a case-by-case basis where it appears that they may be unable to discharge their duties properly because of excessive commitments.

Interlocking directorships: The funds’ Trustees believe that interlocking directorships are inconsistent with the degree of independence required for outside directors of public companies.

Corporate governance practices: Board independence depends not only on its members’ individual relationships, but also on the board’s overall attitude toward management and shareholders. Independent boards are committed to good corporate governance practices and, by providing objective independent judgment, enhancing shareholder value. The funds may withhold votes on a case-by-case basis from some or all directors who, through their lack of independence or otherwise, have failed to observe good corporate governance practices or, through specific corporate action, have demonstrated a disregard for the interests of shareholders. Such instances may include cases where a board of directors has approved compensation arrangements for one or more members of management that, in the judgment of the funds’ Trustees, are excessive by reasonable corporate standards relative to the company’s record of performance. It may also represent a disregard for the interests of shareholders if a board of directors fails to register an appropriate response when a director who fails to win the support of a majority of shareholders in an election (sometimes referred to as a “rejected director”)

II-94 

 



continues to serve on the board, or if a board of directors permits an executive to serve on an excessive number of public company boards. While the Trustees recognize that it may in some circumstances be appropriate for a rejected director to continue his or her service on the board, steps should be taken to address the concerns reflected by the shareholders’ lack of support for the rejected director. Adopting a fee-shifting bylaw provision without shareholder approval, which may discourage legitimate shareholders lawsuits as well as frivolous ones, is another example of disregard for shareholder interests.

Contested Elections of Directors

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

Classified Boards

The funds will vote against proposals to classify a board, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by this structure.

Commentary: Under a typical classified board structure, the directors are divided into three classes, with each class serving a three-year term. The classified board structure results in directors serving staggered terms, with usually only a third of the directors up for re-election at any given annual meeting. The funds’ Trustees generally believe that it is appropriate for directors to stand for election each year, but recognize that, in special circumstances, shareholder interests may be better served under a classified board structure.

Other Board-Related Proposals

The funds will generally vote for proposals that have been approved by a majority independent board, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals that have been approved by a board that fails to meet the guidelines’ basic independence standards (i.e., majority of independent directors and independent nominating, audit, and compensation committees).

Executive Compensation 

 

The funds generally favor compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

Except where the funds are otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, the funds will vote for stock option and restricted stock plans that will result in an average annual dilution of 1.67% or less (based on the disclosed term of the plan and including all equity-based plans).

The funds will vote against stock option and restricted stock plans that will result in an average annual dilution of greater than 1.67% (based on the disclosed term of the plan and including all equity-based plans).

The funds will vote against any stock option or restricted stock plan where the company’s actual grants of stock options and restricted stock under all equity-based

II-95 

 



compensation plans during the prior three (3) fiscal years have resulted in an average annual dilution of greater than 1.67%.

The funds will vote against stock option plans that permit the replacing or repricing of underwater options (and against any proposal to authorize a replacement or repricing of underwater options).

The funds will vote against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

Except where the funds are otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, the funds will vote for an employee stock purchase plan that has the following features: (1) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value; (2) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less; and (3) dilution is 10% or less.

The funds will vote for proposals to approve a company’s executive compensation program (i.e., “say on pay” proposals in which the company’s board proposes that shareholders indicate their support for the company’s compensation philosophy, policies, and practices), except that the funds will vote against the proposal if the company is assigned to the lowest category, through independent third party benchmarking performed by the funds’ proxy voting service, for the correlation of the company’s executive compensation program with its performance.

The funds will vote for bonus plans under which payments are treated as performance-based compensation that is deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, except that the funds will vote on a case-by-case basis if any of the following circumstances exist:

the amount per employee under the plan is unlimited, or

the plan’s performance criteria is undisclosed, or

the company is assigned to the lowest category, through independent third party benchmarking performed by the funds’ proxy voting service, for the correlation of the company’s executive compensation program with its performance.

Commentary: Companies should have compensation programs that are reasonable and that align shareholder and management interests over the longer term. Further, disclosure of compensation programs should provide absolute transparency to shareholders regarding the sources and amounts of, and the factors influencing, executive compensation. Appropriately designed equity-based compensation plans can be an effective way to align the interests of long-term shareholders with the interests of management. However, the funds may vote against these or other executive compensation proposals on a case-by-case basis where compensation is excessive by reasonable corporate standards, where a company fails to provide transparent disclosure of executive compensation, or, in some instances, where independent third-party benchmarking indicates that compensation is inadequately correlated with performance, relative to peer companies. (Examples of excessive executive compensation may include, but are not limited to, equity incentive plans that exceed the dilution criteria noted above, excessive

II-96 

 



perquisites, performance-based compensation programs that do not properly correlate reward and performance, “golden parachutes” or other severance arrangements that present conflicts between management’s interests and the interests of shareholders, and “golden coffins” or unearned death benefits.) In voting on a proposal relating to executive compensation, the funds will consider whether the proposal has been approved by an independent compensation committee of the board.

Capitalization 

 

Many proxy proposals involve changes in a company’s capitalization, including the authorization of additional stock, the issuance of stock, the repurchase of outstanding stock, or the approval of a stock split. The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flow, financing needs, and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of the company. As a result, the funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization, except that where the funds are not otherwise withholding votes from the entire board of directors:

The funds will vote for proposals relating to the authorization and issuance of additional common stock, except that the funds will evaluate such proposals on a case-by-case basis if they relate to a specific transaction or to common stock with special voting rights.

The funds will vote for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

The funds will vote for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

Commentary: A company may decide to authorize additional shares of common stock for reasons relating to executive compensation or for routine business purposes. For the most part, these decisions are best left to the board of directors and senior management. The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis, however, on other proposals to change a company’s capitalization, including the authorization of common stock with special voting rights, the authorization or issuance of common stock in connection with a specific transaction (e.g., an acquisition, merger or reorganization), or the authorization or issuance of preferred stock. Actions such as these involve a number of considerations that may affect a shareholder’s investment and that warrant a case-by-case determination. One such consideration is the funds’ belief that, as a general matter, common shareholders should have equal voting rights.

Acquisitions, Mergers, Reincorporations, Reorganizations and Other Transactions 

 

Shareholders may be confronted with a number of different types of transactions, including acquisitions, mergers, reorganizations involving business combinations, liquidations, and the sale of all or substantially all of a company’s assets, which may require their consent. Voting on such proposals involves considerations unique to each transaction. As a result, the funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals to effect these types of transactions, except as follows:

The funds will vote for mergers and reorganizations involving business combinations designed solely to reincorporate a company in Delaware.

II-97 

 



Commentary: A company may reincorporate into another state through a merger or reorganization by setting up a “shell” company in a different state and then merging the company into the new company. While reincorporation into states with extensive and established corporate laws – notably Delaware – provides companies and shareholders with a more well-defined legal framework, shareholders must carefully consider the reasons for a reincorporation into another jurisdiction, including especially an offshore jurisdiction.

Anti-Takeover Measures 

 

Some proxy proposals involve efforts by management to make it more difficult for an outside party to take control of the company without the approval of the company’s board of directors. These include the adoption of a shareholder rights plan, requiring supermajority voting on particular issues, the adoption of fair price provisions, the issuance of blank check preferred stock, and the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights. Such proposals may adversely affect shareholder rights, lead to management entrenchment, or create conflicts of interest. As a result, the funds will vote against board-approved proposals to adopt such anti-takeover measures, except as follows:

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans; and

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

Commentary: The funds’ Trustees recognize that poison pills and fair price provisions may enhance or protect shareholder value under certain circumstances, and accordingly the funds will consider proposals to approve such matters on a case-by-case basis.

Other Business Matters 

 

Many proxies involve approval of routine business matters, such as changing a company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors, and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting. For the most part, these routine matters do not materially affect shareholder interests and are best left to the board of directors and senior management of the company. The funds will vote for board-approved proposals approving such matters, except as follows:

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws (except for charter amendments necessary to effect stock splits, to change a company’s name or to authorize additional shares of common stock).

The funds will vote against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify the selection of independent auditors if there is evidence that the audit firm’s independence or the integrity of an audit is compromised.

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals that conflict with shareholder proposals.

II-98 

 



The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on other business matters where the funds are otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

Commentary: Charter and bylaw amendments (for example, amendments implementing proxy access proposals), board-approved proposals that conflict with shareholder proposals, and the transaction of other unidentified, substantive business at a shareholder meeting may directly affect shareholder rights and have a significant impact on shareholder value. As a result, the funds do not view these items as routine business matters. Putnam Management’s investment professionals and the funds’ proxy voting service may also bring to the Proxy Voting Director’s attention company-specific items that they believe to be non-routine and warranting special consideration. Under these circumstances, the funds will vote on a case-by-case basis.

The fund’s proxy voting service may identify circumstances that call into question an audit firm’s independence or the integrity of an audit. These circumstances may include recent material restatements of financials, unusual audit fees, egregious contractual relationships (including inappropriately one-sided dispute resolution procedures), and aggressive accounting policies. The funds will consider proposals to ratify the selection of auditors in these circumstances on a case-by-case basis. In all other cases, given the existence of rules that enhance the independence of audit committees and auditors by, for example, prohibiting auditors from performing a range of non-audit services for audit clients, the funds will vote for the ratification of independent auditors

II. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of the company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. The funds generally will vote in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by someone other than the chief executive officer.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals asking that director nominees receive support from holders of a majority of votes cast or a majority of shares outstanding in order to be (re)elected.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals to declassify a board, absent special circumstances which would indicate that shareholder interests are better served by a classified board structure.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate supermajority vote requirements in the company’s charter documents.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

II-99 

 



The funds will vote for shareholder proposals to amend a company’s charter documents to permit shareholders to call special meetings, but only if both of the following conditions are met:

• the proposed amendment limits the right to call special meetings to shareholders holding at least 15% of the company’s outstanding shares, and

• applicable state law does not otherwise provide shareholders with the right to call special meetings.

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals relating to proxy access.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals requiring companies to make cash payments under management severance agreements only if both of the following conditions are met:

• the company undergoes a change in control, and

• the change in control results in the termination of employment for the person receiving the severance payment.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals requiring companies to accelerate vesting of equity awards under management severance agreements only if both of the following conditions are met:

• the company undergoes a change in control, and

• the change in control results in the termination of employment for the person receiving the severance payment.

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals to limit a company’s ability to make excise tax gross-up payments under management severance agreements as well as proposals to limit income or other tax gross-up payments.

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals requesting that the board adopt a policy to recoup, in the event of a significant restatement of financial results or significant extraordinary write-off, to the fullest extent practicable, for the benefit of the company, all performance-based bonuses or awards that were paid to senior executives based on the company having met or exceeded specific performance targets to the extent that the specific performance targets were not, in fact, met.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals calling for the company to obtain shareholder approval for any future golden coffins or unearned death benefits (payments or awards of unearned salary or bonus, accelerated vesting or the continuation of unvested equity awards, perquisites or other payments or awards in respect of an executive following his or her death), and for shareholder proposals calling for the company to cease providing golden coffins or unearned death benefits.

II-100 

 



The funds will vote for shareholder proposals requiring a company to report on its executive retirement benefits (e.g., deferred compensation, split-dollar life insurance, SERPs and pension benefits).

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals requiring a company to disclose its relationships with executive compensation consultants (e.g., whether the company, the board or the compensation committee retained the consultant, the types of services provided by the consultant over the past five years, and a list of the consultant’s clients on which any of the company’s executives serve as a director).

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals related to environmental and social initiatives.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals that are consistent with the funds’ proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals that conflict with board-approved proposals.

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the funds are otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

Commentary: The funds’ Trustees believe that effective corporate reforms should be promoted by holding boards of directors – and in particular their independent directors – accountable for their actions, rather than by imposing additional legal restrictions on board governance through piecemeal proposals. As stated above, the funds’ Trustees believe that boards of directors and management are responsible for ensuring that their businesses are operating in accordance with high legal and ethical standards and should be held accountable for resulting corporate behavior. Accordingly, the funds will generally support the recommendations of boards that meet the basic independence and governance standards established in these guidelines. Where boards fail to meet these standards, the funds will generally evaluate shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis.

There are some types of proposals that the funds will evaluate on a case-by-case basis in any event. For example, when shareholder proposals conflict with board-approved approvals, the funds will generally evaluate both proposals on a case-by-case basis, considering the materiality of the differences between the proposals, the benefits to shareholders from each proposal, and the strength of the company’s corporate governance, among other factors, in determining which proposal to support. In addition, the funds will also consider proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by someone other than the company’s chief executive officer on a case-by-case basis, recognizing that in some cases this separation may advance the company’s corporate governance while in other cases it may be less necessary to the sound governance of the company. The funds will take into account the level of independent leadership on a company’s board in evaluating these proposals.

However, the funds generally support shareholder proposals to implement majority voting for directors, observing that majority voting is an emerging standard intended to encourage directors to be attentive to shareholders’ interests. The funds also generally support shareholder proposals

II-101 

 



to declassify a board, to eliminate supermajority vote requirements, or to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. The funds’ Trustees believe that these shareholder proposals further the goals of reducing management entrenchment and conflicts of interest, and aligning management’s interests with shareholders’ interests in evaluating proposed acquisitions of the company. The Trustees also believe that shareholder proposals to limit severance payments may further these goals in some instances. In general, the funds favor arrangements in which severance payments are made to an executive only when there is a change in control and the executive loses his or her job as a result. Arrangements in which an executive receives a payment upon a change of control even if the executive retains employment introduce potential conflicts of interest and may distract management focus from the long term success of the company.

In evaluating shareholder proposals that address severance payments, the funds distinguish between cash and equity payments. The funds generally do not favor cash payments to executives upon a change in control transaction if the executive retains employment. However, the funds recognize that accelerated vesting of equity incentives, even without termination of employment, may help to align management and shareholder interests in some instances, and will evaluate shareholder proposals addressing accelerated vesting of equity incentive payments on a case-by-case basis.

When severance payments exceed a certain amount based on the executive’s previous compensation, the payments may be subject to an excise tax. Some compensation arrangements provide for full excise tax gross-ups, which means that the company pays the executive sufficient additional amounts to cover the cost of the excise tax. The funds are concerned that the benefits of providing full excise tax gross-ups to executives may be outweighed by the cost to the company of the gross-up payments. Accordingly, the funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals to curtail excise tax gross-up payments. The funds generally favor arrangements in which severance payments do not trigger an excise tax or in which the company’s obligations with respect to gross-up payments are limited in a reasonable manner.

The funds’ Trustees believe that performance-based compensation can be an effective tool for aligning management and shareholder interests. However, to fulfill its purpose, performance compensation should only be paid to executives if the performance targets are actually met. A significant restatement of financial results or a significant extraordinary write-off may reveal that executives who were previously paid performance compensation did not actually deliver the required business performance to earn that compensation. In these circumstances, it may be appropriate for the company to recoup this performance compensation. The funds will consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals requesting that the board adopt a policy to recoup, in the event of a significant restatement of financial results or significant extraordinary write-off, performance-based bonuses or awards paid to senior executives based on the company having met or exceeded specific performance targets to the extent that the specific performance targets were not, in fact, met. The funds do not believe that such a policy should necessarily disadvantage a company in recruiting executives, as executives should understand that they are only entitled to performance compensation based on the actual performance they deliver.

II-102 

 



The funds’ Trustees disfavor golden coffins or unearned death benefits, and the funds will generally support shareholder proposals to restrict or terminate these practices. The Trustees will also consider whether a company’s overall compensation arrangements, taking all of the pertinent circumstances into account, constitute excessive compensation or otherwise reflect poorly on the corporate governance practices of the company. As the Trustees evaluate these matters, they will be mindful of evolving practices and legislation relevant to executive compensation and corporate governance.

The funds’ Trustees recognize the importance of environmental and social responsibility. In evaluating shareholder proposals with respect to environmental and social initiatives (including initiatives related to climate change and gender pay equity), the funds will take into account the relevance of the proposal to the company’s business and the practicality of implementing the proposal, including the impact on the company’s business activities, operations, and stakeholders. With respect to shareholder proposals related to diversity initiatives, the funds will assess the proposals in a manner that is broadly consistent with the funds’ approach to holding the board of directors directly accountable for diversity on the board.

The funds’ Trustees also believe that shareholder proposals that are intended to increase transparency, particularly with respect to executive compensation, without establishing rigid restrictions upon a company’s ability to attract and motivate talented executives, are generally beneficial to sound corporate governance without imposing undue burdens. The funds will generally support shareholder proposals calling for reasonable disclosure.

III. VOTING SHARES OF NON-U.S. ISSUERS

Many of the Putnam funds invest on a global basis, and, as a result, they may hold, and have an opportunity to vote, shares in non-U.S. issuers – i.e., issuers that are incorporated under the laws of foreign jurisdictions and whose shares are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market.

In many non-U.S. markets, shareholders who vote proxies of a non-U.S. issuer are not able to trade in that company’s stock on or around the shareholder meeting date. This practice is known as “share blocking.” In countries where share blocking is practiced, the funds will vote proxies only with direction from Putnam Management’s investment professionals.

In addition, some non-U.S. markets require that a company’s shares be re-registered out of the name of the local custodian or nominee into the name of the shareholder for the shareholder to be able to vote at the meeting. This practice is known as “share re-registration.” As a result, shareholders, including the funds, are not able to trade in that company’s stock until the shares are re-registered back in the name of the local custodian or nominee following the meeting. In countries where share re-registration is practiced, the funds will generally not vote proxies.

Protection for shareholders of non-U.S. issuers may vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Laws governing non-U.S. issuers may, in some cases, provide substantially less protection for shareholders than do U.S. laws. As a result, the guidelines applicable to U.S. issuers, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for non-U.S. issuers. However,

II-103 

 



the funds will vote proxies of non-U.S. issuers in accordance with the guidelines applicable to U. S. issuers except as follows:

Uncontested Board Elections 

 

China, India, Indonesia, Philippines, Taiwan and Thailand

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

fewer than one-third of the directors are independent directors, or

the board has not established audit, compensation and nominating committees each composed of a majority of independent directors.

Commentary: Whether a director is considered “independent” or not will be determined by reference to local corporate law or listing standards.

Europe ex-United Kingdom

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

the board has not established audit and compensation committees each composed of a majority of independent, non-executive directors, or

the board has not established a nominating committee composed of a majority of independent directors.

Commentary: An “independent director” under the European Commission’s guidelines is one who is free of any business, family or other relationship, with the company, its controlling shareholder or the management of either, that creates a conflict of interest such as to impair his judgment. A “non-executive director” is one who is not engaged in the daily management of the company.

Germany

For companies subject to “co-determination,” the funds will vote for the election of nominees to the supervisory board, except that the funds will vote on a case-by-case basis for any nominee who is either an employee of the company or who is otherwise affiliated with the company (as determined by the funds’ proxy voting service).

The funds will withhold votes for the election of a former member of the company’s managerial board to chair of the supervisory board.

Commentary: German corporate governance is characterized by a two-tier board system—a managerial board composed of the company’s executive officers, and a supervisory board. The supervisory board appoints the members of the managerial board. Shareholders elect members of the supervisory board, except that in the case of companies with a large number of employees, company employees are allowed to elect some of the supervisory board members (one-half of

II-104 

 



supervisory board members are elected by company employees at companies with more than 2,000 employees; one-third of the supervisory board members are elected by company employees at companies with more than 500 employees but fewer than 2,000). This “co-determination” practice may increase the chances that the supervisory board of a large German company does not contain a majority of independent members. In this situation, under the Fund’s proxy voting guidelines applicable to U.S. issuers, the funds would vote against all nominees. However, in the case of companies subject to “co-determination” and with the goal of supporting independent nominees, the Funds will vote for supervisory board members who are neither employees of the company nor otherwise affiliated with the company.

Consistent with the funds’ belief that the interests of shareholders are best protected by boards with strong, independent leadership, the funds will withhold votes for the election of former chairs of the managerial board to chair of the supervisory board.

Hong Kong

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

• fewer than one-third of the directors are independent directors, or

• the board has not established audit, compensation and nominating committees each with at least a majority of its members being independent directors, or

• the chair of the audit, compensation or nominating committee is not an independent director.

Commentary. For purposes of these guidelines, an “independent director” is a director that has no material, financial or other current relationships with the company. In determining whether a director is independent, the funds will apply the standards included in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited Section 3.13.

Italy

The funds will withhold votes from any director not identified in the proxy materials.

Commentary: In Italy, companies have the right to nominate co-opted directors2 for election to the board at the next annual general meeting, but do not have to indicate, until the day of the annual meeting, whether or not they are nominating a co-opted director for election. When a company does not explicitly state in its proxy materials that co-opted directors are standing for election, shareholders will not know for sure who the board nominees are until the actual meeting occurs. The funds will withhold support from any such co-opted director on the grounds that there was insufficient information for evaluation before the meeting.

                                                               
2 A co-opted director is an individual appointed to the board by incumbent directors to replace a director who was elected by directors but who leaves the board (through resignation or death) before the end of his or her term.

II-105 

 



Japan

For companies that have established a U.S.-style corporate governance structure, the funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

• the board does not have a majority of outside directors,

• the board has not established nominating and compensation committees composed of a majority of outside directors, or

• the board has not established an audit committee composed of a majority of independent directors.

The funds will withhold votes for the appointment of members of a company’s board of statutory auditors if a majority of the members of the board of statutory auditors is not independent.

Commentary:

Board structure: Recent amendments to the Japanese Commercial Code give companies the option to adopt a U.S.-style corporate governance structure (i.e., a board of directors and audit, nominating, and compensation committees). The funds will vote for proposals to amend a company’s articles of incorporation to adopt the U.S.-style corporate structure.

Definition of outside director and independent director: Corporate governance principles in Japan focus on the distinction between outside directors and independent directors. Under these principles, an outside director is a director who is not and has never been a director, executive, or employee of the company or its parent company, subsidiaries or affiliates. An outside director is “independent” if that person can make decisions completely independent from the managers of the company, its parent, subsidiaries, or affiliates and does not have a material relationship with the company (i.e., major client, trading partner, or other business relationship; familial relationship with current director or executive; etc.). The guidelines have incorporated these definitions in applying the board independence standards above.

Korea

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

• fewer than half of the directors are outside directors,

• the board has not established a nominating committee with at least half of the members being outside directors, or

• the board has not established an audit committee composed of at least three members and in which at least two-thirds of its members are outside directors.

II-106 

 



The funds will vote withhold votes from nominees to the audit committee if the board has not established an audit committee composed of (or proposed to be composed of) at least three members, and of which at least two-thirds of its members are (or will be) outside directors.

Commentary: For purposes of these guidelines, an “outside director” is a director that is independent from the management or controlling shareholders of the company, and holds no interests that might impair the performance his or her duties impartially with respect to the company, management or controlling shareholder. In determining whether a director is an outside director, the funds will also apply the standards included in Article 415-2(2) of the Korean Commercial Code (i.e., no employment relationship with the company for a period of two years before serving on the committee, no director or employment relationship with the company’s largest shareholder, etc.) and may consider other business relationships that would affect the independence of an outside director.

Malaysia

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

• in the case of a board with an independent director serving as chair, fewer than one-third of the directors are independent directors; or, in the case of a board not chaired by an independent director, less than a majority of the directors are independent directors,

• the board has not established audit and nominating committees with at least a majority of the members being independent directors and all of the members being non-executive directors, or

• the board has not established a compensation committee with at least a majority of the members being non-executive directors.

Commentary. For purposes of these guidelines, an “independent director” is a director who has no material, financial or other current relationships with the company. In determining whether a director is independent, the funds will apply the standards included in the Malaysia Code of Corporate Governance, Commentary to Recommendation 3.1. A “non-executive director” is a director who does not take on primary responsibility for leadership of the company.

Russia

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis for the election of nominees to the board of directors.

Commentary: In Russia, director elections are typically handled through a cumulative voting process. Cumulative voting allows shareholders to cast all of their votes for a single nominee for the board of directors, or to allocate their votes among nominees in any other way. In contrast, in “regular” voting, shareholders may not give more than one vote per share to any single nominee. Cumulative voting can help to strengthen the ability of minority shareholders to elect a director.

II-107 

 



In Russia, as in some other emerging markets, standards of corporate governance are usually behind those in developed markets. Rather than vote against the entire board of directors, as the funds generally would in the case of a company whose board fails to meet the funds’ standards for independence, the funds may, on a case by case basis, cast all of their votes for one or more independent director nominees. The funds believe that it is important to increase the number of independent directors on the boards of Russian companies to mitigate the risks associated with dominant shareholders.

Singapore

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

• in the case of a board with an independent director serving as chair, fewer than one-third of the directors are independent directors; or, in the case of a board not chaired by an independent director, fewer than half of the directors are independent directors,

• the board has not established audit and compensation committees, each with an independent director serving as chair, with at least a majority of the members being independent directors, and with all of the directors being non-executive directors, or

• the board has not established a nominating committee, with an independent director serving as chair, and with at least a majority of the members being independent directors.

Commentary: For purposes of these guidelines, an “independent director” is a director that has no material, financial or other current relationships with the company. In determining whether a director is independent, the funds will apply the standards included in the Singapore Code of Corporate Governance, Guideline 2.3. A “non-executive director” is a director who is not employed with the company.

United Kingdom

The funds will withhold votes from the entire board of directors if

• fewer than half of the directors are independent non-executive directors,

• the board has not established a nomination committee composed of a majority of independent non-executive directors, or

• the board has not established compensation and audit committees composed of (1) at least three directors (in the case of smaller companies, two directors) and (2) solely independent non-executive directors, provided that, to the extent permitted under the United Kingdom’s Combined Code on Corporate Governance, the company chairman may serve on (but not serve as chairman of) the compensation and audit committees if the chairman was considered independent upon his or her appointment as chairman.

II-108 

 



The funds will withhold votes from any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation within the last three years from the company other than for service as a director, such as investment banking, consulting, legal, or financial advisory fees.

The funds will vote for proposals to amend a company’s articles of association to authorize boards to approve situations that might be interpreted to present potential conflicts of interest affecting a director.

Commentary:

Application of guidelines: Although the United Kingdom’s Combined Code on Corporate Governance (“Combined Code”) has adopted the “comply and explain” approach to corporate governance, the funds’ Trustees believe that the guidelines discussed above with respect to board independence standards are integral to the protection of investors in U.K. companies. As a result, these guidelines will generally be applied in a prescriptive manner.

Definition of independence: For the purposes of these guidelines, a non-executive director shall be considered independent if the director meets the independence standards in section A.3.1 of the Combined Code (i.e., no material business or employment relationships with the company, no remuneration from the company for non-board services, no close family ties with senior employees or directors of the company, etc.), except that the funds do not view service on the board for more than nine years as affecting a director’s independence. Company chairmen in the U.K. are generally considered affiliated upon appointment as chairman due to the nature of the position of chairman. Consistent with the Combined Code, a company chairman who was considered independent upon appointment as chairman: may serve as a member of, but not as the chairman of, the compensation (remuneration) committee; and, in the case of smaller companies, may serve as a member of, but not as the chairman of, the audit committee.

Smaller companies: A smaller company is one that is below the FTSE 350 throughout the year immediately prior to the reporting year.

Conflicts of interest: The Companies Act 2006 requires a director to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the company. This broadly written requirement could be construed to prevent a director from becoming a trustee or director of another organization. Provided there are reasonable safeguards, such as the exclusion of the relevant director from deliberations, the funds believe that the board may approve this type of potential conflict of interest in its discretion.

All other jurisdictions

The funds will vote for supervisory board nominees when the supervisory board meets the funds’ independence standards, otherwise the funds will vote against supervisory board nominees.

II-109 

 



Commentary: Companies in many jurisdictions operate under the oversight of supervisory boards. In the absence of jurisdiction-specific guidelines, the funds will generally hold supervisory boards to the same standards of independence as it applies to boards of directors in the United States.

Contested Board Elections 

 

Italy

The funds will vote for the management- or board-sponsored slate of nominees if the board meets the funds’ independence standards, and against the management- or board-sponsored slate of nominees if the board does not meet the funds’ independence standards; the funds will not vote on shareholder-proposed slates of nominees.

Commentary: Contested elections in Italy may involve a variety of competing slates of nominees. In these circumstances, the funds will focus their analysis on the board- or management-sponsored slate.

Corporate Governance 

 

The funds will vote for proposals to change the size of a board if the board meets the funds’ independence standards, and against proposals to change the size of a board if the board does not meet the funds’ independence standards.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of a company’s directors to be independent of management.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit, and compensation committees.

The funds will vote for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

Australia

The funds will vote on a case-by-case basis on board spill resolutions.

Commentary: The Corporations Amendment (Improving Accountability on Director and Executive Compensation) Bill 2011 provides that, if a company’s remuneration report receives a “no” vote of 25% or more of all votes cast at two consecutive annual general meetings, at the second annual general meeting, a spill resolution must be proposed. If the spill resolution is approved (by simple majority), then a further meeting to elect a new board (excluding the managing director) must be held within 90 days. The funds will consider board spill resolutions on a case-by-case basis.

II-110 

 



Europe

The funds will vote for proposals to ratify board acts, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis if the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against the proposal.

Taiwan

The funds will vote against proposals to release directors from their non-competition obligations (their obligations not to engage in any business that is competitive with the company), unless the proposal is narrowly drafted to permit directors to engage in a business that is competitive with the company only on behalf of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company.

Compensation 

 

The funds will vote for proposals to approve annual directors’ fees, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis in each case in which the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against such a proposal.

The funds will vote for non-binding proposals to approve remuneration reports, except that the funds will vote against proposals to approve remuneration reports that indicate that awards under a long-term incentive plan are not linked to performance targets.

Commentary: Since proposals relating to directors’ fees for non-U.S. issuers generally address relatively modest fees paid to non-executive directors, the funds generally support these proposals, provided that the fees are consistent with directors’ fees paid by the company’s peers and do not otherwise appear unwarranted. Consistent with the approach taken for U.S. issuers, the funds generally favor compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance and will support non-binding remuneration reports unless such a correlation is not made.

Europe and Asia ex-Japan

In the case of proposals that do not include sufficient information for determining average annual dilution, the funds will will vote for stock option and restricted stock plans that will result in an average gross potential dilution of 5% or less.

Commentary: Asia ex-Japan means China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand. In these markets, companies may not disclose the life of the plan and there may not be a specific number of shares requested; therefore, it may not be possible to determine the average annual dilution related to the plan and apply the funds’ standard dilution test.

II-111 

 



France

The funds will vote for an employee stock purchase plan or share save scheme that has the following features: (1) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 70% of their market value; (2) the vesting period is greater than or equal to 10 years; (3) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less; and (4) dilution is 10% or less.

Commentary: To conform to local market practice, the funds support plans or schemes at French issuers that permit the purchase of shares at up to a 30% discount (i.e., shares may be purchased for no less than 70% of their market value). By comparison, for U.S. issuers, the funds do not support employee stock purchase plans that permit shares to be acquired at more than a 15% discount (i.e., for less than 85% of their market value); in the United Kingdom, up to a 20% discount is permitted.

United Kingdom

The funds will vote for an employee stock purchase plan or share save scheme that has the following features: (1) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 80% of their market value; (2) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less; and (3) dilution is 10% or less.

Commentary: These are the same features that the funds require of employee stock purchase plans proposed by U.S. issuers, except that, to conform to local market practice, the funds support plans or schemes at United Kingdom issuers that permit the purchase of shares at up to a 20% discount (i.e., shares may be purchased for no less than 80% of their market value). By comparison, for U.S. issuers, the funds do not support employee stock purchase plans that permit shares to be acquired at more than a 15% discount (i.e., for less than 85% of their market value).

Capitalization 

 

Unless a proposal is directly addressed by a country-specific guideline:

The funds will vote for proposals

• to issue additional common stock representing up to 20% of the company’s outstanding common stock, where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or

• to issue additional common stock representing up to 100% of the company’s outstanding common stock, where shareholders do have preemptive rights.

The funds will vote for proposals to authorize share repurchase programs that are recommended for approval by the funds’ proxy voting service; otherwise, the funds will vote against such proposals.

Australia

The funds will vote for proposals to carve out, from the general cap on non-pro rata share issues of 15% of total equity in a rolling 12-month period, a particular proposed

II-112 

 



issue of shares or a particular issue of shares made previously within the 12-month period, if the company’s board meets the funds’ independence standards; if the company’s board does not meet the funds’ independence standards, then the funds will vote against these proposals.

The funds will vote for proposals to approve the grant of equity awards to directors, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis if the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against the proposal.

China

The funds will vote for proposals to issue and/or to trade in non-convertible, convertible and/or exchangeable debt obligations, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis if the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against the proposal.

Hong Kong

The funds will vote for proposals to approve a general mandate permitting the company to engage in non-pro rata share issues of up to 20% of total equity in a year if the company’s board meets the funds’ independence standards; if the company’s board does not meet the funds’ independence standards, then the funds will vote against these proposals.

The funds will for proposals to approve the reissuance of shares acquired by the company under a share repurchase program, provided that: (1) the funds supported (or would have supported, in accordance with these guidelines) the share repurchase program, (2) the reissued shares represent no more than 10% of the company’s outstanding shares (measured immediately before the reissuance), and (3) the reissued shares are sold for no less than 85% of current market value.

France

The funds will vote for proposals to increase authorized shares, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis if the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against the proposal.

The funds will vote against proposals to authorize the issuance of common stock or convertible debt instruments and against proposals to authorize the repurchase and/or reissuance of shares where those authorizations may be used, without further shareholder approval, as anti-takeover measures.

New Zealand

The funds will vote for proposals to approve the grant of equity awards to directors, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis if the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against the proposal.

II-113 

 



Commentary: In light of the prevalence of certain types of capitalization proposals in Australia, China, Hong Kong, France and New Zealand, the funds have adopted guidelines specific to those jurisdictions.

Other Business Matters 

 

The funds will vote for proposals permitting companies to deliver reports and other materials electronically (e.g., via website posting).

The funds will vote for proposals permitting companies to issue regulatory reports in English.

The funds will vote against proposals to shorten shareholder meeting notice periods to fourteen days.

Commentary: Under Directive 2007/36/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union, companies have the option to request shareholder approval to set the notice period for special meetings at 14 days provided that certain electronic voting and communication requirements are met. The funds believe that the 14 day notice period is too short to provide overseas shareholders with sufficient time to analyze proposals and to participate meaningfully at special meetings and, as a result, have determined to vote against such proposals.

The funds will vote for proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis if the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against the proposal.

Commentary: If the substance of any proposed amendment is covered by a specific guideline included herein, then that guideline will govern.

France

The funds will vote for proposals to approve a company’s related party transactions, except that the funds will consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis if the funds’ proxy voting service has recommended a vote against the proposal.

If a company has not proposed an opt-out clause in its articles of association and the implementation of double-voting rights has not been approved by shareholders, the funds will vote against the ratification of board acts for the previous fiscal year, will withhold votes from the re-election of members of the board’s governance committee (or in the absence of a governance committee, against the chair of the board or the next session board member up for re-election) and, if there is no opportunity to vote against ratification of board acts or to withhold votes from directors, will vote against the approval of the company’s accounts and reports.

Commentary: In France, shareholders are generally requested to approve any agreement between the company and: (i) its directors, chair of the board, CEO and deputy CEOs; (ii) the members of the supervisory board and management board, for companies with a dual structure; and (iii) a shareholder who directly or indirectly owns at least 10% of the company’s voting

II-114 

 



rights. This includes agreements under which compensation may be paid to executive officers after the end of their employment, such as severance payments, supplementary retirement plans and non-competition agreements. The funds will generally support these proposals unless the funds’ proxy voting service recommends a vote against, in which case the funds will consider the proposal on a case-by-case basis.

Under French law, shareholders of French companies with shares held in registered form under the same name for at least two years will automatically be granted double-voting rights, unless a company has amended its articles of association to opt out of the double-voting rights regime. Awarding double-voting rights in this manner is likely to disadvantage non-French institutional shareholders. Accordingly, the funds will take actions to signal disapproval of double-voting rights at companies that have not opted-out from the double-voting rights regime and that have not obtained shareholder approval of the double-voting rights regime.

Germany

The funds will vote in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on shareholder countermotions added to a company’s meeting agenda, unless the countermotion is directly addressed by one of the funds’ other guidelines.

Commentary: In Germany, shareholders are able to add both proposals and countermotions to a meeting agenda. Countermotions, which must correspond to a proposal on the agenda, generally call for shareholders to oppose the existing proposal, although they may also propose separate voting decisions. Countermotions may be proposed by any shareholder and they are typically added throughout the period between the publication of the meeting agenda and the meeting date. This guideline reflects the funds’ intention to focus on the original proposal, which is expected to be presented a reasonable period of time before the shareholder meeting so that the funds will have an appropriate opportunity to evaluate it.

The funds will vote for proposals to approve profit-and-loss transfer agreements between a controlling company and its subsidiaries.

Commentary: These agreements are customary in Germany and are typically entered into for tax purposes. In light of this and the prevalence of these proposals, the funds have adopted a guideline to vote for this type of proposal.

Taiwan

The funds will vote for proposals to amend a Taiwanese company’s procedural rules.

Commentary: Since procedural rules, which address such matters as a company’s policies with respect to capital loans, endorsements and guarantees, and acquisitions and disposal of assets, are generally adopted or amended to conform to changes in local regulations governing these transactions, the funds have adopted a guideline to vote for these transactions.

As adopted March 22, 2019

II-115 

 



Proxy voting procedures of The Putnam Funds

The proxy voting procedures below explain the role of the funds’ Trustees, proxy voting service and Director of Proxy Voting and Corporate Governance (“Proxy Voting Director”), as well as how the process works when a proxy question needs to be handled on a case-by-case basis, or when there may be a conflict of interest.

The role of the funds’ Trustees

The Trustees of The Putnam Funds exercise control of voting proxies through their Board Policy and Nominating Committee, which is composed entirely of independent Trustees. The Board Policy and Nominating Committee oversees the proxy voting process and participates, as needed, in the resolution of issues that need to be handled on a case-by-case basis. The Committee annually reviews and recommends, for Trustee approval, guidelines governing the funds’ proxy votes, including how the funds vote on specific proposals and which matters are to be considered on a case-by-case basis. The Trustees are assisted in this process by their independent administrative staff (“Office of the Trustees”), independent legal counsel, and an independent proxy voting service. The Trustees also receive assistance from Putnam Investment Management, LLC (“Putnam Management”), the funds’ investment adviser, on matters involving investment judgments. In all cases, the ultimate decision on voting proxies rests with the Trustees, acting as fiduciaries on behalf of the shareholders of the funds.

The role of the proxy voting service

The funds have engaged an independent proxy voting service to assist in the voting of proxies. The proxy voting service is responsible for coordinating with the funds’ custodian(s) to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the funds’ portfolio securities are processed in a timely fashion. To the extent applicable, the proxy voting service votes all proxies in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines established by the Trustees. The proxy voting service will refer proxy questions to the Proxy Voting Director for instructions under circumstances where: (1) the application of the proxy voting guidelines is unclear; (2) a particular proxy question is not covered by the guidelines; or (3) the guidelines call for specific instructions on a case-by-case basis. The proxy voting service is also requested to call to the attention of the Proxy Voting Director specific proxy questions that, while governed by a guideline, appear to involve unusual or controversial issues. The funds also utilize research services relating to proxy questions provided by the proxy voting service and by other firms.

The role of the Proxy Voting Director

The Proxy Voting Director, a member of the Office of the Trustees, assists in the coordination and voting of the funds’ proxies. The Proxy Voting Director deals directly with the proxy voting service and, in the case of proxy questions referred by the proxy voting service, solicits voting recommendations and instructions from the Office of the Trustees, the Chair of the Board Policy and Nominating Committee, and Putnam Management’s investment professionals, as

II-116 

 



appropriate. The Proxy Voting Director is responsible for ensuring that these questions and referrals are responded to in a timely fashion and for transmitting appropriate voting instructions to the proxy voting service. In addition, the Proxy Voting Director is the contact person for receiving recommendations from Putnam Management’s investment professionals with respect to any proxy question in circumstances where the investment professional believes that the interests of fund shareholders warrant a vote contrary to the fund’s proxy voting guidelines.

On occasion, representatives of a company in which the funds have an investment may wish to meet with the company’s shareholders in advance of the company’s shareholder meeting, typically to explain and to provide the company’s perspective on the proposals up for consideration at the meeting. As a general matter, the Proxy Voting Director will participate in meetings with these company representatives.

The Proxy Voting Director is also responsible for ensuring that the funds file the required annual reports of their proxy voting records with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Proxy Voting Director coordinates with the funds' proxy voting service to prepare and file on Form N-PX, by August 31 of each year, the funds' proxy voting record for the most recent twelve month period ended June 30. In addition, the Proxy Voting Director is responsible for coordinating with Putnam Management to arrange for the funds' proxy voting record for the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 to be available on the funds' website.

Voting procedures for referral items

As discussed above, the proxy voting service will refer proxy questions to the Proxy Voting Director under certain circumstances. Unless the referred proxy question involves investment considerations (i.e., the proxy question might be seen as having a bearing on the economic interests of a shareholder in the company) and is referred to Putnam Management's investment professionals for a voting recommendation as described below, the Proxy Voting Director will assist in interpreting the guidelines and, if necessary, consult with a senior staff member of the Office of the Trustees and/or the Chair of the Board Policy and Nominating Committee on how the funds’ shares will be voted.

The Proxy Voting Director will refer proxy questions that involve investment considerations, through an electronic request form, to Putnam Management’s investment professionals for a voting recommendation. These referrals will be made in cooperation with the person or persons designated by Putnam Management’s Legal and Compliance Department to assist in processing referral items. In connection with each item referred to Putnam Management’s investment professionals, the Legal and Compliance Department will conduct a conflicts of interest review, as described below under “Conflicts of interest,” and provide electronically a conflicts of interest report (the “Conflicts Report”) to the Proxy Voting Director describing the results of the review. After receiving a referral item from the Proxy Voting Director, Putnam Management’s investment professionals will provide a recommendation electronically to the Proxy Voting Director and the person or persons designated by the Legal and Compliance Department to assist in processing referral items. The recommendation will set forth (1) how the proxies should be voted; and (2) any contacts the investment professionals have had with respect to the referral item with non-investment personnel of Putnam Management or with outside parties (except for routine communications from proxy solicitors). The Proxy Voting Director will review the

II-117 

 



recommendation of Putnam Management’s investment professionals (and the related Conflicts Report) in determining how to vote the funds’ proxies. The Proxy Voting Director will maintain a record of all proxy questions that have been referred to Putnam Management’s investment professionals, the voting recommendation, and the Conflicts Report. An exception to this referral process is that the Proxy Voting Director will not refer proxy questions in respect of portfolio securities that are held only in funds sub-advised by PanAgora Asset Management, Inc.

In some situations, the Proxy Voting Director may determine that a particular proxy question raises policy issues requiring consultation with the Chair of the Board Policy and Nominating Committee, who, in turn, may decide to bring the particular proxy question to the Committee or the full Board of Trustees for consideration.

Conflicts of interest

Occasions may arise where a person or organization involved in the proxy voting process may have a conflict of interest. A conflict of interest may exist, for example, if Putnam Management has a business relationship with (or is actively soliciting business from) either the company soliciting the proxy or a third party that has a material interest in the outcome of a proxy vote or that is actively lobbying for a particular outcome of a proxy vote. Any individual with knowledge of a personal conflict of interest (e.g., familial relationship with company management or a significant personal investment in the company) relating to a particular referral item shall disclose that conflict to the Proxy Voting Director and the Legal and Compliance Department and may be asked to remove himself or herself from the proxy voting process. The Legal and Compliance Department will review each item referred to Putnam Management’s investment professionals to determine if a conflict of interest exists and will provide the Proxy Voting Director with a Conflicts Report for each referral item that: (1) describes any conflict of interest; (2) discusses the procedures used to address such conflict of interest; and (3) discloses any contacts from parties outside Putnam Management (other than routine communications from proxy solicitors) with respect to the referral item not otherwise reported in an investment professional’s recommendation. The Conflicts Report will also include written confirmation that any recommendation from an investment professional provided under circumstances where a conflict of interest exists was made solely on the investment merits and without regard to any other consideration.

As adopted March 11, 2005 and revised June 12, 2009, January 24, 2014 and June 23, 2017.

II-118 

 



PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST 
 
FORM N-1A
PART C
 
OTHER INFORMATION 

 

Item 28.    Exhibits

(a) Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 21, 2014 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2014.

(b)(1) Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of October 17, 2014 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 27, 2015.

(b)(2) Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of April 22, 2016 – Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-212963) filed on August 5, 2016.

(c)(1) Portions of Agreement and Declaration of Trust Relating to Shareholders' Rights – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2014.

(c)(2) Portions of Bylaws Relating to Shareholders' Rights – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 27, 2015.

(d)(1) Management Contract with Putnam Investment Management, LLC dated February 27, 2014 Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2014.

<R>

(d)(2) Sub-Management Contract between Putnam Investment Management, LLC and Putnam Investments Limited dated February 27, 2014; Schedule A amended as of November 22, 2019.

(d)(3) Sub-Advisory Contract among Putnam Investment Management, LLC, Putnam Investments Limited and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC dated February 27, 2014; Schedule A amended as of October 18, 2019.

</R>

(e)(1) Amended and Restated Distributor’s Contract with Putnam Retail Management Limited Partnership dated July 1, 2013 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2014.

(e)(2)(i) Form of Dealer Sales Contract dated March 27, 2012 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 26, 2013.

Part C-1 

 



(e)(2)(ii) Schedule of Dealer Sales Contracts conforming in all material respects to the Form of Dealer Sales Contract filed as Exhibit (e)(2)(i) but which have not been filed as exhibits to the Registrant's Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 483(d)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 22, 2016.

(e)(3)(i) Form of Financial Institution Sales Contract dated March 27, 2012 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 26, 2013.

(e)(3)(ii) Schedule of Financial Institution Sales Contracts conforming in all material respects to the Form of Financial Institution Sales Contract filed as Exhibit (e)(3)(i) but which have not been filed as exhibits to the Registrant's Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 483(d)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 22, 2016.

(f) Trustee Retirement Plan dated October 4, 1996, as amended July 21, 2000 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on March 1, 2005.

(g)(1) Master Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated January 1, 2007; Appendix A amended as of July 24, 2017 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 26, 2018.

(g)(2) Amendment to Master Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated August 1, 2013 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2014.

<R>

(h)(1) Amended & Restated Investor Servicing Agreement – Open-End Funds with Putnam Investment Management, LLC and Putnam Investor Services, Inc. dated July 1, 2013; Appendix A amended as of November 22, 2019.

</R>

(h)(2) Letter of Indemnity with Putnam Investment Management, LLC dated December 18, 2003 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 33 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2004.

(h)(3) Liability Insurance Allocation Agreement dated December 18, 2003 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on March 1, 2005.

(h)(4) Master Sub-Accounting Services Agreement between Putnam Investment Management, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company dated January 1, 2007; Appendix A amended as of July 24, 2017 – Incorporated by reference to Post- Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 26, 2018.

Part C-2 

 



(h)(5) Amendment to Master Sub-Accounting Services Agreement between Putnam Investment Management, LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company dated August 1, 2013 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2014.

<R>

(h)(6) Master Interfund Lending Agreement with the Trusts party thereto and Putnam Investment Management, LLC dated July 16, 2010; Schedules A and B amended as of November 22, 2019.

</R>

(h)(7) Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and certain other lenders dated September 24, 2015 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 22, 2016.

(h)(8) Joinder Agreement No. 1 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company and certain other lenders dated August 29, 2016 –Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-215836) filed on January 31, 2017.

(h)(9) Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 22, 2016 – Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-215836) filed on January 31, 2017.

(h)(10) Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 21, 2017 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 26, 2018.

<R>

(h)(11) Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 20, 2018 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2019.

(h)(12) Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 19, 2019.

(h)(13) Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 18, 2019.

(h)(14) Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated September 24, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 22, 2016.

(h)(15) First Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated August 29, 2016 – Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-215836) filed on January 31, 2017.

Part C-3 

 



(h)(16) Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 22, 2016 – Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-215836) filed on January 31, 2017.

(h)(17) Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 21, 2017 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on February 26, 2018.

(h)(18) Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 20, 2018 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2019.

(h)(19) Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 19, 2019.

(h)(20) Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 18, 2019.

(h)(21)(i)Form of Indemnification Agreement dated March 18, 2016 – Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-212963) filed on August 5, 2016.

(h)(21)(ii) Schedule of Indemnification Agreements conforming in all material respects to the Form of Indemnification Agreement filed as Exhibit (h)(21)(i) but which have not been filed as exhibits to the Registrant's Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 483(d)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended – Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-212963) filed on August 5, 2016.

(h)(22) Expense Limitation Agreement with Putnam Investment Management, LLC (“PIM”) dated December 19, 2019.

(h)(23) Expense Limitation Agreement with Putnam Investor Services, Inc. (“PSERV”) dated June 28, 2019.

</R>

(i)(1) Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 32 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on April 30, 2003.

(i)(2) Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP, including consent, for Putnam VT Absolute Return 500 Fund – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on April 29, 2011.

<R>

(j) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – to be filed by amendment.

</R>

(k) Not applicable.

Part C-4 

 



(l) Investment Letter from Putnam Investment Management, LLC to the Registrant – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 1995.

(m)(1) Class IB Distribution Plan and Agreement dated April 1, 2000 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 28, 2000.

(m)(2)(i)Form of Participation Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 27, 2015.

(m)(2)(ii)Schedule of Participation Agreement conforming in all material respects to the Form of Participation Agreement filed as Exhibit (m)(2)(i) but which have not been filed as exhibits to the Registrant’s Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 483(d)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended –Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 27, 2015.

(n) Rule 18f-3 Plan dated September 5, 1997 filed – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 27, 2017.

(p)(1) The Putnam Funds Code of Ethics dated June 24, 2016 – Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to the Registrant's Registration Statement filed on April 27, 2017.

<R>

(p)(2) Putnam Investments Code of Ethics dated October 2019.

</R>

Item 29.    Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

From time to time Putnam Investment Management, LLC or its affiliates, including Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC, may beneficially own more than 25% of the outstanding shares of certain funds, particularly in the case of relatively new funds, and such persons may be deemed to "control" a fund by virtue of this beneficial ownership of fund shares. To the extent that Putnam Investment Management, LLC or its affiliates may be deemed to "control" the fund, the fund would be deemed to be under common control with certain other Putnam Funds.

Item 30.    Indemnification

Reference is made to Article VIII, sections 1 through 3, of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (File No. 811-05346). In addition, the Registrant maintains a trustees and officers liability insurance policy under which the Registrant and its trustees and officers are named insureds. Certain service providers to the Registrant also have contractually agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the trustees against liability arising in connection with the service provider’s performance of services under the relevant agreement.

Part C-5 

 



The Massachusetts business trusts comprising The Putnam Funds (each, a “Trust”) have also agreed to contractually indemnify each Trustee. The agreement between the Trusts and each Trustee, in addition to delineating certain procedural aspects relating to indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Amended and Restated Bylaws and the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as now or hereafter in force, provides that each Trust severally shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, unless the Trustee has been adjudicated in a final adjudication on the merits to have engaged in certain disabling conduct.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the Registrant’s organizational instruments or otherwise, the Registrant is aware that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, therefore, is unenforceable.

Item 31.    Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

Except as set forth below, the directors and officers of each of Putnam Investment Management, LLC, the Registrant’s investment adviser (the “Investment Adviser”), Putnam Investments Limited, investment sub-manager to certain Putnam funds (the “Sub-Manager”), and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, investment sub-adviser to certain Putnam funds, have been engaged during the past two fiscal years in no business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature other than as directors or officers of the Investment Adviser, Sub-Manager, or certain of the Investment Adviser’s corporate affiliates. Certain officers of the Investment Adviser serve as officers of some or all of the Putnam funds. The address of the Investment Adviser, its corporate affiliates other than the Sub-Manager, and the Putnam funds is 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. The address of the Sub-Manager is 16 St James’s Street, London, England, SW1A 1ER.

  Name and Title  Non-Putnam business, profession, vocation or 
    employment 
N/A     

 

Part C-6 

 



Item 32.    Principal Underwriter

(a) Putnam Retail Management Limited Partnership is the principal underwriter for each of the following investment companies, including the Registrant:

<R>

George Putnam Balanced Fund, Putnam Asset Allocation Funds, Putnam California Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam Convertible Securities Fund, Putnam Diversified Income Trust, Putnam Equity Income Fund, Putnam Funds Trust, Putnam Global Equity Fund, Putnam Global Health Care Fund, Putnam Global Income Trust, Putnam High Yield Fund, Putnam Income Fund, Putnam International Equity Fund, Putnam Investment Funds, Putnam Massachusetts Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam Minnesota Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam Money Market Fund, Putnam Mortgage Recovery Fund, Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund, Putnam New Jersey Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam New York Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam Ohio Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam Pennsylvania Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam Target Date Funds, Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund, Putnam Tax Exempt Income Fund, Putnam Tax-Free Income Trust and Putnam Variable Trust.

</R>

(b) The directors and officers of the Registrant's principal underwriter are listed below. Except as noted below, no officer of the Registrant’s principal underwriter is an officer of the Registrant.

<R>

The principal business address of each person listed below is 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

   
Name  Position and Office with the Underwriter 
Sipple, Scott C.  President 
Burns, Robert T. *  General Counsel and Secretary 
Derman, Jeremy E.  Counsel and Assistant Secretary 
Tate, Stephen J.  Chief Legal Officer, Deputy General Counsel and 
  Assistant Secretary 
Maher, Stephen B.  Assistant Treasurer 
Norris, Cheryl A.  Assistant Treasurer 
Clark, James F.**  Vice President 
Ettinger, Robert D.  Financial and Operations Principal, Vice President 
  and Treasurer 
Trenchard, Mark C.***  Vice President 
Higgins, Matthew W.  Chief Compliance Officer 
Whitaker, Anne N.  Manager, Compliance 

 

</R>

*Mr. Burns is Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of the Registrant.

<R>

** Mr. Clark is Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of the Registrant.

</R>

***Mr. Trenchard is Vice President of the Registrant.

Part C-7 

 



Item 33.    Location of Accounts and Records

Persons maintaining physical possession of accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Rules promulgated thereunder are the Registrant’s Clerk, Michael J. Higgins; the Registrant’s investment adviser, PIM; the Registrant’s principal underwriter, Putnam Retail Management Limited Partnership (PRM); the Registrant’s custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company (which, in addition to its duties as custodian, also provides certain administrative, pricing and bookkeeping services); and the Registrant’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent, Putnam Investor Services, Inc. The address of the Clerk, PIM, PRM and Putnam Investor Services, Inc. is 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. State Street Bank and Trust Company is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

Item 34.    Management Services

None.

Item 35.    Undertakings

None.

Part C-8 

 



NOTICE 

 

<R>

A copy of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Putnam Variable Trust is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Registrant by an officer of the Registrant as an officer and not individually and the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the relevant series of the Registrant.

</R>

Part C-9 

 



<R>

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Boston, and The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 28th day of February, 2020.

</R>

Putnam Variable Trust 
 
By: /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz, 
Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer and 
Compliance Liaison 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

 

Signature  Title 
Kenneth R. Leibler*  Chair, Board of Trustees 
Robert L. Reynolds*  President and Trustee 
Jonathan S. Horwitz*  Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer 
  and Compliance Liaison 
Janet C. Smith*  Vice President, Principal Financial Officer, Principal 
  Accounting Officer and Assistant Treasurer 
Liaquat Ahamed*  Trustee 
Ravi Akhoury*  Trustee 
Barbara M. Baumann*  Trustee 
Katinka Domotorffy*  Trustee 
Catharine Bond Hill*  Trustee 
Paul L. Joskow*  Trustee 
Robert E. Patterson*  Trustee 
George Putnam, III*  Trustee 
Manoj P. Singh*  Trustee 

 

  By: /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz, 
  as Attorney-in-Fact 
<R>   
  February 28, 2020 
</R>   
  * Signed pursuant to power of attorney filed in Post- 
  Effective Amendment No. 68 to the Registrant's 
  Registration Statement on April 29, 2019. 

 

Part C-10 

 



Item 28.  Exhibits 
 
<R>   
(d)(2)  Sub-Management Contract between Putnam Investment Management, LLC 
  and Putnam Investments Limited dated February 27, 2014; Schedule A 
  amended as of November 22, 2019. 
 
(d)(3)  Sub-Advisory Contract among Putnam Investment Management, LLC, 
  Putnam Investments Limited and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC 
  dated February 27, 2014; Schedule A amended as of October 18, 2019. 
 
(h)(1)  Amended & Restated Investor Servicing Agreement – Open-End Funds 
  with Putnam Investment Management, LLC and Putnam Investor Services, 
  Inc. dated July 1, 2013; Appendix A amended as of November 22, 2019. 
 
(h)(6)  Master Interfund Lending Agreement with the Trusts party thereto and 
  Putnam Investment Management, LLC dated July 16, 2010; Schedules A 
  and B amended as of November 22, 2019. 
 
(h)(12)  Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust 
  Company, dated September 19, 2019. 
 
(h)(13)  Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust 
  Company, dated October 18, 2019. 
 
(h)(19)  Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit 
  Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated September 
  19, 2019. 
 
(h)(20)  Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit 
  Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 18, 
  2019. 
 
(h)(22)  Expense Limitation Agreement with Putnam Investment Management, LLC 
  (“PIM”) dated December 19, 2019. 
 
(h)(23)  Expense Limitation Agreement with Putnam Investor Services, Inc. 
  (“PSERV”) dated June 28, 2019. 
 
(p)(2)  Putnam Investments Code of Ethics dated October 2019. 
</R>   

 

Part C-11 

 


PUTNAM FUNDS
SUB-MANAGEMENT CONTRACT 

 

This Sub-Management Contract is dated as of February 27, 2014 between PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”) and PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “Sub-Manager”).

WHEREAS, the Manager is the investment manager of each of the investment companies registered under the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that are identified on Schedule A hereto, as it may from time to time be amended by the Manager (the “Funds”), and a registered investment adviser under the United States Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;

WHEREAS, the Sub-Manager is licensed as an investment manager by the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom (the “FCA”); and

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to engage the Sub-Manager from time to time to manage a portion of certain of the Funds:

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY SUB-MANAGER.

(a) The Sub-Manager, at its expense, will furnish continuously an investment program for that portion of any Fund the management of which is allocated from time to time by the Manager to the Sub-Manager (an “Allocated Sleeve”). The Manager shall, in its sole discretion, determine which Funds will have an Allocated Sleeve and the amount of assets allocated from time to time to each such Allocated Sleeve; provided that, with respect to any Fund, the Trustees of such Fund must have approved the use of the Sub-Manager prior to the creation of an Allocated Sleeve for such Fund. The Sub-Manager will determine what investments shall be purchased, held, sold or exchanged by any Allocated Sleeve and what portion, if any, of the assets of the Allocated Sleeve shall be held uninvested and shall, on behalf of the Fund, make changes in the Fund’s investments held in such Allocated Sleeve.

(b) The Manager may also, at its discretion, request the Sub-Manager to provide assistance with purchasing and selling securities for any Fund, including the placement of orders with broker-dealers selected in accordance with Section 1(d), even if the Manager has not established an Allocated Sleeve for such Fund.

(c) The Sub-Manager at its expense will furnish all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel, required for it to execute its duties faithfully.

(d) The Sub-Manager shall place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for any Allocated Sleeve with brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Manager. In the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Sub-Manager shall use its best efforts to obtain for the related Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to



the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services as described below. In using its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Sub-Manager, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Funds may determine, the Sub-Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Contract or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused a Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Manager or the Sub-Manager an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Manager or the Sub-Manager as to which the Manager or the Sub-Manager exercises investment discretion. The Sub-Manager agrees that in connection with purchases or sales of portfolio investments for any Fund, neither the Sub-Manager nor any officer, director, employee or agent of the Sub-Manager shall act as a principal or receive any commission other than as provided in Section 3.

(e) The Sub-Manager shall not be obligated to pay any expenses of or for the Manager or any Fund not expressly assumed by the Sub-Manager pursuant to this Section 1.

(f) In the performance of its duties, the Sub-Manager will comply with the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of each applicable Fund and such Fund’s stated investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and will use its best efforts to safeguard and promote the welfare of such Fund and to comply with other policies which the Manager or the Trustees may from time to time determine and shall exercise the same care and diligence expected of the Manager.

2. OTHER AGREEMENTS, ETC.

It is understood that any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers and employees of a Fund may be a shareholder, director, officer or employee of, or be otherwise interested in, the Sub-Manager, and in any person controlled by or under common control with the Sub-Manager, and that the Sub-Manager and any person controlled by or under common control with the Sub-Manager may have an interest in such Fund. It is also understood that the Sub-Manager and any person controlled by or under common control with the Sub-Manager have and may have advisory, management, service or other contracts with other organizations and persons, and may have other interests and business.

3. COMPENSATION.

Except as provided below, the Manager will pay to the Sub-Manager as compensation for the Sub-Manager’s services rendered, a fee, computed and paid quarterly at the annual rate of

-2- 

 



0.35% per annum of average aggregate net asset value of the assets in equity and asset allocation Allocated Sleeves and 0.40% per annum of average aggregate net asset value of the assets in fixed income Allocated Sleeves, except for fixed income Allocated Sleeves in certain fixed income Funds enumerated as follows (with the per annum fee provided in parentheses): Putnam Money Market Liquidity Fund (0.20%), Putnam Government Money Market Fund (0.20%), Putnam Short Term Investment Fund (0.20%), Putnam Money Market Fund (0.25%), Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund (0.25%), Putnam Short Duration Income Fund (0.25%), Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund (0.25%), Putnam American Government Income Fund (0.25%), Putnam Income Fund (0.25%), Putnam U.S. Government Income Trust (0.25%), Putnam VT American Government Income Fund (0.25%), and Putnam VT Income Fund (0.25%).

Such average net asset value shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of such net asset value during a quarter at the close of business on each business day during such quarter while this Contract is in effect. Such fee shall be payable for each quarter within 30 days after the close of such quarter. The Sub-Manager shall look only to the Manager for payment of its fees. No Fund shall have any responsibility for paying any fees due the Sub-Manager.

With respect to each of Putnam High Income Securities Fund, Putnam Master Intermediate Income Trust and Putnam Premier Income Trust, the Manager will pay to the Sub-Manager as compensation for the Sub-Manager’s services rendered, a fee, computed and paid quarterly at the annual rate of 0.40% of Average Weekly Assets in Allocated Sleeves. “Average Weekly Assets” means the average of the weekly determinations of the difference between the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to leverage for investment purposes) attributable to an Allocated Sleeve and the total liabilities of the Fund (excluding liabilities incurred in connection with leverage for investment purposes) attributable to such Allocated Sleeve, determined at the close of the last business day of each week, for each week which ends during the quarter. Such fee shall be payable for each quarter within 30 days after the close of such quarter. As used in this Section 3, “leverage for investment purposes” means any incurrence of indebtedness the proceeds of which are to be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective. For purposes of calculating Average Weekly Assets, liabilities associated with any instruments or transactions used to leverage the Fund’s portfolio for investment purposes (whether or not such instruments or transactions are “covered” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, giving effect to any interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and its staff) are not considered liabilities. For purposes of calculating Average Weekly Assets, the total assets of the Fund will be deemed to include (a) any proceeds from the sale or transfer of an asset (the “Underlying Asset”) of the Fund to a counterparty in a reverse repurchase or dollar roll transaction and (b) the value of such Underlying Asset as of the relevant measuring date.

In the event that the Manager’s management fee from any of Putnam High Income Securities Fund, Putnam Master Intermediate Income Trust or Putnam Premier Income Trust is reduced pursuant to the investment management contract between such Fund and the Manager because during any Measurement Period (as defined below) the amount of interest payments and fees with respect to indebtedness or other obligation of the Fund incurred for investment leverage purposes, plus additional expenses attributable to any such leverage for investment purposes, exceeds the portion of the Fund’s net income and net short-term capital gains (but not long-term

-3- 

 



capital gains) accruing during such Measurement Period as a result of the fact that such indebtedness or other obligation was outstanding during the Measurement Period, the fee payable to the Sub-Manager with respect to such Fund shall be reduced in the same proportion as the fee paid to the Manager with respect to such Fund is so reduced. “Measurement Period” shall be any period for which payments of interest or fees (whether designated as such or implied) are payable in connection with any indebtedness or other obligation of the Fund incurred for investment purposes.

If the Sub-Manager shall serve for less than the whole of a quarter, the foregoing compensation shall be prorated.

4. ASSIGNMENT TERMINATES THIS CONTRACT; AMENDMENTS OF THIS CONTRACT.

This Contract shall automatically terminate without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment; and this Contract shall not be amended with respect to any Allocated Sleeve unless such amendment be approved at a meeting by the vote, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, of a majority of the Trustees of the related Fund who are not interested persons of such Fund or of the Manager.

5. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION OF THIS CONTRACT.

This Contract shall become effective upon its execution, and shall remain in full force and effect continuously thereafter (unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 4) until terminated as follows:

(a) Either party hereto or, with respect to any Allocated Sleeve, the related Fund may at any time terminate this Contract by not more than sixty days’ nor less than thirty days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the other party, or

(b) With respect to any Allocated Sleeve, if (i) the Trustees of the related Fund or the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of such Fund, and (ii) a majority of the Trustees of such Fund who are not interested persons of such Fund or of the Manager, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, do not specifically approve at least annually the continuance of this Contract, then this Contract shall automatically terminate at the close of business on the anniversary of its execution, or upon the expiration of one year from the effective date of the last such continuance, whichever is later, or

(c) With respect to any Allocated Sleeve, automatically upon termination of the Manager’s investment management contract with the related Fund.

Action by a Fund under (a) above may be taken either (i) by vote of a majority of its Trustees, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of such Fund.

Termination of this Contract pursuant to this Section 5 will be without the payment of any penalty.

-4- 

 



6. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of this Contract, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund” means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders of such Fund, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of such Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund entitled to vote at such meeting are present in person or by proxy, or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

For the purposes of this Contract, the terms “affiliated person,” “control,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have their respective meanings defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules and Regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”), subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act; the term “specifically approve at least annually” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act, and the Rules and Regulations thereunder; and the term “brokerage and research services” shall have the meaning given in the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Rules and Regulations thereunder.

7. NON-LIABILITY OF SUB-MANAGER.

In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Sub-Manager, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Sub-Manager shall not be subject to any liability to the Manager, any Fund or to any shareholder of any Fund, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

8. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

(a) The Sub-Manager represents that it is regulated by the FCA in the conduct of its investment business. The Sub-Manager has in operation a written procedure in accordance with FCA rules for the effective consideration and proper handling of complaints from customers. Any complaint by the Manager or any Fund should be sent to the Compliance Officer of the Sub-Manager. The Manager and any Fund is also entitled to make any complaints about the Sub-Manager to the Financial Ombudsman Service established by the FCA. The Manager and any Fund may also request a statement describing its rights to compensation in the event of the Sub-Manager’s inability to meet its liabilities.

(b) The Manager represents that it and each Fund are “Professional Customers” in the meaning of the FCA’s rules.

(c) Although each Fund is not a party hereto and shall have no responsibility for the Manager’s or the Sub-Manager’s obligations hereunder, each Fund is named as explicit third party beneficiary of the parties’ agreements hereunder.

-5- 

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED and PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC have each caused this instrument to be signed in duplicate on its behalf by an officer duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED 

 

By:  /s/ Simon Davis 
  Simon Davis 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC 

 

By:  /s/ James. P. Pappas 
  James P. Pappas 
  Director of Trustee Relations and Authorized Person 

 

-6- 

 



Schedule A
 
Effective as of November 22, 2019 

 

Putnam AMT-Free Municipal Fund 
Putnam California Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
Putnam Convertible Securities Fund 
Putnam Diversified Income Trust 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund 
Putnam Equity Income Fund 
Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
Putnam Focused Equity Fund 
George Putnam Balanced Fund 
Putnam Global Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam Global Income Trust 
Putnam Global Technology Fund 
Putnam Government Money Market Fund 
Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
Putnam High Yield Fund 
Putnam Income Fund 
Putnam Income Strategies Portfolio 
Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income Fund 
Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund 
Putnam International Equity Fund 
Putnam International Value Fund 
Putnam International Growth Fund 
Putnam Managed Municipal Income Trust 
Putnam Massachusetts Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Master Intermediate Income Trust 
Putnam Minnesota Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Money Market Fund 
Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund 
Putnam Mortgage Recovery Fund 
Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund 
Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund 
Putnam Municipal Opportunities Trust 
Putnam New Jersey Tax Exempt Income Fund 

 

A-1 

 



Schedule A 
(continued) 

 

Putnam New York Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Ohio Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Pennsylvania Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Premier Income Trust 
Putnam Research Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady Maturity Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2060 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2055 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2050 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2045 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2040 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2035 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2030 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2025 Fund 
Putnam RetirementReady 2020 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage Maturity Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2060 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2055 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2050 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2045 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2040 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2035 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2030 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2025 Fund 
Putnam Retirement Advantage 2020 Fund 
Putnam Short Term Investment Fund 
Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund 
Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Future Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund 
Putnam Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Tax-Free High Yield Fund 
Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund 
Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund 
Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund 
Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund 
Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund 
Putnam VT High Yield Fund 
Putnam VT Income Fund 
Putnam VT International Equity Fund 

 

A-2 

 



Schedule A 
(continued) 

 

Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
Putnam VT International Value Fund 
Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund 
Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund 
Putnam VT Research Fund 
Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund 
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund 
Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED 

 

  /s/ Jeffrey L. Gould 
By:     
  Jeffrey L. Gould 
  Director 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC 

 

  /s/ Robert T. Burns 
By:     
  Robert T. Burns 
  Vice President and Chief Legal Officer 

 

A-3 

 


PUTNAM FUNDS
SUB-ADVISORY CONTRACT

 

This Sub-Advisory Contract is dated as of February 27, 2014 between and among PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”), PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“PIL”), and THE PUTNAM ADVISORY COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Advisor”).

WHEREAS, the Manager is the investment manager of each of the investment companies registered under the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that are identified on Schedule A hereto, as they may from time to time be amended by the Manager (the “Funds”), and a registered investment adviser under the United States Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;

WHEREAS, PIL is a registered investment adviser under the United States Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is licensed as an investment manager by the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom (the “FCA”) and is a sub-manager of each of the Funds pursuant to that certain Sub-Management Contract dated as of July 1, 2013 (the “PIL Sub-Management Contract”), between the Manager and PIL whereby the Manager has contracted with PIL for the management of certain portions of each of the Funds (each, a “PIL-Advised Sleeve”);

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is a registered investment adviser under the United States Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is an investment adviser authorized to provide discretionary investment advice and management in Singapore;

WHEREAS, the Manager and PIL currently engage the Sub-Advisor from time to time to provide discretionary investment management services from the Sub-Advisor’s office in Singapore with respect to a portion of certain of the Funds:

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY SUB-ADVISOR.

(a) The Sub-Advisor, at its expense, will furnish continuously an investment program for that portion of any Fund identified on Schedule A the management of which is allocated from time to time by the Manager or PIL to the Sub-Advisor (an “Allocated Sleeve”). The Manager or PIL, as the case may be, shall, in its sole discretion, determine which Funds will have an Allocated Sleeve and the amount of assets allocated from time to time to each such Allocated Sleeve; provided that, with respect to any Fund, the Trustees of such Fund must have approved the use of the Sub-Advisor prior to the creation of an Allocated Sleeve for such Fund. The Sub-Advisor will determine what investments shall be purchased, held, sold or exchanged by any Allocated Sleeve and what portion, if any, of the assets of the Allocated Sleeve shall be held uninvested and shall, on behalf of the Fund, make changes in the Fund’s investments held in such Allocated Sleeve.



(b) The Manager may, and in the case of a PIL-Advised Sleeve, PIL may, each at its discretion, also request the Sub-Advisor to provide assistance with purchasing and selling securities for any Fund, including the placement of orders with broker-dealers selected in accordance with Section 1(c), even if the Manager or PIL, as the case may be, has not established an Allocated Sleeve for such Fund.

(c) The Sub-Advisor shall place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for any Allocated Sleeve with brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Advisor. In the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Sub-Advisor shall use its best efforts to obtain for the related Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services as described below. In using its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Sub-Advisor, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Funds may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Contract or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused a Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Manager or, in the case of a PIL-Advised Sleeve, PIL, or the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Manager or PIL, as the case may be, or the Sub-Advisor as to which the Manager or PIL, as the case may be, or the Sub-Advisor exercises investment discretion. The Sub-Advisor agrees that in connection with purchases or sales of portfolio investments for any Fund, neither the Sub-Advisor nor any officer, director, employee or agent of the Sub-Advisor shall act as a principal or receive any commission other than as provided in Section 3.

(d) The Sub-Advisor at its expense will furnish all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel, required for it to execute its duties faithfully.

(e) The Sub-Advisor shall not be obligated to pay any expenses of or for the Manager, PIL or any Fund not expressly assumed by the Sub-Advisor pursuant to this Section 1.

(f) In the performance of its duties, the Sub-Advisor will comply with the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of each applicable Fund and such Fund’s stated investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and will use its best efforts to safeguard and promote the welfare of such Fund and to comply with other policies which the

-2-

 



Manager, PIL or the Trustees may from time to time determine and shall exercise the same care and diligence expected of the Manager and PIL.

2. OTHER AGREEMENTS, ETC.

It is understood that any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers and employees of a Fund may be a shareholder, director, officer or employee of, or be otherwise interested in, the Sub-Advisor, and in any person controlled by or under common control with the Sub-Advisor, and that the Sub-Advisor and any person controlled by or under common control with the Sub-Advisor may have an interest in such Fund. It is also understood that the Sub-Advisor and any person controlled by or under common control with the Sub-Advisor have and may have advisory, management, service or other contracts with other organizations and persons, and may have other interests and business.

3. COMPENSATION.

Except as provided below, the Manager or PIL, as the case may be, will pay to the Sub-Advisor as compensation for the Sub-Advisor’s services rendered a fee, computed and paid quarterly at the annual rate of 0.35% per annum of average net asset value of the assets in each Allocated Sleeve of Funds identified on Schedule A.

Such average net asset value shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of such net asset value during a quarter at the close of business on each business day during such quarter while this Contract is in effect. Such fee shall be payable for each quarter within 30 days after the close of such quarter. The Sub-Advisor shall look only to the Manager or PIL, as the case may be, for payment of its fees. No Fund shall have any responsibility for paying any fees due the Sub-Advisor.

If the Sub-Advisor shall serve for less than the whole of a quarter, the foregoing compensation shall be prorated.

4. ASSIGNMENT TERMINATES THIS CONTRACT; AMENDMENTS OF THIS CONTRACT.

This Contract shall automatically terminate, without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment; and this Contract shall not be amended with respect to any Allocated Sleeve unless such amendment be approved at a meeting by the vote, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, of a majority of the Trustees of the related Fund who are not interested persons of such Fund or of the Manager.

5. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION OF THIS CONTRACT.

This Contract shall become effective upon its execution, and shall remain in full force and effect continuously thereafter (unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 4) until terminated as follows:

-3-

 



(a) Any party hereto or, with respect to any Allocated Sleeve, the related Fund may at any time terminate this Contract by not more than sixty days’ nor less than thirty days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the other parties, or

(b) With respect to any Allocated Sleeve, if (i) the Trustees of the related Fund or the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of such Fund, and (ii) a majority of the Trustees of such Fund who are not interested persons of such Fund or of the Manager, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, do not specifically approve at least annually the continuance of this Contract, then this Contract shall automatically terminate at the close of business on the anniversary of its execution, or upon the expiration of one year from the effective date of the last such continuance, whichever is later, or

(c) With respect to any Allocated Sleeve, automatically upon termination of the Manager’s investment management contract with the related Fund, or with respect to any Allocated Sleeve for which PIL has contracted with the Sub-Advisor to provide services under this Contract, automatically upon termination of the PIL Sub-Management Contract.

Action by a Fund under (a) above may be taken either (i) by vote of a majority of its Trustees, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of such Fund.

Termination of this Contract pursuant to this Section 5 will be without the payment of any penalty.

6. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of this Contract, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund” means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders of such Fund, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of such Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund entitled to vote at such meeting are present in person or by proxy, or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

For the purposes of this Contract, the terms “affiliated person,” “control,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have their respective meanings defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules and Regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”), subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act; and the term “specifically approve at least annually” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act, and the Rules and Regulations thereunder.

7. NON-LIABILITY OF SUB-ADVISOR.

In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Sub-Advisor, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Sub-Advisor shall

-4-

 



not be subject to any liability to the Manager, PIL, any Fund or to any shareholder of any Fund, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

8. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

(a) PIL represents that it is regulated by the FCA in the conduct of its investment business. PIL has in operation a written procedure in accordance with FCA rules for the effective consideration and proper handling of complaints from customers. Any complaint by the Manager or any Fund should be sent to the Compliance Officer of PIL. The Manager and any Fund is also entitled to make any complaints about PIL to the Financial Ombudsman Service established by the FCA. The Manager and any Fund may also request a statement describing its rights to compensation in the event of PIL’s inability to meet its liabilities.

(b) The Manager represents that it and each Fund are “Professional Customers” in the meaning of the FCA’s rules.

(c) Although each Fund is not a party hereto and shall have no responsibility for the Manager’s, PIL’s or the Sub-Advisor’s obligations hereunder, each Fund is named as explicit third party beneficiary of the parties’ agreements hereunder.

-5-

 



In witness whereof, PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC, PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED and THE PUTNAM ADVISORY COMPANY, LLC have each caused this instrument to be signed on its behalf by an officer duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED
 
 
By: /s/ Simon Davis    
Simon Davis
 
 
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
By: /s/ James P. Pappas    
James P. Pappas
Director of Trustee Relations and Authorized
Person
 
THE PUTNAM ADVISORY COMPANY, LLC
 
 
By: /s/ James F. Clark    
James F. Clark
Associate General Counsel

 

-6-

 



Schedule A
Effective October 18, 2019

 

Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund
Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund
Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund
Putnam Focused Equity Fund
Putnam Global Equity Fund
Putnam Global Health Care Fund
Putnam Global Technology Fund
Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund
Putnam International Equity Fund
Putnam International Growth Fund
Putnam International Value Fund
Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund
Putnam Research Fund
Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund
Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund
Putnam VT Global Equity Fund
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund
Putnam VT International Equity Fund
Putnam VT International Growth Fund
Putnam VT International Value Fund
Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund
Putnam VT Research Fund

A-1

 



PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LIMITED
 
/s/ Jeffrey L. Gould
By: _____________________________
Jeffrey L. Gould
Director
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
/s Robert T. Burns
By: _____________________________
Robert T. Burns
Vice President and Chief Legal Officer
 
THE PUTNAM ADVISORY COMPANY, LLC
 
/s/ James F. Clark
By: _____________________________
James F. Clark
Assistant Secretary

 

A-2

 


AMENDED & RESTATED INVESTOR SERVICING AGREEMENT — 
OPEN-END FUNDS

 

This AGREEMENT is made as of the 1st day of July, 2013, between each of the Putnam Funds listed in Appendix A hereto (as the same may from time to time be amended to add one or more additional Putnam Funds or to delete one or more of such Funds), each of such Funds acting severally on its own behalf and not jointly with any of such other Funds (each of such Funds being hereinafter referred to as the “Fund”), and Putnam Investment Management, LLC (the “Manager”), a Delaware limited liability company, and Putnam Investor Services, Inc. (the “Agent”), a Massachusetts corporation, and amends and restates the Amended and Restated Investor Servicing Agreement dated as of January 1, 2009 between each of the Funds, the Manager, and the Agent.

 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

WHEREAS, Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company has transferred, with the consent of the trustees of the Fund (the “Trustees”), its investor servicing business for the Fund to the Agent effective as of January 1, 2009;

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to engage the Manager and the Agent to provide all services required by the Fund in connection with the establishment, maintenance and recording of shareholder accounts, including without limitation all related tax and other reporting requirements, and the implementation of investment and redemption arrangements offered in connection with the sale of the Fund’s shares;

WHEREAS, the Agent, an affiliate of the Manager, is willing to provide such services and implement and administer such regulatory obligations on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. APPOINTMENT.

The Fund hereby appoints the Agent as its “Investor Servicing Agent” on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In such capacity, the Agent shall act as transfer, distribution disbursing and redemption agent for the Fund and shall act as agent for the shareholders of the Fund in connection with the various shareholder investment and/or redemption plans from time to time made available to shareholders. The Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the respective duties and functions of such offices in accordance with the terms of this agreement and in a manner generally consistent with the practices and standards customarily followed by other high quality investor servicing agents for registered investment companies.



Notwithstanding such appointment, however, the parties agree that the Manager may, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Fund, assume such appointment and perform such duties and functions itself. Pending any such assumption, however, the Manager hereby guarantees the performance of the Agent hereunder and shall be fully responsible to the Fund, financially and otherwise, for the performance by the Agent of its agreements contained herein.

2. GENERAL AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.

By its acceptance of the foregoing appointment, the Agent shall be responsible for performing all functions and duties which, in the reasonable judgment of the Fund, are necessary or desirable in connection with the establishment, maintenance and recording of the Fund’s shareholder accounts and the conduct of its relations with shareholders with respect to their accounts. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall be responsible:

(a) as transfer agent, for performing all functions customarily performed by transfer agents for registered investment companies, including without limitation all functions necessary or desirable to establish and maintain accounts evidencing the ownership of securities issued by the Fund and, to the extent applicable, the issuance of certificates representing such securities, the recording of all transactions pertaining to such accounts, and effecting the issuance and redemption of securities issued by the Fund;

(b) as distribution disbursing agent, for performing all functions customarily performed by distribution disbursing agents for registered investment companies, including without limitation all functions necessary or desirable to effect the payment to shareholders of distributions declared from time to time by the Trustees;

(c) as redemption agent for the Fund, for performing all functions necessary or desirable to effect the redemption of securities issued by the Fund and payment of the proceeds thereof; and

(d) as agent for shareholders of the Fund, performing all functions necessary or desirable to maintain all plans or arrangements from time to time made available to shareholders to facilitate the purchase or redemption of securities issued by the Fund.

In performing its duties hereunder, in addition to the provisions set forth herein, the Agent shall comply with the terms of the Declaration of Trust, the Bylaws and the current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Fund, and with the terms of votes adopted from time to time by the Trustees and shareholders of the Fund, relating to the subject matters of this Agreement, all as the same may be amended from time to time.

3. DELEGATION OF CERTAIN REGULATORY OBLIGATIONS

3.1 As of the date hereof and through the term of this Agreement, the Agent shall (i) perform the Fund’s obligations under the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Program, including a Customer Identification Program (“CIP”) (the “AML Program”) in compliance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct

2 

 



Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), and (ii) perform the Fund’s obligations under the Fund’s policies and procedures to comply with the sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”), Rule 22c-2 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“Rule 22c-2”), Regulation S-P adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and various state privacy requirements (collectively, “Reg S-P”), and the Federal Trade Commission’s (and by November 20, 2013, the SEC’s) Identity Theft Red Flags Rule (“Identity Theft Red Flags”).

3.2. The Agent shall provide the Fund and its agents with reasonable access to all records related to the establishment and maintenance of accounts that have been retained in compliance with the Fund’s CIP and shall take such further action as may be reasonably requested by the Fund in order to facilitate compliance with the Fund’s CIP. The Agent shall provide adequate notice to customers of the Fund that the Fund is requesting information to verify their identities.

3.3 In connection with applicable anti-money laundering laws (including the reporting, recordkeeping and compliance requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, their implementing regulations, and related SEC rules and regulations) and in connection with the Fund’s AML Program and CIP, the Fund and the Agent hereby agree and covenant that the Agent will permit federal examiners, regulators and personnel of the Fund to (i) obtain all information such federal examiners, regulators or personnel of the Fund consider necessary or appropriate relating to the Fund’s AML Program and CIP and (ii) inspect the Agent, including its facilities and records, with respect to the Fund AML Program and CIP.

3.4. The Agent shall provide the Fund and its agents with reasonable access to all records relating to its performance of the Fund’s OFAC, Rule 22c-2, Reg S-P, and Identity Theft Red Flags compliance programs, and will permit federal examiners, regulators, and personnel of the Fund to (i) obtain all information such federal examiners, regulators, or personnel of the Fund consider necessary or appropriate relating to such compliance programs and (ii) inspect the Agent, including its facilities and records, with respect to such compliance programs.

4. OTHER THIRD PARTY SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS

Servicing arrangements may currently exist or may in the future be established with various third parties (which may include entities affiliated with the Agent) who have agreed to provide services to shareholders or to retirement plans and their participants who invest in the Fund. The Agent, and not the Fund, shall be fully responsible for the payment of all amounts owing to such service providers and shall monitor the provision of such services to such shareholders or plans and participants, reporting to the Trustees at such times and in such manner as the Trustees may request from time to time.

5. STANDARD OF SERVICE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

The Agent will use its best efforts to provide high quality services to the Fund’s shareholders and in so doing will seek to take advantage of such innovations and technological improvements as may be appropriate or desirable with a view to improving the quality and,

3 

 



where possible, reducing the cost of its services to the Fund. In performing its duties hereunder, the Agent shall comply with the provisions of all applicable laws and regulations and shall comply with the requirements of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Agent or the Fund with respect to the duties of the Agent hereunder.

6. COMPENSATION.

The Fund shall pay to the Agent, for its services rendered and its costs incurred in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder, such compensation and reimbursements as may from time to time be approved by vote of the Trustees.

7. DUTY OF CARE; INDEMNIFICATION.

The Agent will at all times act in good faith and exercise reasonable care in performing its duties hereunder. The Agent will not be liable or responsible for delays or errors resulting from circumstances beyond its control, including acts of civil or military authorities, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, mechanical breakdown beyond its control, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riots or failure beyond its control of transportation, communication or power supply.

The Agent may rely on certifications of the Clerk, the President, the Vice Chairman, the Executive Vice President, the Senior Vice President or the Treasurer of the Fund as to any action taken by the shareholders or Trustees, and upon instructions not inconsistent with this Agreement received from the President, Vice Chairman, the Executive Vice President, the Senior Vice President or the Treasurer of the Fund. If any officer of the Fund shall no longer be vested with authority to sign for the Fund, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the Agent by the Fund and, until receipt of such notice by it, the Agent shall be entitled to recognize and act in good faith upon certificates or other instruments bearing the signatures or facsimile signatures of such officers. The Agent may request advice of counsel for the Fund, at the expense of the Fund, with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder.

The Fund will indemnify and hold the Agent harmless from any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) arising out of (i) any action taken by the Agent in good faith consistent with the exercise of reasonable care in accordance with such certifications, instructions or advice, (ii) any action taken by the Agent in good faith consistent with the exercise of reasonable care in reliance upon any instrument or certificate for securities believed by it (a) to be genuine, and (b) to be executed by any person or persons authorized to execute the same; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be so indemnified in the event of its failure to obtain a proper signature guarantee to the extent the same is required by the Declaration of Trust, Bylaws, current Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information of the Fund or a vote of the Trustees, and such requirement has not been waived by vote of the Trustees, or (iii) any other action taken by the Agent in good faith consistent with the exercise of reasonable care in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder.

In the event that the Agent proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this

4 

 



Section 7 in connection with any action, suit or proceeding against it, the Agent shall promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of such action, suit or proceeding notify the Fund of the same, enclosing a copy of all papers served. In such event, the Fund shall be entitled to participate in such action, suit or proceeding, and, to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, and after notice from the Fund to the Agent of its election so to assume the defense thereof the Fund shall not be liable to the Agent for any legal or other expenses. The parties shall cooperate with each other in the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding. In no event shall the Fund be liable for any settlement of any action or claim effected without its consent.

8. MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS.

The Agent will maintain and preserve all records relating to its duties under this Agreement in compliance with the requirements of applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times be available for inspection and use by the officers and agents of the Fund. The Agent shall furnish to the Fund such information pertaining to the shareholder accounts of the Fund and the performance of its duties hereunder as the Fund may from time to time request. The Agent shall notify the Fund promptly of any request or demand by any third party to inspect the records of the Fund maintained by it and will act upon the instructions of the Fund in permitting or refusing such inspection.

9. FUND ACCOUNTS.

All moneys of the Fund from time to time made available for the payment of distributions to shareholders or redemptions of shares, or otherwise coming into the possession or control of the Agent or its officers, shall be deposited and held in one or more accounts maintained by the Agent solely for the benefit of the Funds.

10. INSURANCE.

The Agent will at all times maintain in effect insurance coverage, including, without limitation, Errors and Omissions, Fidelity Bond and Electronic Data Processing coverages, at levels of coverage consistent with those customarily maintained by other high quality investor servicing agents for registered investment companies and with such policies as the Trustees may from time to time adopt.

11. EMPLOYEES.

The Agent shall be responsible for the employment, control and conduct of its agents and employees and for injury to such agents or employees or to others caused by such agents or employees. The Agent shall assume full responsibility for its agents and employees under applicable statutes and agrees to pay all applicable employer taxes thereunder with respect to such agents and employees, and such agents and employees shall in no event be considered to be agents or employees of the Fund.

5 

 



12. TERMINATION.

This Agreement shall continue indefinitely until terminated by not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice given by the Fund to the Agent, or by not less than six months prior written notice given by the Agent to the Fund.

In the event that in connection with any such termination a successor to any of the Agent’s duties or responsibilities hereunder is designated by the Fund by written notice to the Agent, the Agent will cooperate fully in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance by the Agent’s personnel in the establishment of books, records and other data by such successor. The Fund will reimburse the Agent for all expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with such transfer.

13. MISCELLANEOUS.

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise affect their construction or effect. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

A copy of the Declaration of Trust (including any amendments thereto) of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees as trustees and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or officers or shareholders individually, but binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

6 

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date and year first above written.

THE PUTNAM FUNDS, listed on Appendix A 

 

By  /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz 
  Name:  Jonathan S. Horwitz 
  Title:  Executive Vice President, Principal 
    Executive Officer and Compliance Liaison 

 

PUTNAM INVESTOR SERVICES, INC. 

 

By  /s/ Steven D. Krichmar 
  Name:  Steven D. Krichmar 
  Title:  President 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC 

 

By  /s/ James P. Pappas 
  Name:  James P. Pappas 
  Title:  Director of Trustee Relations and 
Authorized Person 

 

7 

 



APPENDIX A 

 

PUTNAM FUNDS 

 

As amended as of November 22, 2019

 

Putnam Asset Allocation Funds 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund
Putnam Convertible Securities Fund 
Putnam Diversified Income Trust 
Putnam Equity Income Fund 
Putnam Funds Trust 
-Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund
-Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund 
-Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
-Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
-Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund
-Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
-Putnam Focused Equity Fund 
-Putnam Global Technology Fund 
-Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income Fund 
-Putnam International Value Fund 
-Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund 
-Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
-Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund 
-Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund 
-Putnam Short Term Investment Fund 
-Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund 
-Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
-Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund 
George Putnam Balanced Fund 
Putnam Global Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam Global Income Trust 
Putnam High Yield Fund 
Putnam Income Fund 
Putnam International Equity Fund 

 

8 

 



Putnam Investment Funds 
-Putnam Government Money Market Fund
-Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Growth Fund 
-Putnam PanAgora Managed Futures Strategy 
-Putnam PanAgora Market Neutral Fund
-Putnam PanAgora Risk Parity Fund 
-Putnam Research Fund 
-Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 
-Putnam Sustainable Future Fund 
Putnam Master Intermediate Income Trust 
Putnam Money Market Fund 
Putnam Premier Income Trust 
Putnam Target Date Funds 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage Maturity Fund 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2060 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2055 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2050 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2045 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2040 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2035 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2030 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2025 Fund
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2020 Fund
-Putnam RetirementReady Maturity Fund
-Putnam RetirementReady 2060 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2055 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2050 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2045 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2040 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2035 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2030 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2025 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2020 Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund 
Putnam Variable Trust 
-Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
-Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
-Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
-Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund
-Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
-Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
-Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund 
-Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund
-Putnam VT High Yield Fund 

 

9 

 



-Putnam VT Income Fund 
-Putnam VT International Equity Fund 
-Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
-Putnam VT International Value Fund 
-Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund 
-Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
-Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund 
-Putnam VT Research Fund 
-Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund 
-Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
-Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund 
-Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund 

 

THE PUTNAM FUNDS 

 

By  /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz 
  Name:  Jonathan S. Horwitz 
  Title:  Executive Vice President, Principal 
    Executive Officer and Compliance Liaison 

 

PUTNAM INVESTOR SERVICES, INC. 

 

By  /s/ Michael J. Woodall 
  Name:  Michael J. Woodall 
  Title:  President 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC 

 

By  /s/ Robert T. Burns 
  Name:  Robert T. Burns 
  Title:  Secretary 

 

10 

 


MASTER INTERFUND LENDING AGREEMENT 

 

This Master Interfund Lending Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Master Agreement”), dated as of July 16, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), is by and among each investment company listed on Schedule A or Schedule B hereto (collectively, the “Trusts,” and each portfolio series of a Trust (or if the relevant Trust has no portfolio series, then the relevant Trust) shall be referred to herein as a “Fund” and collectively as the “Funds”) and Putnam Investment Management, LLC (the “Adviser”).

WHEREAS, the Trusts and the Adviser have received an exemptive order (the “Order”) dated April 10, 2002 from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission permitting the Funds to participate in a joint lending and borrowing facility (the “Lending Facility”);

WHEREAS, the Funds listed on Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time) are permitted to borrow cash in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Order to satisfy redemption requests, to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls such as a Sales Fail (defined below), or for other temporary purposes (each such borrowing Fund is hereinafter referred to as a “Borrower”);

WHEREAS, the Funds listed on Schedule B hereto (as amended from time to time) are permitted to lend cash to one or more Borrowers from time to time on the terms set forth below and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Order (each such lending Fund is hereinafter referred to as a “Lender”);

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have meanings assigned to them below:

1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Bank Loan Rate” for any day means the rate calculated by the Credit Facility Team according to a formula established by the Board of Trustees of each Trust intended to approximate the lowest interest rate at which bank short-term loans would be available to a Borrower.

Borrowing Instructions” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.1 hereof.

Business Day” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for the purpose of transacting business.

Credit Arrangements” means the credit arrangements that a Fund may have for borrowing for temporary or emergency purposes, including borrowings from banks and other institutional lenders.

1 

 



Credit Facility Team” means the officers and employees of the fund administration, middle office, trading and investment departments of the Adviser who are responsible for administering the Interfund Lending Facility.

Interest Rate” means, for each date on which interest accrues hereunder, the average of (i) the higher of the OTD Rate and the Repo Rate and (ii) the Bank Loan Rate.

Lending Instructions” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.1 hereof.

Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2 hereof.

Loan Account” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5 hereof.

Maximum Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2 hereof.

Obligations” means all of the obligations (whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising) of a Borrower to a Lender hereunder.

OTD Rate” on any day means the highest interest rate available to a Lender from investment in overnight time deposits.

Outstanding Secured Borrowing” means any loan made to a Fund either under this Master Agreement or under any other agreement that is secured by assets of the Fund.

Prospectus” means with respect to each Borrower the prospectus required to be delivered by the Borrower to offerees of its securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Repo Rate” on any day means the highest interest rate available to a Lender from investment in overnight repurchase agreements.

Sales Fail” in connection with the attempted sale of a security means the cash shortfall resulting from circumstances beyond the seller’s control, such as the delay in the delivery of cash to the seller’s custodian or improper delivery instructions by the broker effecting the transaction.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2(e) hereof.

Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 3.11(d) hereof.

Statement of Additional Information” means with respect to each Borrower the Statement of Additional Information which must be provided by the Borrower to recipients of its Prospectus upon request pursuant to rules and regulations adopted by the SEC.

Unsecured Loan” means any Loan other than a Secured Loan.

2 

 



2. Lending Facility. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Master Agreement, each Lender may from time to time in its discretion loan its available cash to any Borrower (a “Loan”). Each Loan shall be made for a term no longer than the least of (a) the maximum term on any outstanding loan or advance to the Borrower under its Credit Arrangements; (b) seven (7) days; or (c) the number of days required for the Borrower to receive payment for securities sold at or prior to the time the Loan is made in an amount sufficient to repay the Loan. The maximum principal amount of all Loans outstanding with respect to any Borrower at any time shall not exceed the Maximum Amount the Borrower is permitted to borrow at such time under:

(a) applicable laws and regulations;

(b) the provisions of Section 5.2 hereof;

(c) agreements with federal, state, local or foreign governmental authorities or regulators applicable to the Borrower or limitations specified in the Order applicable to the Borrower’s borrowing and pledging activities, all as amended and in effect from time to time;

(d) limitations on borrowing adopted by the Borrower in its Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information or elsewhere, as amended and in effect from time to time; and

(e) in the case of Loans for which the Borrower is required to provide collateral pursuant to Section 3.11 hereof (“Secured Loans”), any limitations specified in the Security Agreement (as defined below) and any limitations on the pledging of assets adopted by the Borrower in its Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information or elsewhere.

As used herein, the term “Maximum Amount” means the maximum amount that the Borrower is permitted to borrow in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence.

3. Loan Requirements.

3.1 Procedural Requirements. All loans shall be requested and funded in accordance with the procedures set forth herein and such other procedures as may be approved and adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees of the applicable Trust (the “Interfund Lending Procedures”), including a majority of the trustees who are not “interested persons” as that term is used in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

3.1.1 Borrowing and Lending Instructions. The Adviser’s investment personnel for each participating Fund shall provide the Credit Facility Team with standing instructions as to their desire to have the Fund act as a Lender when such Fund has uninvested cash balances (“Lending Instructions”). If the Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser or an alternative person as specified in the Interfund Lending Procedures (the “CIO”) determines that a Fund has borrowing needs that are not first met by borrowings under any custody agreement between the Borrower and the Borrower’s custodian that are secured by such custodian’s lien on assets of the Borrower, then the CIO shall instruct the Credit Facility Team as to such Fund’s desire to have the Fund act as a Borrower (“Borrowing Instructions”). The Adviser’s investment personnel may revoke or change

3 

 



Lending Instructions, and the CIO may revoke or change Borrowing Instructions, with respect to a Fund by notifying the Credit Facility Team.

3.1.2 Allocation Procedures. On each Business Day, the Credit Facility Team shall seek to collect data on the uninvested cash of Funds listed on Schedule B hereto from such Funds’ custodian. On each occasion that a Fund delivers Borrowing Instructions to the Credit Facility Team, the Credit Facility Team will seek to match the amount and term of the Fund’s borrowing needs with the cash available from the Funds that have provided Lending Instructions in accordance with allocation and administrative procedures established by the Board of Trustees. The Credit Facility Team shall allocate the borrowing demand and lending needs among the Funds on what the Credit Facility Team deems to be an equitable basis and in accordance with the Interfund Lending Procedures. The Credit Facility Team shall not solicit cash for Loans from any Funds or publish or disseminate the amount of any current borrowing demand to the Adviser’s investment personnel.

No Loan may be made unless the Interest Rate is more favorable for the Lender than both the OTD Rate and the Repo Rate and more favorable for the Borrower than the Bank Loan Rate.

3.1.3 Funding the Loans. If a Loan has been allocated to a Lender and Borrower pursuant to Section 3.1.2 hereof, and the Loan is otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Order, the Lender shall make such Loan to the Borrower. The proceeds of each Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower shall be wired (or transferred if Borrower and Lender have the same custodian) at the Borrower’s expense in accordance with the wiring instructions for each Fund, as in effect from time to time, to an account maintained on the Borrower’s behalf by its custodian.

3.1.4 Obligations Arising from Loan. Each Loan made by the Lender to Borrower shall:

(a) obligate the Borrower to borrow the principal amount of the Loan at the Interest Rate applicable thereto for the term thereof solely for use by the Borrower;

(b) constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower to the Lender that

(i) the Loan requested thereby

(A) is permitted under the Borrower’s most recent Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information,

(B) is in accordance with the requirements of the Order applicable to the Borrower,

(C) will not, when made, cause the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to exceed the Maximum Amount then in effect, and

4 

 



(D) will be used by the Borrower only in accordance with Section 3.7 hereof; and

(ii) all of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section 4 hereof are true and correct as of the date of such Loan as though made on and as of such date; and

(iii) all materials facts about the Borrower’s intended participation in the Lending Facility are fully disclosed in the Borrower’s Statement of Additional Information; and

(c) constitute a representation and warranty by the Lender to the Borrower that the Loan thereby

(i) is permitted under the Lender’s most recent Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information;

(ii) is in accordance with the requirements of the Order applicable to the Lender; and

(iii) all materials facts about the Lender’s intended participation in the Lending Facility are fully disclosed in the Lender’s Statement of Additional Information.

3.2 Repayment of Loans. The principal amount of each Loan shall be repaid by the Borrower from the assets of the Borrower on the earlier of one (1) Business Day after demand by the Lender or the expiration of the term of the Loan.

3.3 Interest. The outstanding principal amount of each Loan shall bear interest until maturity at the Interest Rate. Interest accrued on each Loan shall be paid by the Borrower upon the earlier of (a) mutually agreed times, or (b) the maturity of such Loan. Amounts overdue hereunder (including, without limitation, overdue principal, and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest, fees, charges and expenses) shall bear interest until paid at an annual rate equal to the sum of (i) the Interest Rate applicable to such Loan prior to its maturity and (ii) two percent (2%).

3.4 Prepayments. Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part prior to the date on which such Loan is due and payable without premium or penalty.

3.5 Loan Records Accounts. Promptly after a Loan has been made, the Credit Facility Team shall note on its records for the Borrower and Lender, confirming (a) the principal amount of such Loan, (b) the Interest Rate applicable thereto and (c) the maturity thereof. The Credit Facility Team will maintain a separate account on its books for each Lender and Borrower (a “Loan Account”) on which will be recorded, in accordance with the Adviser’s customary accounting practice, (a) all Loans made by a Lender to a Borrower, (b) all payments of such Loans made to a Lender, and (c) all other charges and expenses properly chargeable to the Borrower. The debit balance of each Fund’s Loan Account shall reflect the amount of the Borrower’s indebtedness from time to time to the Lenders hereunder. Any written statement

5 

 



maintained by the Credit Facility Team regarding the Loan shall, in the absence of manifest error, constitute conclusive evidence of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender as of the date of such statement, provided, however, that the failure of the Credit Facility Team to make such statement shall not impair the validity or binding nature of the Borrower’s Obligations with respect to such Loan.

3.6 Computations. All computations hereunder shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year.

3.7 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of each Loan made hereunder with respect to any Fund shall be used only by such Fund in accordance with its Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information for temporary purposes to satisfy redemption requests, to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls such as a Sales Fail, or for other temporary purposes as permitted by the Interfund Lending Procedures.

3.8 Discretionary Facility. It is acknowledged and agreed by each Borrower that each Lender has no obligation to make any Loan hereunder unless it has issued Lending Instructions, and that the decision whether or not to issue Lending Instructions under this Master Agreement is within the sole and exclusive discretion of each Lender. It is acknowledged and agreed by each Lender that no Borrower is obligated to borrow money hereunder unless it has issued Borrowing Instructions.

3.9 Termination of Participation in the Lending Facility. Each Lender and each Borrower may terminate its participation in this Master Agreement at any time by written notice to the Credit Facility Team; provided that on or before the date of any termination the relevant Lender or Borrower has no Loans outstanding. The Adviser may at any time by delivery of a revised Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable, to the Credit Facility Team add additional Funds that are eligible to rely on the Order as parties to this Master Agreement, whereupon those additional Funds shall be treated for all purposes as a Borrower and as a Lender, as applicable.

3.10 Recourse to Assets. Loans made to any Borrower shall be repaid solely from the assets of such Borrower, and a Lender shall have no right of recourse or offset against the assets of any other Fund with respect to such Loans or any default in respect thereto. Each Lender’s liability under this Master Agreement with respect to a Loan shall be solely limited to the Lender’s assets and each Borrower hereby waives any and all rights it may have against any other Funds with respect to such Loan or any default by Lender with respect thereto.

3.11 Collateral Security for Loans.

(a) As a condition precedent to making any Loan to any Borrower or continuing any Loan made to any Borrower, the Borrower covenants and agrees that in the event that (i) the Borrower’s outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the Loan would exceed 10% of its total assets, (ii) the Borrower’s outstanding borrowings from all sources exceed 10% of the Borrower’s total assets for any reason (such as a decline in net asset value or because of shareholder redemptions), or (iii) the Borrower has Outstanding Secured Borrowings, within one (1) Business Day (except as required by Section 3.11(b) below), the Borrower will

6 

 



(i) repay all its outstanding Loans;

(ii) reduce its outstanding indebtedness to 10% or less of its total assets; or

(iii) secure each outstanding Loan by the pledge of segregated collateral for such Loan and by transfer of such collateral into a segregated account in the name of the Lender or the entering into, by the Borrower, the Lender and the Borrower’s custodian, of a control agreement satisfactory to the Lender. The minimum market value of the stock and other portfolio securities of the Borrower required to be pledged as collateral to the Lender hereunder with respect to any Secured Loan shall be determined by the Lender in its discretion but, in all cases, will have a market value at least equal to 102% of the outstanding principal value of the loan.

Until each Loan that is outstanding at any time that a Borrower’s outstanding borrowings exceed 10% of its assets is repaid or the Borrower’s outstanding borrowings cease to exceed 10% of its total assets, the Borrower shall mark the value of the collateral to market each day and will pledge and transfer to a segregated account in the name of the Lender such additional collateral as is necessary to maintain the market value of the collateral that secures each outstanding Loan at least equal to 102% of the outstanding principal value of the Loan. Subject to Sections 3.11(b) and (c) hereof, once a Borrower’s outstanding borrowings cease to exceed 10% of its total assets, segregated collateral will no longer be required.

(b) Any Loan to a Borrower with Outstanding Secured Borrowings (i) will be at an interest rate equal to or lower than that of any outstanding bank loan, (ii) will be secured at least on an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding bank loan that requires collateral, and (iii) will have a maturity no longer than any outstanding bank loan (and in any event not more than seven (7) days).

(c) Notwithstanding Sections 3.11(a) and (b), if any other lender to a Borrower imposes conditions with respect to the quality of or access to collateral securing a borrowing, the Borrower’s collateral for any Loan will be subject to the same conditions (if the other lender is another Fund) or the same or better conditions (in any other circumstance).

(d) Each pledge of collateral required pursuant to this Section 3.11 shall be made in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the collateral security agreement dated as of the Effective Date and signed by each Trust, substantially in the form set forth in Schedule C hereto (the “Security Agreement”).

(e) If requested by the Lender, the Borrower agrees to enter into, and use reasonable efforts to cause its custodian to enter into, a control agreement with the Lender on terms satisfactory to the Lender.

3.12 Records and Reports. Each Fund will maintain and preserve for a period of not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any transaction under this Master Agreement has occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, written records of all

7 

 



Loans to which it was a party setting forth: (i) a description of the terms of the transaction, including the amount, the maturity, and the rate of interest on the Loan, (ii) the rate of interest available at the time on short-term repurchase agreements and commercial bank borrowings, and (iii) a quarterly report of the Credit Facility Team to the applicable Board of Trustees and the other information presented to the applicable Board of Trustees related to their review of the Lending Facility. On a quarterly basis, the Credit Facility Team will prepare a report for the applicable Board of Trustees (i) concerning the participation of the Funds in the Lending Facility and the terms and other conditions of any extensions of credit under the Lending Facility and (ii) reporting on the operations of the Lending Facility.

4. Representations and Warranties

Each Borrower represents and warrants to each Lender and each Lender represents and warrants to each Borrower that:

(a) it is a series of the applicable Trust that is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is qualified to do business in every other jurisdiction where lack of such qualification would have a material adverse effect on its business, assets or condition (financial or otherwise);

(b) the applicable Trust is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act;

(c) the execution, delivery and performance by the applicable Trust of this Master Agreement

(i) are within its power,

(ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and

(iii) will not

(A) contribute to or result in a breach of or default under or conflict with any existing law, order, regulation or ruling of any governmental or regulatory agency or authority, any order, writ, injunction or ruling of any court or other tribunal, or any indenture, lease agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which the Trust is a party or by which it is or its property or assets may be bound or affected, or

(B) result in the imposition of any liens or encumbrances on any property or assets of the Trust (except as contemplated hereby), or

(C) require any additional approval or consent of, or filing with, shareholders of such Trust or any governmental or regulatory agency or authority bearing on the validity of any borrowing pursuant to this Master Agreement, or

8 

 



(D) violate any provision of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust or any amendment thereof, any of its investment policies and limitations, or any provision of its most recent Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information;

(d) this Master Agreement is a legally valid and binding obligation of the applicable Trust, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws or equitable principles relating to or limiting the rights of creditors generally; and

(e) it is not in material violation of any material term of its most recent Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information, or of its organizational documents, or of any investment, borrowing or other similar type of policy or restriction to which it is subject, or of any material term of any material agreement or instrument to which it is a party, or, to the best of its knowledge, of any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to it.

5. Covenants

5.1 Covenants in Effect Until Termination of Master Agreement. Until all of the obligations have been performed in full and its participation in the Lending Facility has been terminated as provided herein, each Borrower covenants that it will:

(a) maintain its legal existence and business; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 5.1(a) shall prohibit the merger or consolidation of any Borrower with or into another person upon written notice thereof to the Lenders under any Loans then outstanding, subject to the requirement that the surviving entity (if not previously a Borrower) be admitted as such in accordance with this Master Agreement, and subject to the further requirement that the surviving entity assumes all of the obligations of such Borrower under this Master Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations of such Borrower with respect to any Loans outstanding to such Borrower at the time of such merger or consolidation;

(b) at any time and from time to time, at its own expense, promptly execute and deliver or file all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Lender may request, in order to perfect, protect, validate or preserve any security interest granted or pledged to the Lender pursuant to Section 3.11 hereof or to enable the Lender to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies thereunder with respect thereto;

(c) file all federal and other tax returns, reports and declarations required by all relevant jurisdictions on or before the due dates for such returns, reports and declarations and will pay all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges as and when they become due;

(d) comply in all material respects with all of its investment policies and restrictions and all applicable statutes, rules, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions

9 

 



imposed by, all governmental authorities in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its properties; provided that such Borrower shall not be required by reason of this section to comply therewith at any time while such Borrower shall be contesting its obligations to do so in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted;

(e) promptly notify the Lender of any material change in its agreements with governmental authorities or regulators or its investment policies or restrictions or of any Credit Arrangements or modifications thereof; and

(f) upon request from the Lender from time to time, furnish to the Lender at reasonable times and intervals any information with respect to its financial standing and history or its property or business or prospects.

5.2 Covenants in Effect While Loans Are Outstanding.

The Borrower covenants that, so long as any principal of or interest on any Loan made to it is outstanding, it will:

(a) not, as long as any Unsecured Loan is outstanding hereunder, create or permit to exist any encumbrance in favor of any person or entity other than the Lender upon any of the assets of the Borrower other than (a) encumbrances created in connection with portfolio investments of the Borrower and (b) to secure the Borrower’s obligations under any Credit Arrangement by any assets not then pledged as collateral hereunder, in each case to the extent permitted by the provisions of its Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information;

(b) not take out any Loan that

(i) immediately after such Loan would cause the total of such loans to exceed 33 1/3% of the Borrower’s total assets, or

(ii) would cause such Borrower’s total loans to exceed 10% of such Borrower’s total assets unless any Loan hereunder is secured in accordance with Section 3.11 hereof;

(c) not, as long as any Loan made with respect to the Borrower is outstanding, allow the total amount of such Borrower’s Loans, as measured on the day when the most recent Loan was made, to exceed the greater of 125% of such Borrower’s total net cash redemptions for the preceding seven (7) calendar days and 102% of Sales Fails for the preceding seven (7) calendar days;

(d) notify the Lender if it draws on its Credit Arrangements, borrows from other Lenders under the Master Agreement, or borrows from other parties; and

(e) notify the Lender promptly of

10 

 



(i) any material changes in its method of business, Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information, and

(ii) the occurrence of any event which would make any of the representations and warranties contained herein, or in any document, instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith, untrue or inaccurate in any material respect.

The Lender covenants that

(a) its Loans to a single Borrower will not exceed 5% of the Lender’s net assets; and

(b) its aggregate Loans to all Borrowers constitute 15% or less of the Lender’s net assets at the time of any Loan.

6. Documents to be Delivered Prior to Initial Loan. The Borrower shall deliver to the Lender prior to the first Loan between the parties any documents as the Lender shall have requested in order to comply with applicable rules and regulations promulgated by governmental and regulatory authorities.

7. Default

7.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall constitute an immediate Event of Default with respect to the Borrower:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay principal of, or interest on, any Loan as and when due, or the Borrower shall fail to perform any of its other Obligations; or

(b) There shall be a default by the Borrower under any Credit Arrangement, whether such Credit Arrangement now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default extends beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto and which default relates to

(i) the obligations to pay the principal of or interest on any such indebtedness under the Credit Arrangement, or

(ii) an obligation other than the obligation to pay the principal of or interest on any such indebtedness and the effect of such default is to cause, or to permit the lender under the Credit Arrangement to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or

(c) Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower in Section 4 of this Master Agreement, or in connection with any Loan made to or pledge of pledged collateral made by the Borrower, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

(d) The Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any governmental or public authority shall take over

11 

 



possession or control of a substantial part of the Borrower’s business; or any of the Borrower’s property shall become subject to attachment or other involuntary lien or levy; or any action or proceeding shall be commenced by the Borrower seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief or debtors, seeking the entry of an order for relief of the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, or any such proceeding is commenced against it which results in the entry of an order for such relief or such proceeding is not dismissed or stayed for a period of sixty (60) days following such commencement; or

(e) An event of default occurs under any agreement evidencing an outstanding bank loan to the Borrower; provided that, in such circumstance, that event of default will automatically (without need for action or notice by the Lender) constitute an immediate event of default entitling the Lender to call the Loan (and exercise all rights with respect to any collateral) and that such a call will be deemed made if the lending bank exercises its right to call its loan under its agreement with the Borrower.

7.2 Remedies

7.2.1 Arbitration. In the event an Event of Default under Section 7.1(a) has occurred and not been cured within two Business Days from the Loan’s maturity or from the time the Lender makes a demand for payment (and none of the Events of Default specified in Section 7.1(d) has occurred), the Lender and the Borrower agree that such matter shall be submitted for binding arbitration to an independent arbitrator selected by the Board of Trustees of the Lender and Borrower. If the dispute involves a Lender and Borrower with different Boards of Trustees, the respective Boards of Trustees of the Lender and Borrower will select an independent arbitrator that is satisfactory to each party. Such independent arbitrator’s decision shall be binding and conclusive between the Lender and the Borrower. Such Arbitrator shall submit at least annually a written report of any dispute to the Boards of Trustees of the Funds describing the nature of any dispute and the actions taken by the Lender and Borrower to resolve the dispute.

7.2.2 Other Rights and Remedies. If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been resolved pursuant to Section 7.2.1, or any other Event of Default has occurred, then the Lender shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it at law or in equity, including without limitation any rights and remedies that may be available to it under the Security Agreement referred to in Section 3.11 to the Master Agreement and, with respect to an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(e), any rights and remedies available to it under Section 7.1(e), and the Borrower shall pay to the Lender all reasonable expenses and disbursements incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of its rights and remedies under this Master Agreement including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Lender with respect thereto.

8. Notice. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices hereunder to any party shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed by United States registered or certified first-class mail, postage prepaid or sent by fax, addressed to such party to the attention of the

12 

 



person specified in the following sentence at the address set forth for such party below, or to such other person or address as such party may designate to the other party hereto by notice delivered in accordance with this Section 8. All notices to the Borrower shall be addressed to the Treasurer of the Borrower and all notices from the Borrower to the Lender shall be addressed to the Treasurer of the Lender. Written notice to the Credit Facility Team shall be sent to the following address: Putnam Investment Management, LLC, One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109. The address for all Funds listed in this Master Agreement is: One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109.

9. Amendments. Neither this Master Agreement nor any provision hereof may be amended in any respect except by a statement in writing executed by the parties hereto.

10. Assignment. All of the terms of this Master Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, that the Borrower shall not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender.

11. Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein or in any documents or other papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrowers, or any of them, pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Master Agreement and the making by the Lenders of the Loans as herein contemplated and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Loan, Obligation or any other amount due under this Agreement remains outstanding and unpaid or unsatisfied.

12. Section Headings. The descriptive section headings in this Master Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision thereof or hereof.

13. Counterparts. This Master Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute but one and the same document.

14. Severability. If any of the provisions of this Master Agreement or any instrument delivered hereunder or the application thereof to any party hereto or to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the remainder of this Master Agreement or such instrument and the application thereof to any party hereto or to any other person or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

15. Governing Law. This Master Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

16. Entire Agreement. This Master Agreement and the other documents contemplated hereby and executed in connection herewith express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

13 

 



17. Limitation of Liability of the Board of Trustees. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of each Trust as Trustees of such Trust and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the applicable Trust.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.] 

 

14 

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Master Agreement to be duly executed as an instrument under seal by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

ALL TRUSTS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A OR SCHEDULE B

By: /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz 
Name:   Jonathan S. Horwitz 
Title:  Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer and Compliance Liaison 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

By: /s/ James P. Pappas 
Name:  James P. Pappas 
Title:  Director, Trustee Relations 

 



SCHEDULE A – Borrowing Funds 

 

As amended as of November 22, 2019

Except as otherwise indicated below, for each Fund, the Master Agreement was effective as of the Effective Date.

Putnam Asset Allocation Funds 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund 
-Putnam Income Strategies Portfolio (effective 11/22/19) 
Putnam California Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Convertible Securities Fund 
Putnam Diversified Income Trust 
Putnam Equity Income Fund 
Putnam Funds Trust 
-Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund (effective 9/9/11) 
-Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
-Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
-Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
-Putnam Focused Equity Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Global Technology Fund 
-Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income Fund (effective 12/14/12) 
-Putnam International Value Fund 
-Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund (effective 4/6/15) 
-Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund (effective 5/14/10) 
-Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund 
-Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund (effective 12/14/12) 
-Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
-Ultra Short Duration Income Fund (effective 6/17/11) 
George Putnam Balanced Fund 
Putnam Global Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam Global Income Trust 
Putnam High Yield Fund 
Putnam Income Fund 
Putnam International Equity Fund 

 



Putnam Investment Funds 
-Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Growth Fund 
-Putnam PanAgora Managed Futures Strategy (effective 6/23/17) 
-Putnam PanAgora Market Neutral Fund (effective 6/23/17) 
-Putnam PanAgora Risk Parity Fund (effective 6/23/17)
-Putnam Research Fund 
-Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 
-Putnam Sustainable Future Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
Putnam Massachusetts Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Minnesota Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam New Jersey Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam New York Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Ohio Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Pennsylvania Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Target Date Funds 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage Maturity Fund 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2060 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2055 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2050 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2045 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2040 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2035 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2030 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2025 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2020 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam RetirementReady Maturity Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2060 Fund (effective 11/30/15)
-Putnam RetirementReady 2055 Fund (effective 6/11/10)
-Putnam RetirementReady 2050 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2045 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2040 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2035 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2030 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2025 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2020 Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
Putnam Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Tax-Free Income Trust 
-Putnam AMT-Free Municipal Fund 
-Putnam Tax-Free High Yield Fund 

 



Putnam Variable Trust 
-Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
-Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
-Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund 
-Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund 
-Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
-Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
-Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam VT High Yield Fund 
-Putnam VT Income Fund 
-Putnam VT International Equity Fund 
-Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
-Putnam VT International Value Fund 
-Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund (effective 9/20/19)
-Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Research Fund 
-Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
-Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund (effective 9/20/19)

 

EACH TRUST LISTED ABOVE, ON BEHALF OF EACH OF ITS FUNDS LISTED ABOVE

 

By:  ____/s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz                      
  Name:  Jonathan S. Horwitz 
  Title:  Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer and Compliance Liaison 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

By:  _______/s/Robert T. Burns                      
Name:  Robert T. Burns 
Title:  Secretary 

 



SCHEDULE B – Lending Funds 

 

As amended as of November 22, 2019

Except as otherwise indicated below, for each Fund, the Master Agreement was effective as of the Effective Date.

Putnam Asset Allocation Funds 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund 
-Putnam Income Strategies Portfolio (effective 11/22/19) 
Putnam Convertible Securities Fund 
Putnam Diversified Income Trust 
Putnam Equity Income Fund 
Putnam Funds Trust 
-Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund 
-Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund (effective 9/9/11) 
-Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
-Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
-Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
-Putnam Focused Equity Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Global Technology Fund 
-Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income Fund (effective 12/14/12) 
-Putnam International Value Fund 
-Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund (effective 4/6/15) 
-Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund (effective 5/14/10) 
-Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund 
-Putnam Short Term Investment Fund (effective 11/9/12) 
-Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund (effective 12/14/12) 
-Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
-Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund (effective 6/17/11) 
George Putnam Balanced Fund 
Putnam Global Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam Global Income Trust 
Putnam High Yield Fund 
Putnam Income Fund 
Putnam International Equity Fund 

 



Putnam Investment Funds 
-Putnam Government Money Market Fund (effective 10/16/15) 
-Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Growth Fund 
-Putnam PanAgora Managed Futures Strategy (effective 6/23/17) 
-Putnam PanAgora Market Neutral Fund (effective 6/23/17) 
-Putnam PanAgora Risk Parity Fund (effective 6/23/17)
-Putnam Research Fund 
-Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 
-Putnam Sustainable Future Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
Putnam Master Intermediate Income Trust 
Putnam Money Market Fund 
Putnam Premier Income Trust 
Putnam Target Date Funds 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage Maturity Fund 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2060 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2055 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2050 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2045 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2040 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2035 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2030 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2025 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam Retirement Advantage 2020 Fund (effective 11/22/19) 
-Putnam RetirementReady Maturity Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2060 Fund (effective 11/30/15)
-Putnam RetirementReady 2055 Fund (effective 6/11/10)
-Putnam RetirementReady 2050 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2045 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2040 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2035 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2030 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2025 Fund 
-Putnam RetirementReady 2020 Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
Putnam Variable Trust 
-Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
-Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
-Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund 
-Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund 
-Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
-Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
-Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund 
-Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam VT High Yield Fund 

 



-Putnam VT Income Fund 
-Putnam VT International Equity Fund 
-Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
-Putnam VT International Value Fund 
-Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Research Fund 
-Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
-Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund (effective 9/20/19) 
-Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund (effective 9/20/19) 

 

EACH TRUST LISTED ABOVE, ON BEHALF OF EACH OF ITS FUNDS LISTED ABOVE

 

By:  ___/s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz____________ 
  Name:  Jonathan S. Horwitz 
  Title:  Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer and Compliance Liaison 

 

PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

By:  ___/s/Robert T. Burns____________ 
  Name:  Robert T. Burns 
  Title:  Secretary 

 



SCHEDULE C
 
COLLATERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT 

 

This Collateral Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made this 16th day of July, 2010, by and among each investment company listed on the signature pages hereto (each, a “Trust” and collectively, the “Trusts”), on behalf of each Borrower and Lender (as such terms are defined in the Master Agreement (defined below)).

WHEREAS, each Trust, on behalf of each Borrower and Lender, have entered into a Master Interfund Lending Agreement dated as of July 16, 2010 by and among each Trust and Putnam Investment Management, LLC (the “Master Agreement”) in accordance with the terms of (i) the exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission dated April 10, 2002 exempting such Borrowers and Lenders and Putnam Investment Management, LLC from certain provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and (ii) the Interfund Lending Procedures, as in effect from time to time, for Loans by and among the Funds;

NOW, THEREFORE, each Borrower, in consideration of Loans heretofore, now or from time to time hereafter made, given or extended to the Borrower by a Lender, hereby agrees with the Lenders as follows:

1. Capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Master Agreement.

2. Effective upon the transfer of collateral, pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Master Agreement, or as provided herein, to an account owned or controlled by a Lender, as security for the payment of any and all loans heretofore, now or from time to time hereafter made, given or extended to a Borrower by the Lender under and pursuant to the Master Agreement (which loans shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as the “Secured Liabilities” and each individually as a “Secured Liability”), the Lender shall have, and the Borrower hereby grants to the Lender, a security interest in (i) any and all securities and other instruments owned by the Borrower which have been or at any time shall be delivered to the Lender or its custodian by or on behalf of the Borrower or have or at any time shall otherwise come into the possession, custody or control of the Lender or its custodian, including securities and other instruments held in depository trust companies and other institutions and clearing agencies in segregated accounts in the name of the Lender; (ii) all right, title, interest and power (including the power of hypothecation and disposition) of the Borrower in, or in respect of any and all securities and other instruments owned by the Borrower which have or at any time shall come into the possession, custody or control of the Lender or its custodian in any way for any purpose whatsoever, whether or not the Lender shall have accepted said property for the purpose or purposes for which said property was delivered to or otherwise caused to come into the possession, custody or control of the Lender or its custodian; and (iii) all proceeds of any of the foregoing. All property shall be deemed to be in the possession, custody or control of the Lender as soon as it is transferred to the Lender or its custodian



or if the Lender and the Borrower enter into a control agreement satisfactory to the Lender with the Borrower’s custodian. If the Lender shall at any time deem itself insecure in respect of any Secured Liability, the Borrower will deliver to the Lender or its custodian upon demand additional collateral owned by the Borrower satisfactory to the Lender. The term “collateral” as hereinafter used shall mean and include the securities and other instruments, together with proceeds of the securities and other instruments, and any and all property, rights, titles, powers, sums, receivables or claims which by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement are or shall be at the time in question subject to a security interest in favor of the Lender.

3. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Master Agreement), or any time or times thereafter, (i) the Lender may exercise any and all rights and remedies (a) granted to the Lender by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or otherwise allowed at law, and/or (b) otherwise provided by this Agreement or the Master Agreement, and (ii) any and all Secured Liabilities of the Borrower shall, at the option of the Lender, become due and payable without notice or demand, notwithstanding any credit or time allowed to the Borrower by any instrument or other document evidencing the same or otherwise.

4. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender shall have full power and authority to sell any or all of the collateral of the Borrower. Except as required by law, such sale or other disposition may be made without advertisement or any notice to the Borrower or to any other person. Where reasonable notification of the time or place of such sale or other disposition is so required, such requirement shall be met if such notice is given in the manner prescribed in Paragraph 10 hereof at least five days before the time of such sale or other disposition to each person entitled to such notice, addressed, if to the Borrower, in the manner specified in said Paragraph 10, or, if to any person, to such person at such person’s last address known to the Lender. After deducting all costs and expenses of collection, storage, custody, sale or other disposition and delivery (including legal costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and all other charges against the collateral, the residue of the proceeds of any such sale or other disposition shall be applied to the payment of any and all of the Secured Liabilities, due or to become due, in such order of preference as the Lender may determine, proper allowance for interest on liabilities not then due being made, and, unless otherwise provided by law, any surplus shall be returned to the Borrower.

5. The Borrower will pay when due all taxes, assessments, liens, premiums or other charges against the collateral and, if the Borrower and the Lender agree it is appropriate, the Borrower will fully insure the same in favor and to the satisfaction of the Lender against loss by any risk to which the collateral or any part thereof may be subject and will on demand deposit with the Lender the policies covering any such insurance. Although under no obligation to do so, the Lender may at any time and from time to time pay any taxes, assessments, liens, premiums or other charges against the collateral, and may insure the same or otherwise protect the value thereof and the property represented



thereby, and in such event all expenditures so incurred shall be chargeable to the Borrower and secured by the collateral of the Borrower. The Lender shall be under no obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in any collateral against prior parties but may do so at its option. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender may at any time and from time to time transfer into its own name or that of its nominee any securities constituting part of the collateral of the Borrower and receive the income thereon and hold the same as additional collateral or apply it to the payment of any or all of the Secured Liabilities and may at any time notify the obligor(s) on any collateral to make payment of the Lender of any amounts due or to become due thereon.

6. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender may, at any time and from time to time, transfer or assign the whole or any part of any Secured Liability and may transfer therewith, or assign to and set apart for the account of the transferee or assignee thereof, in either event as security therefor, the whole or any part of the collateral of the Borrower. If the Lender does so transfer or assign and set apart the whole or any part of the collateral, the transferee or assignee thereof, without notice to the Borrower, shall thereupon become vested with, and may thereafter exercise, every right and power hereby given to the Lender in respect thereof, and the Lender shall thereafter be forever relieved and fully discharged from any liability or responsibility in respect thereof, except that the Lender shall continue to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any collateral so assigned and set apart while such collateral remains in the possession of the Lender. Such transferee or assignee shall have no right or power in respect of any part of the collateral not so transferred or assigned and set apart, in respect whereof the Lender shall retain all rights and powers hereby given in respect thereof.

7. Except as provided in Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 hereof, the Lender shall at no time transfer or assign the whole or any part of any Secured Liability or assign, transfer or set aside the whole or any part of the collateral held in security therefor except to an assignee of the Loans secured thereby.

8. Upon the request of the Borrower following the payment in full of all loans and Secured Liabilities and termination of the Master Agreement, the Lender shall (i) return or cause to be returned to the Borrower all collateral which shall remain in the possession, custody or control of the Lender or its custodian at such time, and (ii) shall deliver to the Borrower such instruments, UCC termination statements and other documents, and provide for delivery of such instructions to the custodian, in each case as the Borrower may reasonably request for the purpose of releasing (in fact and as a matter of record) the security interest created by this Agreement.

9. Except as is otherwise expressly provided herein or by law, the Borrower waives all demands and notices in connection with this Agreement or the enforcement of the Lender’s rights hereunder and also waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with any Secured Liability or the enforcement of the Lender’s rights with respect thereto and hereby consents that the time



of payment of any Secured Liability may be extended from time to time and that no such extension or other indulgence granted to any other party primarily or secondarily liable on any Secured Liability, no discharge or release of any such party and no substitution, release or surrender of collateral of the Borrower shall discharge or otherwise affect the liability of the Borrower on or in respect of any Secured Liability. No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right on any one occasion and shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right on any future occasion.

10. Any demand upon or notice to the Borrower permitted or required hereunder shall be sufficient if, and effective when, deposited in the mails, postage prepaid, addressed to the Borrower at One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109 or at such other address of the Borrower appearing on the first page of this Agreement or at such other address as the Borrower may furnish to the Lender as the address to which such demands, notices or other communications addressed to the Borrower shall be mailed or forwarded.

11. This Agreement may be terminated by the Borrower giving written notice of such termination to the Lender, provided, however, that such termination shall not be effective unless and until all loans and Secured Liabilities (including those contingent or not yet due) existing as of the time of receipt of such notice by the Lender have been paid in full.

12. The Borrower will pay on demand all costs and expenses (including legal costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred or paid by the Lender in collecting any loan or Secured Liability upon any default in respect thereof, and all costs and expenses so incurred shall be secured by the collateral.

13. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Lender, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon the Borrower, its successors and assigns.

14. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Massachusetts.

15. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of each Trust as Trustees of such Trust and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the applicable Trust.

[Signature Page Follows] 

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

ALL TRUSTS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A OR SCHEDULE B TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT, AS SUCH SCHEDULES ARE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME

By: /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz 
Name:  Jonathan S. Horwitz 
Title:  Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer and Compliance 
  Liaison 

 


EXECUTION VERSION 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 (this “Amendment”), dated as of September 19, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2015, among each trust listed on Schedule A hereto, the Banks and other lending institutions party thereto, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified by Joinder Agreement No. 1, dated as of August 29, 2016, Letter Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2016, Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 22, 2016, Notice Letter, dated October 5, 2016, Notice Letter, dated February 22, 2017, Notice Letter, dated April 19, 2017, Amendment No. 2, dated as of September 21, 2017, Amendment No. 3, dated as of September 20, 2018, Consent No. 1, dated as of November 30, 2018, Notice Letter, dated May 31, 2019, and Consent No. 2, dated as of June 24, 2019 (as the same has been or may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Recitals 

 

I. Each term that is defined in the Credit Agreement and not herein defined has the meaning ascribed thereto by the Credit Agreement when used herein.

II. The Borrowers desire to amend the Credit Agreement and the Banks have agreed thereto, in each case upon the terms and conditions herein contained.

Agreements 

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the Recitals and the covenants, conditions and agreements hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The defined term “Termination Date” contained in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the date “September 19, 2019” with the date “October 18, 2019”.

2. Paragraph 1 of this Amendment shall not be effective until the earliest date upon which each of the following conditions shall be satisfied (the “Amendment Effective Date”):

(a) the Agent shall have received from each Borrower and each Bank either (i) a counterpart of this Amendment executed on behalf of the such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Agent (which may include facsimile or electronic mail transmission (in printable format) of a signed signature page of this Amendment) that the each such party has executed a counterpart of this Amendment;

(b) the Agent shall have received from each Borrower a manually signed certificate from the Clerk, Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or other officer acceptable to the Agent) of such Borrower, dated the Amendment Effective Date, in all respects satisfactory to the Agent, (i) certifying as to the incumbency of authorized persons of each Borrower executing this Amendment, (ii) attaching true, complete and correct copies of the resolutions duly adopted by such Borrower’s



Managing Body approving this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, all of which are in full force and effect on the Amendment Effective Date, and (iii) certifying that such Borrower’s Charter Documents have not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since June 24, 2019 or, if so, attaching true, complete and correct copies of each such amendment, supplement or modification;

(c) the Agent shall have received such information as the Agent, at the request of any Bank, shall have requested in order to comply with “know-your-customer” and other anti-terrorism, anti-money laundering and similar rules and regulations and related policies; and

(d) the Agent shall have received (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agent (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agent) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, and (ii) an upfront fee in the amount of $10,583.00.

3. Each Borrower (a) reaffirms and admits the validity and enforceability of each Loan Document to which it is a party and all of its obligations thereunder and agrees and admits that (i) it has no defense to any such obligation, and (ii) it shall not exercise any setoff or offset to any such obligation, and (b)(1) represents and warrants that, as of the Amendment Effective Date, no Default has occurred and is continuing, and (2) the representations and warranties by such Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or is becoming a party are true on and as of the Amendment Effective Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

4. In all other respects, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, and no amendment, supplement or other modification in respect of any term or condition of any Loan Document shall be deemed to be an amendment, supplement or other modification in respect of any other term or condition contained in any Loan Document.

5. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart executed and delivered (including by facsimile, or by e-mail transmission of a signed signature page of this Amendment) by the party to be charged.

6. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[the remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank] 

 

2 

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Amendment No. 4 to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized representative(s) as of the date first above written.

EACH TRUST LISTED AS A COMPANY ON 
SCHEDULE A HERETO 
 
By:  /s/ Jonathan Horwitz     
Name:  Jonathan Horwitz     
Title:  Executive Vice President     

 

Putnam Funds Amendment No. 4 Signature Page 

 



STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST 
COMPANY, as Agent and as a Bank 
 
By:  /s/ Janet Nolin     
Name:  Janet Nolin 
Title:   Vice President 

 

Putnam Funds Amendment No. 4 Signature Page 

 



Schedule A
 
List of Companies 

 

1.  Putnam Asset Allocation Funds 
2.  Putnam California Tax Exempt Income Fund 
3.  Putnam Convertible Securities Fund 
4.  Putnam Diversified Income Trust 
5.  Putnam Equity Income Fund 
6.  Putnam Funds Trust 
7.  Putnam Global Equity Fund 
8.  Putnam Global Health Care Fund 
9.  Putnam Global Income Trust 
10.  Putnam High Yield Fund 
11.  Putnam Income Fund 
12.  Putnam International Equity Fund 
13.  Putnam Investment Funds 
14.  Putnam Massachusetts Tax Exempt Income 
       Fund   
15.  Putnam Minnesota Tax Exempt Income Fund 
16.  Putnam Money Market Fund 
17.  Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund 
18.  Putnam New Jersey Tax Exempt Income Fund 
19.  Putnam New York Tax Exempt Income Fund 
20.  Putnam Ohio Tax Exempt Income Fund 
21.  Putnam Pennsylvania Tax Exempt Income Fund 
22.  Putnam Tax Exempt Income Fund 
23.  Putnam Tax-Free Income Trust 
24.  Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund 
25.  Putnam Variable Trust 
26.  George Putnam Balanced Fund 

 


EXECUTION VERSION 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 5 (this “Amendment”), dated as of October 18, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2015, among each trust listed on Schedule A hereto, the Banks and other lending institutions party thereto, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified by Joinder Agreement No. 1, dated as of August 29, 2016, Letter Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2016, Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 22, 2016, Notice Letter, dated October 5, 2016, Notice Letter, dated February 22, 2017, Notice Letter, dated April 19, 2017, Amendment No. 2, dated as of September 21, 2017, Amendment No. 3, dated as of September 20, 2018, Consent No. 1, dated as of November 30, 2018, Notice Letter, dated May 31, 2019, Consent No. 2, dated as of June 24, 2019, and Amendment No. 4, dated as of September 19, 2019 (as the same has been or may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Recitals 

 

I. Each term that is defined in the Credit Agreement and not herein defined has the meaning ascribed thereto by the Credit Agreement when used herein.

II. The Borrowers desire to amend the Credit Agreement and the Banks have agreed thereto, in each case upon the terms and conditions herein contained.

Agreements 

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the Recitals and the covenants, conditions and agreements hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new defined terms in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Applicable Margin” means 1.25%.

Screen Rate” has the meaning set forth in the defined term “Overnight LIBOR Rate”.

2. The defined term “Applicable Rate” contained in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the percentage “1.25%” contained therein with the phrase “the Applicable Margin”.

3. The defined term “Overnight LIBOR Rate” contained in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Overnight LIBOR Rate” means, as of any day, the higher of (a) 0.00%, and (b) the rate appearing on the Reuters “LIBOR01” screen displaying interest rates for dollar deposits in the London interbank market (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, as the



rate for dollar deposits in the London interbank market with a maturity of one LIBOR Business Day, provided that in the event such rate does not appear on such screen (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen or otherwise on such screen), the “Overnight LIBOR Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market as may be selected by the Agent (the foregoing under this clause (b), the “Screen Rate”), provided further that in the event such day is not a LIBOR Business Day, then Overnight LIBOR Rate shall be such rate as in effect on the immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day.

4. The defined term “Termination Date” contained in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the date “October 18, 2019” with the date “October 16, 2020”.

5. Section 8.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the phrase “or has a direct or indirect parent company that becomes the subject of a Bail-in Action,” contained in paragraph (a), and (ii) deleting the phrase “or its corporate parent” contained in clause (v) of paragraph (b).

6. Article VIII of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a new Section 8.05 at the end thereof as follows:

SECTION 8.05 Alternate Rate of Interest. (a) In the event that the Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Overnight LIBOR Rate, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Banks (by telephone or otherwise, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of such determination. If the Agent shall give such notice, the Applicable Rate shall be determined without giving effect to clause (b) thereof until such time, if any, as such notice shall have been withdrawn by the Agent (by notice to the Borrowers and the Banks) promptly upon the Agent having determined that adequate and reasonable means do exist for determining the Overnight LIBOR Rate.

(b) If at any time the Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances under Section 8.05(a) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary, (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause (i) of this Section 8.05(b) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the Screen Rate or an Authority having jurisdiction over the Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Screen Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, or (iii) the Overnight LIBOR Rate is no longer a widely recognized benchmark rate for newly originated Dollar loans in the United States loan market, then the Agent and the Borrowers shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the Overnight LIBOR Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining

2 

 



rates of interest for Dollar loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rates of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not include a reduction of the Applicable Margin); provided that, if any such alternate rate of interest shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.05, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement (other than the Borrower, whose prior written consent for such amendment shall be required) so long as the Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Domestic Business Days of the date any notice of such alternate rates of interest is provided to the Banks, a written notice from Required Banks stating that such Banks object to such amendment (it being understood that, if Required Banks object to any such amendment, the Agent and the Borrowers shall be permitted to continue to establish alternate rates of interest and provide one or more additional notices hereunder until an amendment pursuant to this Section 8.05(b) has become effective).

7. Article IX of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a new Section 9.17 at the end thereof as follows:

SECTION 9.17. Certain ERISA Matters. (a) Each Bank (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Bank party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Bank party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Bank party hereto, for the benefit of, the Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Borrower, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Bank is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Bank’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments or this Agreement,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84 14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Bank’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Bank is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-

3 

 



14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Bank to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, administration of and performance of the Loans the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of subsections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 8414 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Bank, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Bank’s entrance into, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Bank.

(b) In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Bank or (2) a Bank has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Bank further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Bank party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Bank party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Bank party hereto, for the benefit of, the Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Borrower, that the Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Borrower involved in such Borrower’s entrance into, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

(c) For purposes of this Section 9.17, the following terms have the following meanings:

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the United States Bankruptcy Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

8. Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in the form of Schedule 1 hereto.

9. Paragraphs 1 through 8 of this Amendment shall not be effective until the earliest date upon which each of the following conditions shall be satisfied (the “Amendment Effective Date”):

4 

 



(a) the Agent shall have received from each Borrower and each Bank either (i) a counterpart of this Amendment executed on behalf of the such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Agent (which may include facsimile or electronic mail transmission (in printable format) of a signed signature page of this Amendment) that the each such party has executed a counterpart of this Amendment;

(b) the Agent shall have received from each Borrower a manually signed certificate from the Clerk, Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or other officer acceptable to the Agent) of such Borrower, dated the Amendment Effective Date, in all respects satisfactory to the Agent, (i) certifying as to the incumbency of authorized persons of each Borrower executing this Amendment, (ii) attaching true, complete and correct copies of the resolutions duly adopted by such Borrower’s Managing Body approving this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, all of which are in full force and effect on the Amendment Effective Date, and (iii) certifying that such Borrower’s Charter Documents have not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since September 19, 2019 or, if so, attaching true, complete and correct copies of each such amendment, supplement or modification;

(c) the Agent shall have received such information as the Agent, at the request of any Bank, shall have requested in order to comply with “know-your-customer” and other anti-terrorism, anti-money laundering and similar rules and regulations and related policies; and

(d) the Agent shall have received (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agent (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agent) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, and (ii) an upfront fee in the amount of $127,000.

10. Each Borrower (a) reaffirms and admits the validity and enforceability of each Loan Document to which it is a party and all of its obligations thereunder and agrees and admits that (i) it has no defense to any such obligation, and (ii) it shall not exercise any setoff or offset to any such obligation, and (b)(1) represents and warrants that, as of the Amendment Effective Date, no Default has occurred and is continuing, and (2) the representations and warranties by such Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or is becoming a party are true on and as of the Amendment Effective Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

11. In all other respects, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, and no amendment, supplement or other modification in respect of any term or condition of any Loan Document shall be deemed to be an amendment, supplement or other modification in respect of any other term or condition contained in any Loan Document.

5 

 



12. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart executed and delivered (including by facsimile, or by e-mail transmission of a signed signature page of this Amendment) by the party to be charged.

13. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[the remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank] 

 

6 

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Amendment No. 5 to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized representative(s) as of the date first above written.

EACH TRUST LISTED AS A COMPANY ON 
SCHEDULE A HERETO 
 
By:  /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz     
Name:  Jonathan S. Horwitz     
Title:  Executive Vice President     

 

Putnam Funds Amendment No. 5 Signature Page 

 



STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST 
COMPANY, as Agent and as a Bank 
 
By:  /s/ Janet Nolin______________ 
Name:  Janet Nolin 
Title:  Vice President 

 

Putnam Funds Amendment No. 5 Signature Page 

 



SCHEDULE 1 

 

Addresses for Notices, Applicable Lending Offices, Commitment Amounts and Commitment 
Percentages

 

BORROWERS :

Address for Notices:

Putnam Investments
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Attn: Robert T. Burns
Vice President and Chief Legal Officer
Tel: (617) 760-7043



  COMMITMENT  COMMITMENT 
  AMOUNT  PERCENTAGE 
 
BANKS:  $317,500,000  100.0% 

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST 
COMPANY 
 
Domestic Lending Office, LIBOR Lending 
Office and Office for Notices to the Agent for 
Borrowings and Payments: 
State Street Bank and Trust Company 
State Street Financial Center 
Loan Servicing Unit – SFC0203 
One Lincoln Street 
Boston, MA 02111 
Attn: Christopher Hickey 
Tel: (617) 662-8577 
Fax: (617) 988-6677 
Email: ais-loanops-csu@statestreet.com 
 
Alternate Contact: 
Attn: Peter Connolly 
Tel: (617) 662-8588 
Fax: (617) 988-6677 
Email: ais-loanops-csu@statestreet.com 
 
 
Office for all Other Notices: 
State Street Bank and Trust Company 
State Street Financial Center 
Fund Finance – SFC0310 
One Lincoln Street 
Boston, MA 02211 
Attn: Janet Nolin, Vice President 
Tel: (617) 662-8629 

 



Schedule A
 
List of Trusts and Funds 

 

   
Trust  Fund 
  Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced 
  Fund 
Putnam Asset Allocation Funds  Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation 
  Conservative Fund 
  Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth 
  Fund 
Putnam California Tax Exempt Income Fund  Putnam California Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Convertible Securities Fund  Putnam Convertible Securities Fund 
Putnam Diversified Income Trust  Putnam Diversified Income Trust 
Putnam Equity Income Fund  Putnam Equity Income Fund 
  Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund 
  Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund 
  Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
  Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity 
  Fund 
  Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
  Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund 
  Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
  Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
  Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
Putnam Funds Trust  Putnam Focused Equity Fund 
  Putnam Global Technology Fund 
  Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income 
  Fund 
  Putnam International Value Fund 
  Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund 
  Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund 
  Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund 
  Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund 
  Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
Putnam Global Equity Fund  Putnam Global Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Health Care Fund  Putnam Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam Global Income Trust  Putnam Global Income Trust 
Putnam High Yield Fund  Putnam High Yield Fund 
Putnam Income Fund  Putnam Income Fund 
Putnam International Equity Fund  Putnam International Equity Fund 
  Putnam Government Money Market Fund 
  Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
Putnam Investment Funds  Putnam International Capital Opportunities 
  Fund 
  Putnam International Growth Fund 
  Putnam Sustainable Future Fund 

 



   
Trust  Fund 
  Putnam PanAgora Managed Futures Strategy 
  Putnam PanAgora Market Neutral Fund 
  Putnam PanAgora Risk Parity Fund 
  Putnam Research Fund 
  Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 
Putnam Massachusetts Tax Exempt Income  Putnam Massachusetts Tax Exempt Income 
Fund  Fund 
Putnam Minnesota Tax Exempt Income Fund  Putnam Minnesota Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Money Market Fund  Putnam Money Market Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund  Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund 
Putnam New Jersey Tax Exempt Income Fund  Putnam New Jersey Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam New York Tax Exempt Income Fund  Putnam New York Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Ohio Tax Exempt Income Fund  Putnam Ohio Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Pennsylvania Tax Exempt Income  Putnam Pennsylvania Tax Exempt Income 
Fund  Fund 
Putnam Tax Exempt Income Fund  Putnam Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Tax-Free Income Trust   Putnam AMT-Free Municipal Fund 
  Putnam Tax-Free High Yield Fund 
Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund  Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund 
  Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
  Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund 
  Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund 
  Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
  Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
  Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund 
  Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
  Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
  Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund 
  Putnam VT High Yield Fund 
Putnam Variable Trust  Putnam VT Income Fund 
  Putnam VT International Equity Fund 
  Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
  Putnam VT International Value Fund 
  Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund 
  Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund 
  Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund 
  Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund 
  Putnam VT Research Fund 
  Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
  Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund 
George Putnam Balanced Fund  George Putnam Balanced Fund 

 


[GRAPHIC OMITTED: STATE STREET LOGO]


September 19, 2019 

 

Each of the Borrowers listed 
on Appendix I hereto 
One Post Office Square 
Boston, MA 02109 
Attention:  Jonathan S. Horwitz, 
Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer 
Treasurer and Compliance Liaison 

 

RE:    Fifth Amendment to Putnam Funds Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to an amended and restated letter agreement dated as of September 24, 2015 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) among State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”) and each of the management investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act listed on Appendix I attached thereto (each, a “Borrower”), the Bank has made available to each of the Borrowers, for itself or on behalf of designated fund series thereof, a $235,500,000 uncommitted, unsecured line of credit (the “Uncommitted Line”). The obligations of the Borrowers arising under the Uncommitted Line are evidenced by an amended and restated promissory note in the original principal amount of $235,500,000, dated September 24, 2015, executed by each of the Borrowers, for itself or on behalf of such designated fund series thereof, in favor of the Bank (as amended, the “Note”). Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

The Borrowers have requested, and the Bank has agreed, to make certain changes to the Loan Documents in connection therewith as set forth below. Therefore, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

I. Amendments to Loan Documents

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Loan Documents are hereby amended as follows:

1. Section I(1) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence in its entirety and substituting the following therefor: “The Uncommitted Line shall expire on October 18, 2019 (the “Expiration Date”), unless extended by mutual agreement of the Bank and the Borrowers or, with respect to any Fund, terminated by a Borrower on behalf of such Fund as provided herein.”



September 19, 2019 
Page 2 

 

II. Closing Fee

As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this letter agreement, the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank a non-refundable fee of $7,850 for closing the renewal of the Uncommitted Line, which fee shall be non-refundable and deemed fully earned by the Bank upon the date of this letter agreement.

III. Miscellaneous

1. Other than as expressly amended hereby, all terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, Note and all related Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and are hereby ratified and affirmed as of the date hereof.

2. Each of the Borrowers, for itself and on behalf of its respective Funds, represents and warrants to the Bank as follows: (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof under the Loan Documents; (b) each of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement is true and correct in all respects with respect to such Borrower, for itself and its respective Funds, on and as of the date of this letter amendment except to the extent such representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date; (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this letter amendment and the Loan Documents, as amended hereby (collectively, the “Amended Loan Documents”): (i) are, and will be, within such Borrower's power and authority, (ii) have been authorized by all necessary proceedings, (iii) do not, and will not, require any consent or approval from any governmental authority or any other party other than those which have been received, (iv) will not contravene any provision of, or exceed any limitation contained in, the declaration of trust, by-laws or other organizational documents or Prospectus of such Borrower or any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Borrower, and (v) do not constitute a default under any other agreement, order or undertaking binding on such Borrower; and (d) each of the Amended Loan Documents constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Borrower, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles.

3. Upon receipt of a fully executed copy of this letter amendment and such other documents or instruments as the Bank may reasonably request, this letter amendment shall be deemed to be an instrument under seal and an amendment to the Loan Agreement to be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

4. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Borrower, as amended or restated from time to time, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Notice is hereby given, and it is expressly agreed, that the obligations of any such Borrower under this letter amendment, the Loan Agreement as amended by this letter amendment, and the other Loan Documents as amended by this letter amendment, shall not be binding upon any of the trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of such

Information Classification: Limited Access



September 19, 2019
Page 3

Borrower personally, but bind only the trust property of such Borrower. Furthermore, notice is given that the assets and liabilities of each Fund are separate and distinct and that the obligations of or arising out of the Loan Agreement as amended by this letter amendment and the other Loan Documents as amended by this letter amendment with respect to each Fund are several and not joint. In the case of each Borrower, the execution and delivery of this letter amendment on its behalf has been authorized by its trustees, and this letter amendment has been executed and delivered by an authorized officer, in each case acting in such capacity and not individually, and neither such authorization by the trustees nor such execution and delivery shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually, but shall bind only the trust property of such Borrower.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access





This letter amendment may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original document.

Very truly yours, 
 
STATE STREET BANK AND 
TRUST COMPANY, as Bank 
 
 
By: __/s/ Janet B. Nolin___________ 
Janet B. Nolin 
Vice President 

 

Acknowledged and Accepted:

PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
PUTNAM CALIFORNIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES FUND 
PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM EQUITY INCOME FUND 
 
PUTNAM FUNDS TRUST, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
PUTNAM GLOBAL EQUITY FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM HIGH YIELD FUND 
PUTNAM INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND 
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT FUNDS, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
PUTNAM MASSACHUSETTS TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM MINNESOTA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM MONEY MARKET FUND 
PUTNAM MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
PUTNAM NEW JERSEY TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM NEW YORK TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM OHIO TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM PENNSYLVANIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM SUSTAINABLE LEADERS FUND 
PUTNAM TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM TAX-FREE INCOME TRUST, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 

 



PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
GEORGE PUTNAM BALANCED FUND 

 

By: __/s/ Jonathan Horwitz                                                 
Jonathan Horwitz 
Executive Vice President, of each of the foregoing 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access



APPENDIX I
 
List of Borrowers and Funds 

 

PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS 
on behalf of: 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund 
 
PUTNAM CALIFORNIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES FUND 
PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM EQUITY INCOME FUND 
 
PUTNAM FUNDS TRUST 
on behalf of: 
Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund 
Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund 
Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund 
Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
Putnam Focused Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Technology Fund 
Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income Fund 
Putnam International Value Fund 
Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund 
Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund 
Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund 
Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund 
Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
PUTNAM GLOBAL EQUITY FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM HIGH YIELD FUND 
PUTNAM INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND 
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT FUNDS 
on behalf of: 
Putnam Government Money Market Fund 
Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund 

 

Error! Unknown document property name.



Putnam International Growth Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Future Fund 
Putnam PanAgora Managed Futures Strategy 
Putnam PanAgora Market Neutral Fund 
Putnam PanAgora Risk Parity Fund 
Putnam Research Fund 
Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 
 
PUTNAM MASSACHUSETTS TAX EXEMPT INCOME 
FUND 
PUTNAM MINNESOTA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM MONEY MARKET FUND 
PUTNAM SUSTAINABLE LEADERS FUND 
PUTNAM NEW JERSEY TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM NEW YORK TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM OHIO TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM PENNSYLVANIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME 
FUND 
PUTNAM TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
 
PUTNAM TAX-FREE INCOME TRUST 
on behalf of: 
Putnam AMT-Free Municipal Fund 
Putnam Tax-Free High Yield Fund 
 
PUTNAM MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
 
PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST 
on behalf of: 
Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund 
Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund 
Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund 
Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund 
Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund 
Putnam VT High Yield Fund 
Putnam VT Income Fund 
Putnam VT International Equity Fund 
Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
Putnam VT International Value Fund 
Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund 
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access



Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund 
Putnam VT Research Fund 
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund 
 
GEORGE PUTNAM BALANCED FUND 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access


[GRAPHIC OMITTED: STATE STREET LOGO]
 

October 18, 2019 

 

Each of the Borrowers listed 
on Appendix I hereto 
100 Federal Street 
Boston, MA 02110 
Attention:  Jonathan S. Horwitz, 
Executive Vice President, Principal Executive Officer 
Treasurer and Compliance Liaison 

 

RE:   Sixth Amendment to Putnam Funds Amended and Restated Uncommitted Line of Credit 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to an amended and restated letter agreement dated as of September 24, 2015 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) among State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”) and each of the management investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act listed on Appendix I attached thereto (each, a “Borrower”), the Bank has made available to each of the Borrowers, for itself or on behalf of designated fund series thereof, a $235,500,000 uncommitted, unsecured line of credit (the “Uncommitted Line”). The obligations of the Borrowers arising under the Uncommitted Line are evidenced by an amended and restated promissory note in the original principal amount of $235,500,000, dated September 24, 2015, executed by each of the Borrowers, for itself or on behalf of such designated fund series thereof, in favor of the Bank (as amended, the “Note”). Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

The Borrowers have requested, and the Bank has agreed, to make certain changes to the Loan Documents in connection therewith as set forth below. Therefore, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

I. Amendments to Loan Documents

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Loan Documents are hereby amended as follows:

1. Section I(1) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence in its entirety and substituting the following therefor: “The Uncommitted Line shall expire on October 16, 2020 (the “Expiration Date”), unless extended by mutual agreement of the Bank and the Borrowers or, with respect to any Fund, terminated by a Borrower on behalf of such Fund as provided herein.”



October 18, 2019
Page 2

2. Section I(3) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3. Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) The Loans made by the Bank to the each Borrower shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Bank in the ordinary course of business. Each Borrower, on behalf of its respective Funds, irrevocably authorizes the Bank to make or cause to be made, at or about the date of each Loan to the Borrowers or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal of each such Loan, an appropriate notation on its loan accounts or records, including computer records, reflecting the making of such Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Loans set forth in any such loan accounts or records, including any computer records, maintained by the Bank with respect to the Loans made by it shall, absent manifest error, constitute prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to the Bank, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on any such loan account or record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of such Borrower, on behalf of each of its respective Funds, hereunder or under the other Loan Documents to make payments of principal of and interest on the Loans when due.

(b) Each Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of the Bank, each Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to the Bank, a promissory note (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Note”) substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, payable to the Bank in an amount equal to the Uncommitted Line Amount or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Bank’s Loans, plus interest thereon as provided below, which shall evidence the Bank’s Loans in addition to such records.

3. Section I(5)(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “Channel Center – CCB0900, One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210” in the first sentence of such Section and substituting in place thereof the words: “One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

4. Section II(5)(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: “(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows: (i) if to any Borrower or Fund, to it at 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, Attention of: Robert T. Burns, Vice President and Chief Legal Officer, Telephone No.: (617) 760-7043 and (ii) if to the Bank, to Janet B. Nolin, Vice President, or Fund Finance Group at M/S SFC0310, State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall

Information Classification: Limited Access



October 18, 2019
Page 3

be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).”

5. Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “Channel Center – CCB0900, One Iron Street, Boston Massachusetts 02210” in the first paragraph thereof and substituting in place thereof the words: “One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111”.

6. Exhibit B attached to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the Exhibit B attached hereto is substituted therefor.

II. Closing Fee

As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this letter agreement, the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank a non-refundable fee of $94,200 for closing the renewal of the Uncommitted Line, which fee shall be non-refundable and deemed fully earned by the Bank upon the date of this letter agreement.

III. Miscellaneous

1. Other than as expressly amended hereby, all terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and all related documents are ratified and affirmed as of the date hereof in order to give effect to the terms thereof except that, in recognition of the Bank now evidencing the Loans by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Bank in the ordinary course of business in accordance with Section I(3)(a) of the Loan Agreement, after the effectiveness of this letter amendment, the Bank shall return to the Borrowers, if requested, the Note in its possession as of the effective date of this letter amendment, marked “Cancelled”. The cancellation of the original Existing Note shall not be deemed to evidence the repayment or satisfaction of any existing Loans or related Obligations, all of which shall thereafter be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Bank as so described in Section I(3)(a) of the Loan Agreement.

2. Each of the Borrowers, for itself and on behalf of its respective Funds, represents and warrants to the Bank as follows: (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof under the Loan Documents; (b) each of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement is true and correct in all respects with respect to such Borrower, for itself and its respective Funds, on and as of the date of this letter amendment except to the extent such representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date; (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this letter amendment and the Loan Documents, as amended hereby (collectively, the “Amended Loan Documents”): (i) are, and will be, within such Borrower's power and authority, (ii) have been authorized by all necessary proceedings, (iii) do not, and will not, require any consent or approval from any governmental authority or any other party other than those which have been received, (iv) will not contravene any provision of,

Information Classification: Limited Access



October 18, 2019
Page 4

or exceed any limitation contained in, the declaration of trust, by-laws or other organizational documents or Prospectus of such Borrower or any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Borrower, and (v) do not constitute a default under any other agreement, order or undertaking binding on such Borrower; and (d) each of the Amended Loan Documents constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Borrower, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles.

3. Upon receipt of a fully executed copy of this letter amendment and such other documents or instruments as the Bank may reasonably request, this letter amendment shall be deemed to be an instrument under seal and an amendment to the Loan Agreement to be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

4. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Borrower, as amended or restated from time to time, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Notice is hereby given, and it is expressly agreed, that the obligations of any such Borrower under this letter amendment, the Loan Agreement as amended by this letter amendment, and the other Loan Documents as amended by this letter amendment, shall not be binding upon any of the trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of such Borrower personally, but bind only the trust property of such Borrower. Furthermore, notice is given that the assets and liabilities of each Fund are separate and distinct and that the obligations of or arising out of the Loan Agreement as amended by this letter amendment and the other Loan Documents as amended by this letter amendment with respect to each Fund are several and not joint. In the case of each Borrower, the execution and delivery of this letter amendment on its behalf has been authorized by its trustees, and this letter amendment has been executed and delivered by an authorized officer, in each case acting in such capacity and not individually, and neither such authorization by the trustees nor such execution and delivery shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually, but shall bind only the trust property of such Borrower.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access



This letter amendment may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original document.

Very truly yours, 
 
STATE STREET BANK AND 
TRUST COMPANY, as Bank 
 
 
By: __/s/Janet B. Nolin________________ 
             Janet B. Nolin 
             Vice President 

 

Acknowledged and Accepted: 
 
PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
PUTNAM CALIFORNIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES FUND 
PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM EQUITY INCOME FUND 
 
PUTNAM FUNDS TRUST, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
PUTNAM GLOBAL EQUITY FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM HIGH YIELD FUND 
PUTNAM INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND 
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT FUNDS, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
PUTNAM MASSACHUSETTS TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM MINNESOTA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM MONEY MARKET FUND 
PUTNAM MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
PUTNAM NEW JERSEY TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM NEW YORK TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM OHIO TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM PENNSYLVANIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM SUSTAINABLE LEADERS FUND 
PUTNAM TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM TAX-FREE INCOME TRUST, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 

 



PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST, on behalf of 
its fund series as listed in Appendix I attached hereto 
 
GEORGE PUTNAM BALANCED FUND 
 
 
 
 
By:  /s/ Jonathan Horwitz_______________________ 
Jonathan Horwitz 
Executive Vice President, of each of the foregoing 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access



APPENDIX I
 
List of Borrowers and Funds 

 

PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS 
on behalf of: 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund 
 
PUTNAM CALIFORNIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES FUND 
PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM EQUITY INCOME FUND 
 
PUTNAM FUNDS TRUST 
on behalf of: 
Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund 
Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund 
Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund 
Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
Putnam Focused Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Technology Fund 
Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income Fund 
Putnam International Value Fund 
Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund 
Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund 
Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund 
Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund 
Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
PUTNAM GLOBAL EQUITY FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND 
PUTNAM GLOBAL INCOME TRUST 
PUTNAM HIGH YIELD FUND 
PUTNAM INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND 
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT FUNDS 
on behalf of: 
Putnam Government Money Market Fund 
Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access



Putnam International Growth Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Future Fund 
Putnam PanAgora Managed Futures Strategy 
Putnam PanAgora Market Neutral Fund 
Putnam PanAgora Risk Parity Fund 
Putnam Research Fund 
Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 
 
PUTNAM MASSACHUSETTS TAX EXEMPT INCOME 
FUND 
PUTNAM MINNESOTA TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM MONEY MARKET FUND 
PUTNAM SUSTAINABLE LEADERS FUND 
PUTNAM NEW JERSEY TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM NEW YORK TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM OHIO TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
PUTNAM PENNSYLVANIA TAX EXEMPT INCOME 
FUND 
PUTNAM TAX EXEMPT INCOME FUND 
 
PUTNAM TAX-FREE INCOME TRUST 
on behalf of: 
Putnam AMT-Free Municipal Fund 
Putnam Tax-Free High Yield Fund 
 
PUTNAM MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
 
PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST 
on behalf of: 
Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund 
Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund 
Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund 
Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund 
Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund 
Putnam VT High Yield Fund 
Putnam VT Income Fund 
Putnam VT International Equity Fund 
Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
Putnam VT International Value Fund 
Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund 
Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access



Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund 
Putnam VT Research Fund 
Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund 
 
GEORGE PUTNAM BALANCED FUND 

 

Information Classification: Limited Access



EXHIBIT B
 
 
ADVANCE/PAYDOWN 
REQUEST FORM
(UNCOMMITTED LINE) 

 

DATE:   
 
TO:  STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY 
 
ATTN:  LOAN SERVICING UNIT 
  telephone 617-662-8577 or 617-662-8588; fax 617-988-6677 
  email ais-loanops-csu@statestreet.com 

 

FROM:  [BORROWER][ on behalf of [FUND]] 
  (Fund # ___________)  (DDA # ____________) 

 

In connection with the letter agreement dated September 24, 2015 and related documents currently in effect with State Street Bank and Trust Company (as amended, collectively, the “Agreement”), please increase/reduce (circle one) the outstanding balance on behalf of the above-indicated Fund by $__________. Any requested Loan should be recorded on the books of the Fund with the Bank and interest payable to the Bank should be recorded at the agreed upon rate.

1. This request is (check one): ___ Loan Advance ____ Paydown ____ Overnight Rollover ___

2. The proceeds of any requested Loan shall be used only to the extent consistent with and not prohibited by the Prospectus, the terms of the Agreement and applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, Federal Reserve Regulation U, and no Default of Event of Default has occurred under the Agreement.

4. All of the representations and warranties of the undersigned Borrower and Fund set forth in Section II(2) of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof.

5. Each of the Borrower and the Fund is in compliance with all the terms and conditions in the Agreement (including the Maximum Amount and other borrowing limitations thereunder) and will remain in compliance therewith after giving effect to the making of any requested Loan.

6. The following amounts and statements are true in connection with any requested Loan:

(a)  Adjusted Net Assets of the Fund:   
 
  (i) Total Assets of the Fund  $_____________ 
  (ii) Total Liabilities (excluding Indebtedness   
  for borrowed money) of the Fund1  $_____________ 
  (iii) the value of such Fund’s investments in any direct   

 

_____________________
1 For purposes of calculating Adjusted Net Assets for any Fund, the amount of any liability included in Total Liabilities shall be equal to the greater of (i) the outstanding amount of such liability and (ii) the fair market value of all assets pledged, hypothecated or otherwise segregated to secure such liability.

Information Classification: Limited Access



  or indirect Subsidiaries (and including in any event,   
  without duplication, the value of any such direct or   
  indirect Subsidiaries)  $_____________ 
  (iv) asset value of such Fund constituting physical commodities  $_____________ 
  (v) item (a)(i) less item (a)(ii), (iii), and (iv)  $_____________ 
(b)  Applicable Percentageof item (a)(v)  $_____________ 
 
(c)  (i) Beginning Loan Balance:  $_____________ 
  (ii) Paydown Amount (if any):  $_____________ 
  (iii) Requested Loan (if any)  $_____________ 
  (iv) Requested Loans Balance   
  ((i) minus (ii) or (i) plus (iii)):  $_____________ 
 
(d) The aggregate outstanding principal amount of   
Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Fund other   
than the Loans as of the date hereof (including any   
loans under the separate Syndicated Facility and including   
any Interfund Loans)  $_____________ 
 
(e) Total Indebtedness for borrowed money ((c)(iv) plus (d)):  $_____________ 

 

7. The amount set forth in 6(e) above does not exceed the lesser of (a) the amount set forth in 6(b) above, or (b) the maximum amount which the relevant Fund is permitted to borrow (after taking into account all outstanding Indebtedness) pursuant to its Prospectus, the Investment Company Act or any registration made thereunder, any vote of the shareholders of the applicable Borrower or such Fund, any agreement of such Borrower or Fund with any foreign, federal, state or local securities division to which such Borrower or Fund is subject, any other applicable agreement or document to which such Borrower or Fund, is a party or any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Borrower or Fund.

8. The amount set forth in 6(c)(iv) above does not exceed the Per Fund Limit Amount (defined as the lesser of (a) the Uncommitted Line Amount, and (b) the difference of (i) $200,000,000 minus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all loans, if any, outstanding to the Fund under the Syndicated Facility). The aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding to all Borrowers on behalf of all Funds under the Agreement (after giving effect to the amount of any requested Loan) does not exceed the Uncommitted Line Amount.

9. The Fund for which any Loan is being requested hereby does not currently have outstanding any Interfund Loans made to such Fund as borrower which are secured by any collateral except to the extent permitted by Section II(1)(g) of the Agreement and does not currently have any outstanding Interfund Loans made by it as the lender.

10. The undersigned is a duly authorized officer of the Borrower identified above with authority to execute and deliver this document to the Bank and request the Loan described herein on behalf of the Fund identified above.

[BORROWER][, on behalf of [FUND]]

By:  _______________________________ 
Name:  _______________________________  
Title  _______________________________  
Date:  _______________________________  

 

_____________________
2 If the Borrower, acting on behalf of the Fund, is a (i) Limited Borrower, the Applicable Percentage is 10% or (ii) Restricted Borrower, the Applicable Percentage is 25%; in all other cases the Applicable Percentage is 33-1/3%.

Information Classification: Limited Access



Information Classification: Limited Access


December 19, 2019 

 

The Putnam Funds
100 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Putnam Investment Management, LLC (“PIM”) hereby contractually agrees, as of the date hereof, with respect to the funds specified below or in Schedule A, Schedule B, or Schedule C, to waive fees and reimburse certain expenses in the manner provided below:

1. Other expenses.

a. PIM agrees to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses of each open-end fund listed on Schedule A and each variable trust fund listed on Schedule B to the extent necessary to limit the cumulative expenses of the fund, exclusive of brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses (including borrowing costs, i.e., short selling and lines of credit costs), extraordinary expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses, and payments under the fund’s investor servicing contract, the fund’s investment management contract (including any applicable performance-based upward or downward adjustment to a fund’s base management fee), and the fund’s distribution plans, to an annual (measured on a fiscal year basis) rate of 0.20% of the fund’s average net assets. This contractual waiver will remain in effect for a fund through the expiration of one year following the effective date of the next annual update of the fund’s registration statement.

b. PIM agrees to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses of Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund to the extent necessary to limit the cumulative expenses of the fund, exclusive of brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses (including borrowing costs, i.e., short selling and lines of credit costs), extraordinary expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses, and payments under the fund’s investor servicing contract, the fund’s investment management contract, and the fund’s distribution plans, to an annual (measured on a fiscal year basis) rate of 0.02% of the fund’s average net assets. This contractual waiver will remain in effect through the expiration of the one-year period following the effective date of the next annual update of the fund’s registration statement.

2. Fund-specific expense limitations.

a. As set forth in the table below, PIM agrees to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses of each fund set forth below to the extent that the total annual fund operating expenses



for the fund -- exclusive of payments under the fund’s distribution plans, any applicable performance-based upward or downward adjustment to the fund’s base management fee, brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses (including borrowing costs, i.e., short selling and lines of credit costs), extraordinary expenses, and acquired fund fees and expenses – would exceed the specified rate through the specified date, which is the expiration of the one-year period following the effective date of the next annual update of each fund’s registration statement:

     
Fund  Proposed Contractual  Expiration 
  Limitation on Total   
  Fund Operating   
  Expenses   
Putnam VT International Growth Fund  1.09%  April 30, 2021 
Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund  0.90%  April 30, 2021 
Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund  0.50%  April 30, 2021 

 

b. As set forth in the table below, PIM agrees to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses of each fund set forth below to the extent that the total annual fund operating expenses for the fund – exclusive of payments under the fund’s distribution plans, payments under the fund’s investor servicing contract, any applicable performance-based upward or downward adjustment to the fund’s base management fee, brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses (including borrowing costs, i.e., short selling and lines of credit costs), extraordinary expenses, and acquired fund fees and expenses – would exceed the specified rate through the specified date, which is the expiration of the one-year period following the effective date of the next post-effective amendment of each fund’s registration statement:

     
Fund  Proposed Contractual  Expiration 
  Limitation on Total   
  Fund Operating   
  Expenses   
Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund  0.70%  Sept. 30, 2020 
Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund  0.78%  December 30, 
    2020 
Putnam Income Fund  0.32%/0.33%1  Feb. 28, 2021 
Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income  0.52%  March 30, 2021 
Fund     
Putnam International Growth Fund  0.93%  January 30, 2021 
Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund  0.46%  Sept. 30, 2020 

 

____________________
1 Effective December 1, 2019 through February 27, 2020, Putnam Income Fund will have a contractual limitation on total fund operating expenses (subject to the exclusions detailed above) of 0.32%. Effective February 28, 2020 through February 28, 2021, Putnam Income Fund will have a contractual limitation on total fund operating expenses (subject to the exclusions detailed above) of 0.33%.

 

2 

 



     
Fund  Proposed Contractual  Expiration 
  Limitation on Total   
  Fund Operating   
  Expenses   
Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund  0.32%  January 30, 2021 
Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund  0.77%  Feb. 28, 2021 
Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund  0.24%  Nov. 30, 2020 
Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund  0.28%  March 30, 2021 

 

3. Putnam Short Term Investment Fund. PIM agrees to waive the contractual management fee of 0.25% for Putnam Short Term Investment Fund through November 30, 2020, the expiration of the one-year period following the effective date of the next annual update of the fund’s registration statement.

4. Putnam VT Global Equity Fund. Effective upon the closing of the merger of Putnam VT Global Utilities Fund into Putnam VT Global Equity Fund, PIM agrees to waive 5 basis points of the contractual management fee payable by Putnam VT Global Equity Fund through April 30, 2021, the expiration of the one-year period following the effective date of the next annual update of the fund’s registration statement.

5. Target Date Funds.

a. PIM agrees to reimburse the Putnam fund-of-funds specified below for all other expenses – exclusive of payments under the fund’s distribution plans, brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses, extraordinary expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses and payments under the fund’s investor servicing contract – through the dates indicated below, which, with the exception of Putnam RetirementReady® 2060 Fund, equate to the expiration of the one-year period following the effective date of the next annual update of each fund’s registration statement.

   
Fund  Expiration 
Putnam RetirementReady® Funds*  Nov. 30, 2020 

 

* The expense limitation for Putnam RetirementReady® 2060 Fund expires on Nov. 30, 2029

b. PIM agrees to waive fees, reimburse expenses of, or reimburse the Putnam fund-of-funds specified below), an amount equal to each fund’s “acquired fund fees and expenses” through the dates indicated below.

3 

 



   
Fund  Expiration 
Putnam Retirement Advantage Funds  The date that is three 
  years after the effective 
  date of each fund’s 
  initial registration 
  statement 

 

PIM agrees to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses of class R6 shares of each Putnam Retirement Advantage Fund in an amount sufficient to result in total annual fund operating expenses for class R6 shares of each fund – exclusive of brokerage, interest, taxes, investment-related expenses (including borrowing costs, i.e. , short selling and lines of credit costs), and extraordinary expenses – that equal 0.45% of the fund’s average net assets attributable to class R6 shares. This contractual waiver will remain in effect through the date that is three years after the effective date of the fund’s initial registration statement.

Effective December 1, 2019, this contractual undertaking supersedes any prior contractual expense limitation provisions between PIM and the funds. This undertaking shall be binding upon any successors and assignees of PIM.

A copy of the Declaration of Trust (including any amendments thereto) of each of The Putnam Funds is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of each Putnam Fund as trustees and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or officers or shareholders individually, but binding only upon the assets and property of each Putnam Fund with respect to its obligations under this instrument. Furthermore, notice is given that the assets and liabilities of each series of each Putnam Fund that is a series company are separate and distinct and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are several and not joint or joint and several and are binding only on the assets of each series with respect to its obligations under this instrument. Each fund is acting on its own behalf separately from all of the other investment companies and not jointly or jointly and severally with any of the other investment companies.

Very truly yours, 
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
By:  __/s/ Robert T. Burns_______________ 
Robert T. Burns 
Vice President and Chief Legal Officer 

 

4 

 



Agreed and accepted by each Putnam fund listed on Schedule A, 
Schedule B and Schedule C 
 
By:  _/s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz_______________ 
 
  Jonathan S. Horwitz 
  Executive Vice President, Principal 
  Executive Officer, and Compliance Liaison 

 

5 

 



Schedule A 

 

Putnam California Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Convertible Securities Fund 
Putnam Diversified Income Trust 
Putnam Asset Allocation Funds 
- Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Balanced Fund 
- Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Conservative Fund 
- Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Growth Fund 
- Putnam Income Strategies Portfolio 
Putnam Equity Income Fund 
Putnam Funds Trust 
- Putnam Capital Spectrum Fund 
- Putnam Dynamic Risk Allocation Fund 
- Putnam Emerging Markets Equity Fund 
- Putnam Equity Spectrum Fund 
- Putnam Fixed Income Absolute Return Fund 
- Putnam Floating Rate Income Fund 
- Putnam Focused Equity Fund 
- Putnam Global Technology Fund 
- Putnam Intermediate-Term Municipal Income Fund 
- Putnam International Value Fund 
- Putnam Mortgage Opportunities Fund 
- Putnam Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
- Putnam Multi-Cap Core Fund 
- Putnam Short Duration Bond Fund 
- Putnam Short-Term Municipal Income Fund 
- Putnam Small Cap Growth Fund 
- Putnam Ultra Short Duration Income Fund 
George Putnam Balanced Fund 
Putnam Global Equity Fund 
Putnam Global Health Care Fund 
Putnam Global Income Trust 
Putnam High Yield Fund 
Putnam Income Fund 
Putnam International Equity Fund 
Putnam Investment Funds 
-Putnam Government Money Market Fund 
-Putnam Growth Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Capital Opportunities Fund 
-Putnam International Growth Fund 
-Putnam PanAgora Managed Futures Strategy 
-Putnam PanAgora Market Neutral Fund 
-Putnam PanAgora Risk Parity Fund 
-Putnam Research Fund 
-Putnam Small Cap Value Fund 

 

6 

 



-Putnam Sustainable Future Fund 
Putnam Massachusetts Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Minnesota Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Money Market Fund 
Putnam Mortgage Securities Fund 
Putnam New Jersey Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam New York Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Ohio Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Pennsylvania Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Sustainable Leaders Fund 
Putnam Tax Exempt Income Fund 
Putnam Tax-Free Income Trust 
-Putnam AMT-Free Municipal Fund 
-Putnam Tax-Free High Yield Fund 

 

7 

 



Schedule B 

 

Putnam Variable Trust 
 
- Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund 
- Putnam VT Equity Income Fund 
- Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund 
- Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund 
- Putnam VT Global Equity Fund 
- Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund 
- Putnam VT Government Money Market Fund 
- Putnam VT Growth Opportunities Fund 
- Putnam VT High Yield Fund 
- Putnam VT Income Fund 
- Putnam VT International Equity Fund 
- Putnam VT International Growth Fund 
- Putnam VT International Value Fund 
- Putnam VT Mortgage Securities Fund 
- Putnam VT Multi-Asset Absolute Return Fund 
- Putnam VT Multi-Cap Core Fund 
- Putnam VT Research Fund 
- Putnam VT Small Cap Growth Fund 
- Putnam VT Small Cap Value Fund 
- Putnam VT Sustainable Future Fund 
- Putnam VT Sustainable Leaders Fund 

 

8 

 



Schedule C 

 

Other Funds Subject to Expense Limitations 
 
Putnam Funds Trust 
- Putnam Dynamic Asset Allocation Equity Fund 
- Putnam Short Term Investment Fund 
Putnam Target Date Funds 
- Putnam RetirementReady Maturity Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2060 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2055 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2050 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2045 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2040 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2035 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2030 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2025 Fund 
- Putnam RetirementReady 2020 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage Maturity Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2060 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2055 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2050 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2045 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2040 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2035 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2030 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2025 Fund 
- Putnam Retirement Advantage 2020 Fund 

 

9 

 



[GRAPHIC OMITTED: PUTNAM INVESTMENTS LOGO]



June 28, 2019 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Putnam Investor Services, Inc. (“PSERV”) hereby contractually agrees, as of the date hereof, with respect to all Putnam-sponsored open-end registered investment companies, that the aggregate investor servicing fees attributable to DC Accounts or Non-DC Accounts for each fund will not exceed an annual rate of 0.250% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to DC Accounts or Non-DC Accounts (as determined before taking into account any expense reduction or other benefit attributable to balance credits or brokerage credits).

This contractual waiver will remain in effect for each fund through the later of one year following the effective date of the next annual update of the fund’s registration statement or August 31, 2020.

Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Compensation Memorandum dated June 28, 2019.

Effective June 28, 2019, this contractual undertaking supersedes any prior contractual expense limitation provisions between PSERV and the funds. This undertaking shall be binding upon any successors and assignees of PSERV.

A copy of the Declaration of Trust (including any amendments thereto) of each of The Putnam Funds is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of each Putnam Fund as trustees and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or officers or shareholders individually, but binding only upon the assets and property of each Putnam Fund with respect to its obligations under this instrument. Furthermore, notice is given that the assets and liabilities of each series of each Putnam Fund that is a series company are separate and distinct and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are several and not joint or joint and several and are binding only on the assets of each series with respect to its obligations under this instrument. Each fund is acting on its own behalf separately from all of the other investment companies and not jointly or jointly and severally with any of the other investment companies.

Very truly yours, 
 
PUTNAM INVESTOR SERVICES, INC. 
 
  By:  /s/ Michael J. Woodall 
 
Michael J. Woodall 
President 

 



Agreed and accepted by each Putnam open-end fund and each variable trust fund

By:  /s/ Jonathan S. Horwitz 
 
  Jonathan S. Horwitz 
Executive Vice President, Principal 
  Executive Officer, and Compliance Liaison 

 

working@PUTNAM

[GRAPHIC OMITTED: PUTNAM LOGO]

 

 

 

 

Putnam's
Code of Ethics


 

October 2019





Putnam Investments Code of Ethics

Putnam Investments is required by law to adopt a Code of Ethics (the “Code”). The objective of the Code is that Putnam’s employees comply with all applicable laws and avoid any actual, apparent, or potential conflict of interest that could be perceived to interfere with the fiduciary duty Putnam owes to its clients or with Putnam’s interests. It is the duty of Putnam’s employees ethically to handle all actual, apparent, and potential conflicts of interest that may arise. This Code of Ethics is designed to strengthen the trust and confidence our clients place in us and to demonstrate that our clients’ interests come first.

Adherence to the Code is a fundamental condition of employment at Putnam. Every employee is expected to adhere to the requirements of the Code. Any employee failing to do so may be subject to disciplinary action, including financial penalties and termination of employment, as determined by the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee.



Definitions

Access Person Putnam has identified certain employees as Access Persons due to their position or access to investment information. Access Persons are held to a higher standard under the Code than other employees. Please ask the Code of Ethics Officer if you have any question whether you are an Access Person. The following employees are Access Persons:

All employees of Putnam’s Investment Management Division

All employees of the Global Investment Strategies Group/Division

All employees of the International RFP Group

Employees of the Operations Division within the following specific groups and departments:

• Fund Administration Group

• Investment Services and Operations Group

• Any employee in the following groups or divisions who reports directly to a member of the Operating Committee:

Investor Services Group

Accounting and Middle Offices Services Group

Marketing and Corporate Communications Division

Defined Contribution Investment Only Group

Global Distribution Division (including Putnam Retail Management, Putnam Global Institutional Management, and Japan businesses)

All members of Putnam’s Operating Committee

All employees of Putnam Investments Limited (PIL) and all other Putnam employees based in Europe

All directors and officers of a registered investment advisor affiliate, e.g., Putnam Investment Management, LLC (PIM), or The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC(PAC)

All employees who have access to My Putnam (unless access is limited to the Wall Street Journal, Factiva, or other systems that do not allow access to non-public information about Putnam products, as determined by the Code of Ethics Officer) Employees who have systems access or other access to non-public information about any client’s purchase or sale of securities or to information regarding portfolio holdings or recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales

Others as determined by the Code of Ethics Officer, including certain employees in rotational programs

Business or financial relationship refers to any type of existing or prospective arrangement between Putnam, on the one hand, and another entity or person, on the other hand, in which Putnam provides or receives financial consideration, goods, services, or advice. It also includes any investment by Putnam for itself or its clients. This means that there is a business or financial relationship between Putnam and each portfolio company.

Closed-end fund means a fund that has a fixed number of shares outstanding and does not redeem its shares. Closed-end funds typically trade like stocks on an exchange.

The Code of Ethics Officer and the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer are responsible for enforcing and interpreting the Code. The following are the current members of the Code of Ethics staff, each of whom can answer employee questions and provide other assistance regarding the Code:

Code of Ethics Officer:  James Clark  (617) 760-8939 

 



Deputy Code of Ethics Officer:  Akiko Lindholm  (617) 760-2177 
Sr. Compliance Specialist:  Dana Scribner-Shea  (617) 760-7182 

 

Code of Ethics Oversight Committee has oversight responsibility for administering the Code of Ethics. Members include the Code of Ethics Officer and other members of Putnam’s senior management appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of Putnam. The Committee reviews and approves Code revisions, violations, and sanctions. In certain instances, requests for exemptions may require the approval of the Committee. The Committee meets on a quarterly basis or as otherwise necessary.

Exchange-traded fund (ETF) means a fund (other than a closed-end fund) that can be traded on an exchange throughout the day like a stock. ETFs often track an index. Examples include (but are not limited to) SPDRs, WEBs, QQQQs, iShares, and HLDRs.

Immediate Family means the Putnam employee’s spouse, domestic partner, fiancé(e), or other family members who are living in the same household or financially dependent on the Putnam employee. Financial dependence, for this purpose, means substantial and regular reliance by the family member on the Putnam employee to meet the family member’s financial obligations, including, for example, the costs of housing or educational expenses. Immediate Family also includes any other family members, including in-laws, for whom the Putnam employee can exercise investment discretion, regardless of whether or not they live in the same household.

Private placement means any offering of a security not offered to the public and not requiring registration with the relevant securities authorities, including but not limited to, equity or debt issued by a privately held company, private funds, hedge funds, or other privately offered securities.

Putnam means any or all of Putnam Investments, LLC and its subsidiaries (other than PanAgora Asset Management, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries), any one of which shall be a Putnam company.

Putnam employee, or employee, means any employee of Putnam and, for purposes of all rules in Sections 1, 2, and 3, also includes the following:

Members of the Immediate Family of a Putnam employee;

Any trust in which a Putnam employee or Immediate Family member is a trustee with investment discretion;

Any account for a partnership in which a Putnam employee or Immediate Family member is a general partner or a partner with investment discretion;

Any closely held entity (such as a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation) in which a Putnam employee or Immediate Family member holds a controlling interest and with respect to which he or she has investment discretion;

Any account (including any retirement, pension, deferred compensation, or similar account) in which a Putnam employee or Immediate Family member has a substantial economic interest and over which the Putnam employee or Immediate Family member exercises investment discretion;

Any account other than a Putnam client account that receives investment advice of any sort from the employee or Immediate Family member, or as to which the employee or Immediate Family member has investment discretion.

Security The instruments required to be pre-cleared under Section 1.1 are considered to be securities for purposes of this Code and are also required to be reported by Access Persons under Section 4. In addition, transactions in exchange-traded funds (ETFs), exchange-traded notes (ETNs), exchange-traded commodities (ETCs), options, futures, and other derivative



securities are required to be reported by Access Persons under Section 4, even for those instruments that are not required to be pre-cleared pursuant to Section 1.1(c).

Section 1 — Personal Securities Rules for All Employees

Putnam maintains the Code of Ethics PTA system to assist employees in fulfilling their obligations under the Code of Ethics. This system can be accessed by selecting the Code of Ethics PTA link, which appears on Putnam’s intranet page in the Secure Information section under My Essentials. This system allows the automated pre-clearance of publicly traded equities and other securities trading on major U.S. and other exchanges. To pre-clear an options contract for a publicly traded security, pre-clear the underlying security in the Code of Ethics PTA system. To request clearance to trade bonds or other securities, you must contact the Code of Ethics staff. Pre-clearance hours are 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

1.1. Pre-clearance Requirements

The pre-clearance requirements under this section apply to employees who are Access Persons.

1.1(a) Employees must pre-clear all trades in the following securities:

Stocks of companies

Bonds and other debt instruments, including new offerings (including preferred stock, corporate, municipal, high-yield, and convertible bonds)

Options, warrants, and all other derivatives of any underlying securities that themselves require pre-clearancee

Closed-end funds, including Putnam closed-end funds

Employees must also pre-clear the following transactions:

Private placements and purchases of hedge funds or other private investment funds, which must receive pre-approval from the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee (sales of private placements, hedge funds, or other private investment funds do not need to be pre-cleared; however, they must be reported)

Donating or gifting of securities

Shares purchased by subscription or by mail (if purchasing directly from a company’s transfer agent by check, you must pre-clear the day the check is to be mailed)

Tendering securities from your personal account

Loans, or guarantees of obligations, being made to non-family members with whom Putnam has a business or financial relationship

Exercising rights to purchase shares of a company’s stock (other than involuntary exercises)

Exercising options or warrants to acquire shares of a company’s stock (other than involuntary exercises as set forth under Section 1.1(c)

1.1(b) Provisions Applicable to Pre-clearances

A pre-clearance is only valid for trading on the day it is obtained. However, trades by employees in Putnam’s Asian or European offices, or trades by any employees in securities listed on Asian or European stock exchanges, may be executed within one business day after pre-clearance is obtained. If the Code of Ethics system does not recognize a security, if an employee is unable to use the system, or if he or she has any questions with respect to the system or pre-clearance, the employee must contact the Code of Ethics staff.



1.1(c) Exceptions from Pre-clearance Requirements

Pre-clearance is not required for certain transactions. (Please note that reporting may still be required for Access Persons even when pre-clearance is not required. See Sections 4 and 5 for reporting requirements.) Pre-clearance is not required for:

Open-end mutual funds

Currencies and currency forwards, including cryptocurrencies

Commodities

Treasury securities and other U.S. and other sovereign government debt (Please note that agency securities, such as securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, require pre-clearance.)

Certificates of deposit (CDs), commercial paper, repurchase agreements, bankers’ acceptances, and other money market instruments

Options and futures and all other derivatives based on an index of securities

Exchange-traded funds (ETFs), exchange-traded notes (ETNs), and exchange-traded commodities (ETCs)

Trades in approved discretionary accounts (see Section 4.2 for additional information)

Transactions that are involuntary (i.e., not initiated by the employee or an Immediate Family member covered under the Code), including dividend reinvestments under an automatic program of a publicly traded issuer and broker actions not initiated by the employee, such as option assignments or sales out of the brokerage account to cover fees or margin calls (provided the employee may not have withdrawn funds from the margin account in the prior 10 days

1.2. Restricted List

The Restricted List rule under this section applies to employees who are Access Persons.

Employees may not trade in securities that are on Putnam’s Restricted List, except as set forth below under “Large-/Mid-Cap Exemption.” There are a number of reasons why a security may appear on the Restricted List, and securities are placed on the Restricted List under criteria, and in specific circumstances, as determined by the Code of Ethics Officer or the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee. If a security is not on the Restricted List, other classes of securities of the same issuer (e.g., preferred or convertible preferred stock) may be on the Restricted List. It is the employee’s responsibility to identify with particularity the class of securities being pre-cleared. Bonds are generally restricted at the issuer level.

Large-/Mid-Cap Exemption An employee may trade up to $25,000 in principal amount of the shares of a security appearing on the Restricted List if it is an equity security of an issuer with a market capitalization greater than $2 billion. However, these transactions must still be pre-cleared. Market capitalization is defined as outstanding shares multiplied by current price per share.

1.3. Prohibited Transactions

The following transactions and activities are prohibited for all employees:

Good-until-canceled orders (GTC). Any order not executed on the day of pre-clearance must be resubmitted for pre-clearance before being executed on a subsequent day.



Short sales of any security that is subject to pre-clearance requirements. However, short sales against the box are permitted. In addition, opening an option position that would result in a short position in the underlying security upon assignment or expiration is also prohibited (i.e., buying a put option or selling a call option without owning a number of shares at least equal to the delivery obligation under the contract, is prohibited). Purchasing a put option or selling a call option would not be considered acceptable if the only position covering such option would be another option position, such as purchasing a call option or selling a put option, to avoid a violation.

Purchasing equity securities in an initial public offering (IPO). Although exceptions from this prohibition will rarely be granted, employees may request an exemption from the Code of Ethics Officer, who may grant exceptions in unusual cases such as when an Immediate Family member’s association or employment with the issuer warrants consideration or when the employee has had a pre-existing status for at least two years as a policyholder or depositor in connection with a bank or insurance company conversion from mutual or cooperative form to stock form.

Trading with material non-public information (see Section 7)

Personal trading with Putnam client portfolios. Putnam employees may not buy or sell securities when the employee knows a Putnam client account is on the other side of the trade.

Participating in an investment club

Spread betting. PIL employees may not enter into any spread betting contracts on financial instruments.

Opening a discretionary account (see Section 4.2) and trading securities requiring pre-clearance, without obtaining proper advance approval for that account as required

Investing in a public digital coin/token offering

1.4. Policy Regarding Frequency of Personal Trading

Putnam employees are not limited to a pre-determined number of trades in securities during a specified time frame. However, excessive trading by an employee can divert the employee’s attention from his or her responsibilities as an employee and increases the possibility of engaging in transactions that are in actual or apparent conflict with Putnam’s client accounts. In addition, excessive short-term trading by an employee in shares of a Putnam-managed fund can also create actual or apparent conflicts with other shareholders of such fund and may have other detrimental effects as described in the prospectus or other disclosure document for such fund. Putnam reserves the right to monitor the number of trades (including for these purposes trades in securities that are required to be pre-cleared under Section 1.1(a), shares of Putnam-managed funds, and other securities that are required to be reported under Section 5.1 or 5.2, such as ETFs, ETNs, ETCs, options, futures, and other derivative securities) executed by an employee and members of his or her Immediate Family and may review any such activity that appears to be excessive with the employee’s manager(s) and/or the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee, as deemed appropriate by the Code of Ethics Officer. The Code of Ethics Oversight Committee shall have the authority to address any circumstances of excessive trading in securities or excessive short-term trading in shares of a Putnam-managed fund in accordance with Section 8 of this Code.

Section 2 —Putnam Mutual Funds

2.1. Holding Putnam Mutual Fund Shares at Putnam

Putnam employees must hold shares of Putnam open-end U.S. mutual funds through accounts maintained at Putnam, with Putnam Retail Management (PRM) listed as the dealer of record. All transactions must be executed through Putnam and not through an outside broker or other intermediary.



These requirements also apply to:

Self-directed IRA accounts holding Putnam fund shares;

Variable annuities and variable insurance contracts, such as Putnam/Hartford Capital Manager and Allstate Advisor, which invest in Putnam Variable Trusts (must list PRM as dealer but may be held at the insurer)

In limited circumstances, retirement, pension, deferred compensation, health savings, and similar accounts (and variable insurance arrangements) that cannot be legally transferred to Putnam may be allowed to hold Putnam funds upon approval of the Code of Ethics Officer. For example, a spouse of a Putnam employee may have a 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan with his or her employer that invests in Putnam funds. The employee must notify the Code of Ethics Officer in writing, provide the reason why the account cannot be transferred to Putnam, and arrange for all account statements and confirmations to be sent to the Code of Ethics staff, if approved.

2.2. Putnam Mutual Funds —Linked Accounts

All employees are required to ensure that their Immediate Family members’ accounts holding Putnam mutual funds are linked to comply with the requirements stated above and to permit monitoring for excessive short-term trading in accordance with Section 1.4. To ensure these accounts are linked, log on to Putnam’s intranet home page at http://intranet/home/index.shtml, and select My Essentials/Linked mutual fund accounts .

2.3. Putnam Mutual Funds —Closed-End Fund Rules

2.3(a) Pre-clearance and Reporting

Putnam closed-end fund shares are subject to the same pre-clearance and reporting requirements as other stocks. A list of the Putnam closed-end funds can be obtained from the Code of Ethics staff.

2.3(b) Special Rules Applicable to Portfolio Managers to Putnam Closed-End Funds, Group Heads in the Investment Division, Operating Committee members, and officers of the Putnam Funds

Portfolio Managers to Putnam closed-end funds, Group Heads in Putnam’s Investment Division, Putnam Operating Committee members, and officers of the Putnam Funds will not receive clearance to engage in any combination of purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the shares of a given closed-end fund within six months of each other. Therefore, purchases should be made only if you intend to hold the shares more than six months, and sales should not be made if you plan to purchase more shares of that fund within six months.

Section 3 —Additional Rules for Access Persons and Certain Investment Professionals

3.1. 60-Day Short-Term Rule —All Access Persons

Access Persons may not sell a security at a price higher than any price paid for that security within the past 60 calendar days, or buy a security at a price below which he or she sold the same security within the past 60 days. This rule applies to transactions across all accounts of the employee. All trades for the previous 60 days in all accounts will be compared to the trade date for the transaction in question to determine whether a violation has occurred. Thus, if within a 60-day period, an employee buys a security for $10, buys it again for $15, and then sells shares of this security for $12, this will be considered a violation even though some shares of the security in question were bought for a higher price. To further illustrate the rule,if an employee buys a security for $15 on one day, buys it again for $10 a year later, and then less than 60 days after the second purchase sells shares of this security for $12, this will be considered a violation even though some shares of the security in question were bought for a higher price more than 60 days earlier. Access Persons may also not open an option transaction for a contract that expires in 60 days or less. The holding period for securities acquired upon exercise of a purchased call option shall be calculated using the date of acquisition of the option (rather than the date of exercise of the option) as the starting point for the 60-day holding period. Further, this rule also applies to common stock and option exercise transactions. For example, an employee may purchase calls/call spreads, and he or she may buy/sell a common



stock of the same security (because transactions in options and common stock shares are treated differently); however, if the employee plans to exercise the option, he or she needs to ensure that it is not in the opposite direction of the common stock transaction (at a profit) that he or she traded within the past 60 days. Although portfolio managers and analysts may sell securities at a profit within 60 days of purchase in order to comply with the requirements of the 7-Day Pre-Trade and 7-Day Post-Trade Rules (see Sections 3.2 and 3.3), any profit must be disgorged and paid to charity.

3.2. 7-Day Pre-Trade Rule (Portfolio Managers and Analysts)

3.2(a) Portfolio Managers

(i) Before a portfolio manager places an order to buy a security for any Putnam client portfolio that he manages, he must sell that security or related derivative security if he has purchased it in his personal account within the preceding seven calendar days; or (ii) upon entering an order to sell a security for any Putnam client portfolio that he manages, he must disgorge to charity any losses avoided if he sold the security in his personal account within the preceding seven calendar days. Disgorgements will be measured by the difference between the selling price for the personal account and the selling price for the client account, multiplied by the number of shares sold for the personal account. For certain designated sleeved funds or portfolios, if a portfolio manager (but not the Chief Investment Officer of Equities and Director of Equity Research , who are not eligible for this exception) does not actually manage the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, but rather is a named portfolio manager for the overall fund(s), and if the portfolio manager does not have any actual knowledge of day-to-day trade activities and upcoming changes in ratings of securities in the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, the Code of Ethics Officer, the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer or their designee may override this rule.

3.2(b) Analysts

(i) Before an analyst makes an initial purchase or outperform recommendation (including an initial recommendation change) for a security (including designation of a security for inclusion in the portfolio of Putnam Research Fund), he must sell that security or related derivative security if he has purchased it in his personal account within the preceding seven calendar days; or (ii) upon making an initial sell or an underperform recommendation (including an initial recommendation change) for a security (including designation of a security for sale from the portfolio of Putnam Research Fund), he must disgorge to charity any losses avoided if he sold the security in his personal account within the preceding seven calendar days. Disgorgements will be measured by the difference between the selling price for the personal account and the price at the time that the recommendation is made, multiplied by the number of shares sold for the personal account.

For certain designated sleeved funds or portfolios, if an analyst (but not the Chief Investment Officer of Equities and Director of Equity Research , who are not eligible for this exception) does not actually manage the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, but rather is a named portfolio manager for the overall fund(s), and if the analyst does not have any actual knowledge of day-to-day trade activities and upcoming changes in ratings of securities in the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, the Code of Ethics Officer, the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer, or their designee may override this rule.

3.3. 7-Day Post-Trade Rule (Portfolio Managers and Analysts)

3.3(a) Portfolio Managers

No portfolio manager shall: (i) sell any security or related derivative security for her personal account until seven calendar days have elapsed after the date of the most recent purchase of that security or related derivative security by any Putnam client portfolio she manages or co-manages; or (ii) purchase any security or related derivative security for her personal account until seven calendar days have elapsed after the dateof the most recent sale of that security or related derivative security from any Putnam client portfolio that she manages or co-manages. For certain designated sleeved funds or portfolios, if a portfolio manager (but not the Chief Investment Officer of Equities and Director of Equity Research , who are not eligible for this exception) does not actually manage the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, but rather is a named



portfolio manager for the overall fund(s), and if the portfolio manager does not have any actual knowledge of day-to-day trade activities and upcoming changes in ratings of securities in the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, the Code of Ethics Officer, the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer or their designee may override this rule.

3.3(b) Analysts

No analyst shall: (i) sell any security or related derivative security for his personal account until seven calendar days have elapsed after the date of his initial buy or outperform recommendation (including an initial recommendation change) for that security or related derivative security (including designation of a security for inclusion in the portfolio of Putnam Research Fund); or (ii) purchase any security or related derivative security for his personal account until seven calendar days have elapsed after the date of his initial sell or underperform recommendation (including an initial recommendation change) for that security or related derivative security (including the removal of a security from the portfolio of Putnam Research Fund). For certain designated sleeved funds or portfolios, if an analyst (but not the Chief Investment Officer of Equities and Director of Equity Research , who are not eligible for this exception) does not actually manage the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, but rather is a named portfolio manager for the overall fund(s), and if the analyst does not have any actual knowledge of day-to-day trade activities and upcoming changes in ratings of securities in the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, the Code of Ethics Officer, the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer or their designee may override this rule.

3.4. Contra-Trading Rule (Portfolio Managers)

No portfolio manager shall, without prior clearance and written approval (which may be satisfied by email) from the Chief Investment Officer and Code of Ethics Officer, sell in his personal account any securities or related derivative securities that are held in any Putnam client portfolio that he manages or co-manages. Contact the Code of Ethics Officer for a copy of the Contra-Trading Rule Clearance Form. For certain designated sleeved funds or portfolios, the Code of Ethics Officer, the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer or their designee may permit a sale in the portfolio manager’s personal account without obtaining written approval from the Chief Investment Officer and Code of Ethics Officer, if the portfolio manager (but not the Chief Investment Officer of Equities and Director of Equity Research , who are not eligible for this exception) does not actually manage the sleeves of the funds or portfolios, but rather is a named portfolio manager for the overall fund(s), and if the portfolio manager does not have any actual knowledge of day-to-day trade activities and upcoming changes in ratings of securities in the sleeves of the funds or portfolios.

3.5. No Personal Benefit (Portfolio Managers and Analysts)

No portfolio manager shall cause, and no analyst shall recommend, an action that would cause a Putnam client to take action for the portfolio manager’s or analyst’s own personal benefit. A portfolio manager who trades in, or an analyst who recommends, particular securities for a Putnam client account in order to support the price of securities in his personal account, or who “front runs” a Putnam client order, is in violation of this Rule.

Section 4 —Reporting Requirements

4.1. Brokerage/Securities Accounts —Initial and Annual Requirements

All employees (on their own behalf and on behalf of their Immediate Family members (see Definitions)) are required to report the existence of any accounts that have the capability of purchasing any securities. This Rule includes all brokerage accounts, accounts held directly at an issuer’s transfer agent, and securities held in physical certificate form by an employee or any Immediate Family member of the employee, or any other accounts in which reportable securities can be traded and/or held. The only investment accounts excluded from this rule are accounts that are only permitted to hold open-end mutual funds (other than Putnam open-end funds) and no other investments, and TreasuryDirect accounts, which can only purchase Treasury securities.

To satisfy this requirement, a new employee must complete the Code of Ethics and Broker Account Certification, and Access Persons must also complete Initial Holdings Certification in the Code of Ethics PTA system, and supply the Code of



Ethics Department with a copy of the most recent statement for each account, within the required time frame below:

Access Persons — within 10 days of hire

Non-access Persons — within 30 days of hire

In addition, a new employee must obtain written approval from the Code of Ethics staff to maintain his/her reportable accounts within 30 days of hire.

All current U.S. employees must contact the Code of Ethics staff and obtain written approval from the Code of Ethics staff prior to opening any new accounts outside of Putnam (including accounts being opened for Immediate Family members), and disclose them. This Rule includes all brokerage accounts (including a self-directed brokerage account in the Putnam 401(k) plan), accounts held directly at an issuer’s transfer agent, and securities held in physical certificate form by an employee or any Immediate Family member of the employee, or any other accounts in which reportable securities can be traded and/or held.

Non-U.S. current employees opening a new account (including accounts being opened for Immediate Family members) must disclose them to the Code of Ethics Department prior to opening, or immediately after opening, the account in advance of the first personal securities transaction in the account.

All employees will be required to certify annually that all accounts requiring disclosure are accurately listed in the Code of Ethics PTA system.

4.2. Separate Provisions for Brokerage/Securities Accounts That Are Professionally Managed (Discretionary) Accounts —Initial and Annual Requirements

If you wish to establish a professionally managed or discretionary account (including professionally managed or discretionary accounts being opened for Immediate Family members), where you completely turn over decision-making authority to a professional money manager who is not subject to this Code and you have no direct or indirect influence or control over the discretionary account, you must disclose the existence of the account and receive approval from the Code of Ethics staff in advance of the first personal securities transaction (new employees have 30 days to obtain the appropriate approval). You do not need to pre-clear or report securities transactions in these accounts. Please note that a discretionary account may not purchase an IPO or hold Putnam open-end mutual funds. The broker or advisor maintaining discretion over the account must be an independent third party, not affiliated with or related to a family member of the Putnam employee in any way.

In order for the account to be considered discretionary, the employee must:

Complete an initial certification in which both the employee and the broker/advisor certify that the Putnam employee or Immediate Family member does not participate in investment decisions on the account;

Complete an annual certification in which the employee certifies that the Putnam employee or Immediate Family member does not participate in investment decisions on the account, and does not have direct or indirect influence or control over the account;

Respond, and arrange for the employee’s broker/advisor to respond, to such inquiries as deemed advisable by the Code of Ethics staff in their assessment of whether the account is discretionary; and

Ensure that copies of broker statements are delivered to Putnam investments.



4.3. Account Confirmations and Statements

All employees are required to ensure that copies of all confirmations and statements are delivered to Putnam for all accounts described in Section 4.1, and to ensure that copies of all statements (but not confirmations) are delivered to Putnam for all discretionary accounts described in Section 4.2. When the employee discloses the account as required, the Code of Ethics staff will issue a 407 letter, or other communication to the entity where the employee’s account is held, requesting that confirmations and statements be sent to Putnam on the employee’s behalf. However, it is ultimately the employee’s responsibility to ensure that his or her broker has complied with this request. Employees in non-U.S. offices may be subject to different requirements with respect to the frequency of providing account confirmations and statements. Any such different requirements will be communicated to the employees by the Code of Ethics staff.

If it is discovered that these reports are not being delivered to Putnam, the Code of Ethics staff will bring this issue to the employee’s attention and request he or she assist in rectifying the issue. If it is determined that a broker has failed to comply with requests to deliver these reports, Putnam reserves the right to require the employee to close the account within 30 days by transferring the account to another dealer willing to comply with this requirement (any trades as a result of a transfer must be pre-cleared). In cases where Putnam has an electronic reporting relationship established with a firm, Putnam may rely on this electronic reporting for monitoring and record keeping in lieu of receiving trade confirmations and statements via mail.

4.4. Approved Brokers — U.S. Employees Only

U.S. employees of Putnam are required to hold each of their personal accounts (including any retirement, pension, deferred compensation, or similar accounts) at a Putnam-approved broker that provides Putnam with an electronic broker feed. The list of approved brokers is posted to the Putnam Compliance intranet homepage and the Code of Ethics PTA system. In limited circumstances, employees may be allowed to hold personal accounts at a non-Putnam-approved broker (examples include retirement accounts at current employers of Immediate Family members and accounts that cannot legally be transferred to Putnam-approved brokers). In such a case, the employee must notify the Code of Ethics Officer in writing and provide the reason why the account cannot be transferred to a Putnam-approved broker or why the employee otherwise requests an exception be granted by the Code of Ethics Officer or Deputy Code of Ethics Officer. In the event an exception is granted, the employee must arrange for trade confirmations and account statements (quarterly) to be sent to the Code of Ethics staff.

Section 5 — Additional Reporting, Certification, and Training Requirements

5.1. Initial/Annual Holdings Report — Access Persons Only

Access Persons must disclose and certify their securities holdings, including all holdings for Immediate Family member accounts, within 10 days of hire (or within 10 days of becoming an Access Person) and then on an annual basis thereafter (within 45 days after the end of the year). The report of securities holdings must include all securities that require pre-clearance under Section 1.1, as well as holdings in non-U.S. sovereign government debt, ETFs, ETNs, ETCs, options, futures, and other derivative securities, and holdings of Putnam open-end U.S. mutual funds not held through a Putnam account and U.S. registered mutual funds to which Putnam acts as advisor or sub-advisor (see Section 4). Each of the initial and annual holdings reports must contain the following information:

Initial holdings report:

The title, number of shares, and principal amount of each security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person,

The name of any broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any



securities could be held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

Annual holdings report:

The title, number of shares, and principal amount of each security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership,

The name of any broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities could be held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

5.2. Quarterly Transaction Report —Access Persons Only

Access Persons must disclose and certify all of their personal securities transactions, including transactions for Immediate Family member accounts, within 20 calendar days following the end of each quarter. If the 20th of a month after the end of a quarter falls on a holiday or weekend, the Code of Ethics Officer may extend the deadline. In addition to the securities requiring pre-clearance under Section 1.1, Access Persons are also required to disclose and certify all personal transactions in non-U.S. sovereign government debt, as well as ETFs, ETNs, ETCs, options, futures, and other derivative securities, and not just those requiring pre-clearance. The quarterly transaction report must contain the following information:

The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares, and the principal amount of each transaction involved,

The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition),

The price of the security at which the transaction was effected,

The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through which the transaction was effected, and

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person

5.3. Annual Certification —All Employees

Each calendar year, all employees will be required to certify that they have reviewed and understand the rules and requirements of the Code and that the list of brokerage accounts (for the employee and all Immediate Family members) disclosed in the Code of Ethics PTA system is accurate. An email notification will be sent informing employees of their requirement and the due date.

5.4. Training Requirements —All Employees

As deemed necessary by the Code of Ethics staff, employees will be required to complete training on Putnam’s Code of Ethics. Email notifications will be sent notifying employees of the requirements and the due date.

5.5. Maintenance and Distribution of the Code of Ethics

When revisions are made to the Code of Ethics, all employees will receive a revised version of the Code. The Code will be available to all employees on Putnam’s intranet site. Hard copies may be requested by contacting the Code of Ethics staff.

5.6. Procedures and Timeliness

Most certifications and reports required by the Code are completed in the Code of Ethics PTA system. There are strict deadlines for these filings. Planned absences, vacations, and business trips are not valid excuses for failing to meet a deadline. Employees will receive instructions regarding these submissions and the due dates. Please contact the Code of Ethics staff for assistance.



Section 6 — General Ethics Rules for All Employees

Putnam employees are expected to act ethically at all times in connection with their employment. In addition to complying with the specific provisions of this section, employees should contact the Code of Ethics staff or the Ombudsman if they are not sure how to proceed in any circumstances involving ethical issues or questions.

6.1. Conflicts of Interest

Your obligation to act ethically at all times includes the ethical handling of actual, apparent, and potential conflicts of interest between personal and business affairs. Please note that when this Section 6.1 refers to a “conflict of interest,” it is referring to actual, apparent, and potential conflicts of interest. Conflicts of interest may arise in various circumstances, some of which are covered in the specific situations set forth in the other portions of this Section 6. However, it is not possible to set forth each specific situation under which a conflict of interest may arise.

A conflict of interest arises when a person’s personal affairs interfere with the interests of Putnam or Putnam’s clients. A conflict of interest can also arise when an employee or a member of his or her Immediate Family takes an action or has an interest that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may arise when an employee or a member of his or her Immediate Family receives or grants improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position or in the event that an employee or a member of his or her Immediate Family enters into transactions or agreements with any entity or person with whom Putnam has a business or financial relationship. Putnam employees must recognize (including through their personal trading and conduct) that the firm’s clients always come first, that the employees and the firm must avoid any actual or potential abuse of our positions of trust and responsibility, and that the employees and the firm must never take inappropriate advantage of our positions.

Given that actual, apparent, and potential conflicts of interest may often not be clear-cut, if you have any question or doubt whatsoever, you should consult the Code of Ethics Officer or Deputy Code of Ethics Officer prior to engaging in the activity in question. Any employee who becomes aware of a conflict, potential conflict, or the appearance of a conflict is strongly encouraged to bring it to the attention of the Code of Ethics Officer or Deputy Code of Ethics Officer.

6.2. Outside Business Activities

No Putnam employee shall serve as employee, officer, director, trustee, or general partner of a corporation or entity other than Putnam, without prior written approval of the Code of Ethics Officer, who may also confirm that the employee’s manager has approved such outside position. Requests for a role at a publicly traded company are especially disfavored and are closely reviewed. Permission will be granted only in extenuating circumstances.

All employees must provide a written request seeking approval from the Code of Ethics Officer by entering the details of the proposed position in the Code of Ethics PTA system. Employees may not engage in any outside employment activity until they receive an email approving their request. Employees hired at Putnam with an outside position must disclose the position upon hire in the system and may be required to resign such position if the position presents conflicts of interest or other issues.

FINRA-licensed employees under PRM also have an obligation to disclose outside positions to, and receive approval from, the PRM Compliance Department. Employees must also keep this information accurate by updating their profile in the Code of Ethics system and updating the PRM Compliance Department if they change or terminate a position previously approved.

6.3. Charitable or Non-profit Roles/Role as Trustee or Fiduciary Outside Putnam Investments

6.3(a) An employee may serve as a volunteer, officer, director, or trustee of a charitable or not-for-profit institution, provided that the employee abides by the Code of Ethics with respect to any investment activity for which she has any discretion or input as a volunteer, officer, director, or trustee. The pre-clearance and reporting requirements of the Code of



Ethics do not apply to the trading activities of such charitable or not-for-profit institutions for which an employee serves as a volunteer, officer, director, or trustee unless the employee has discretion for the account. You must contact the Code of Ethics staff if you are asked to serve in a role in which you may have discretion, investment, or financial authority for a charitable or not-for- profit institution to discuss whether such position is permissible and whether you must perform any additional actions prior to serving in such role.

6.3(b) Except as stated below, no Putnam employee shall serve as a trustee, an executor, a custodian, or any other fiduciary, or as an investment advisor or a counselor for any account outside Putnam. Putnam employees may serve as a fiduciary with respect to a religious or charitable trust or foundation, provided that the employee abides by the Code of Ethics with respect to any investment activity for which she has any discretion or input. The pre-clearance and reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics apply to the trading activities of such a religious or charitable trust or foundation if the employee has discretion for the account.

6.3(c) Family Trust or Estate Exception

Putnam employees may serve as a fiduciary with respect to a family trust or estate, as long as the employee abides by all of the Rules of the Code of Ethics with respect to any investment activity over which he has any discretion.

6.4. Service As a Public Official

An employee seeking to serve in an official capacity (elected or unelected, with or without compensation) for any government, government agency, or instrumentality must contact the Code of Ethics Officer prior to serving in such capacity. The Code of Ethics Officer shall review such prospective service to determine whether the service could create any potential conflicts of interest for Putnam (e.g., service of a government body that can select investment managers for a public pension plan) and to determine any appropriate steps to address conflicts.

6.5. Family Members’ Conflict Policy

No employee or member of an employee’s Immediate Family shall have any direct or indirect personal financial interests in companies that do business with Putnam, unless such interest is disclosed and approved by the Code of Ethics Officer.

6.5(a) Corporate Purchase of Goods and Services

Putnam will not acquire goods and services from any firm in which a member of an employee’s Immediate Family serves as a sales representative or in a senior management capacity, or has an ownership interest (excluding normal investment holdings in public companies), unless permission is obtained from the Chief Financial Officer and the Code of Ethics Officer. Any employee who is aware of a proposal to purchase goods and services from a firm with which a member of the employee’s Immediate Family has one of these associations must notify the Chief Financial Officer and the Code of Ethics Officer.

6.5(b) Portfolio Trading

Putnam will not allocate any client trades to any firm that employs a member of an employee’s Immediate Family as a sales representative to Putnam (in a primary, secondary, or backup role). Any Putnam employee who is aware that an Immediate Family member serves as a broker-dealer’s sales representative to Putnam should inform the Code of Ethics Officer.

6.5(c) Definition of Immediate Family (specific to this rule)

“Immediate Family” of an employee means (1) spouse, fiancé(e), or domestic partner of the employee, (2) any child, sibling, or parent of an employee and any person married to a child, sibling, or parent of an employee, and (3) any other person who lives in the same household as the employee



6.6. CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct

All members of the Investment Division and any other CFA institute Members or Candidates must follow and abide by the spirit of the Code of Ethics and the Standards of Professional Conduct of the CFA Institute as in effect from time to time (see the Appendix for a copy of the version in force as of the date of the Putnam Investments Code). The text of the CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct can be found on the Putnam Compliance Department intranet home page, which is accessible from the Putnam intranet home page. The terms of Putnam’s Code of Ethics shall govern in any case where there is a conflict between the terms of this Code and the CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct. Please contact the Code of Ethics Officer with any questions.

6.7. Business Ethics, Ombuds, and Hotlines

6.7(a) If a Putnam employee suspects that fraudulent, illegal, or other irregular activity (including violations of the Code of Ethics) might be occurring at Putnam, the activity should be reported immediately to Putnam’s Controller, Chief Compliance Officer, or Code of Ethics Officer through the Ombuds or hotlines described below or through Putnam’s Human Resources department

6.7(b) Putnam has established the office of the corporate ombuds as a resource to help employees address legal or ethical issues in the workplace and to allow employees to voice concerns or seek clarity on issues. The Ombuds provides a confidential, independent, and impartial source to employees to discuss potential violations of law or of company standards without fear of retribution, and serves as a neutral party with no vested interest in a particular outcome.

6.7(c) An employee who does not feel comfortable reporting activity in the manner described in 6.6(a) may instead contact any of the following on an anonymous basis:

The Putnam Ethics hotline at 1-888-475-4210,

The Putnam Funds Trustees’ hotline at 1-866-858-4155, or

Putnam’s Ombuds at 1-866-ombuds7 (866-662-8377).

6.7(d) Employees will not be retaliated against for reporting information in good faith and in accordance with this Code. Putnam will not terminate employment, demote, transfer to an undesirable assignment, or otherwise discriminate against or harass an employee for calling attention to suspected unethical or illegal acts. It is a violation of this Code to intimidate or impose any other form of retaliation on an employee who reports any actual or suspected illegal or unethical conduct. Putnam takes claims of retaliation very seriously and will promptly investigate allegations of retaliation, subjecting anyone found responsible for retaliating against an employee who reported unethical or illegal conduct to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. However, an employee who knowingly makes a false report may be subject to discipline.

Section 7 — Material, Non-Public Information and Insider Trading

7.1. Material, Non-Public Information and Insider Trading

Antifraud provisions of the U.S. securities laws as well as the laws of other countries generally prohibit persons who possess material, non-public information from trading on or communicating that information to others. Putnam’s policy calls for strict compliance with such laws. Unlawful trading while in possession of material, non-public information is a very serious matter and can be a crime punishable by imprisonment. There is also significant monetary liability for an inside trader, which can include liability to private plaintiffs and/or the Securities and Exchange Commission, which can seek a court order requiring a violator to pay back profits, as well as penalties substantially greater than those profits. In certain cases, controlling persons of inside traders, including supervisors of inside traders or Putnam itself, can be liable for penalties.

Employees found to have conducted this activity will be immediately referred to the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee or



Putnam’s Chief Executive Officer to determine the appropriate sanction, up to and including termination.

While employees in the Investment Division are most likely to come into contact with material, non-public information, the rules (and sanctions) in this area apply to all Putnam employees (see Section 7.2 for information on what to do if you believe you may have material, non-public information).

7.2. Reporting and Restrictions

Any employee who believes he or she is (or may be) in possession of material, non-public information must immediately contact Putnam’s Chief Compliance Officer or an attorney in Putnam’s Legal Department, and provide details on the information received and the source. The employee must also take precautions to maintain the confidentiality of the information in question, and not share this information with anyone outside of Putnam’s Legal and Compliance Division. This provision does not, however, prevent any employee who suspects possible violations of law or regulation from providing such information to Putnam’s Controller, Chief Compliance Officer, or Code of Ethics Officer through the Ombudsman or hotlines or through Putnam’s Human Resources department as described in Section 6.6 or to any governmental agency or entity, or self-regulatory authority, including but not limited to the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of state or federal law or regulation.

After reviewing the facts and circumstances, Putnam’s Chief Compliance Officer or Putnam’s Legal Department will make a determination as to whether possession of the information warrants restricting trading activity in the issuer’s securities for client accounts as well as personal securities transactions for employees or whether other steps are appropriate, such as the establishment of an information barrier or other trading restrictions.

7.3. Special Provisions Applicable to Putnam Affiliates

Any employee wishing to place a trade in the securities of Great-West Lifeco Inc., Power Financial Corporation, Power Corporation of Canada, or IGM Financial Inc. must contact the Code of Ethics Officer or the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer to request manual approval of the pre-clearance request. An employee requesting such approval must certify that he or she is not in possession of any material, non-public information regarding the company in which he or she is seeking to place a trade. The decision whether or not to grant the pre-clearance request is in the sole discretion of the Code of Ethics Officer and the Deputy Code of Ethics Officer. The Code of Ethics Officer and Deputy Code of Ethics Officer will reject any such request for pre-clearance made by (i) directors of a Putnam-branded subsidiary of Putnam Investments, LLC; and (ii) persons who hold the office of chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, president, vice-president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, or assistant treasurer of Putnam or its Putnam-branded subsidiaries, and any other person who performs functions similar to those normally performed by a person holding such office (as determined by the Legal and Compliance Department) during the period beginning five weeks before and ending two full trading days after the issue of a press release announcing quarterly or annual financial results of Great-West Lifeco Inc.

7.4. Putnam Equity Plan, TH Lee Funds, and Putnam Hedge Funds

Great-West Lifeco Inc. stock shares owned by Putnam Investments, LLC Equity Incentive Plan (or any successor plan) shareholders are administered by the Putnam HR department; therefore, holdings of such shares do not need to be reported under this Code. In addition, the exercise of rights under the Putnam Investment, LLC Equity Incentive Plan to acquire Great-West Lifeco Inc. stock and the sale of such stock during specified window periods does not need to be pre-cleared under this Code, and such transaction does not need to be reported on the quarterly transaction report for Access Persons. However, if an employee holds Great-West Lifeco Inc. stock shares outside of the Putnam Investments, LLC Equity Incentive Plan (for example, in a brokerage account), such brokerage account and the holding must be reported under this Code.

Investments in Putnam hedge funds and in certain TH Lee private funds by employees are administered by the Putnam HR department. Therefore, employees do not need to pre-clear or report such funds under this Code.



7.5. PIL Employees

For PIL employees, certain topics are covered by the Market Abuse rules of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority. PIL employees receive information on this topic in their annual instructor-led code of ethics and compliance training.

Section 8 —Sanctions

The Code of Ethics Oversight Committee reviews violations of the Code by employees and approves sanctions that it believes fit the circumstances. These sanctions include written warnings, trading bans, suspension or termination of employment and disgorgement of profits (or payment of losses avoided) from impermissible trading. Sanctions will apply even if the exception results from inadvertence rather than intentional behaviors, although the Committee’s belief that an employee has violated the Code of Ethics intentionally may result in more severe sanctions. Sanctions for subsequent violations (based on a rolling three-year measurement period) may be more severe than for an employee’s initial violation. Sanctions are communicated to the employee and the employee’s manager. All violations concerning the use of material, non-public information, failure to report inside information, or insider trading will be presented to the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee to determine the appropriate sanction, up to and including termination. Severe criminal penalties may also be imposed.



Section 9 — Procedures for Determinations and Exemptions

No perceived ambiguity in the Code of Ethics shall excuse any violation. Any employee who has a question concerning the applicability of the Code or believes the Code to be ambiguous in a particular situation should request a determination from the Code of Ethics Officer in advance of the conduct. Employees may also request an exemption from the Code of Ethics if they do so in advance of the conduct or transaction sought to be exempted.

Any employee seeking a determination or exemption shall provide the Code of Ethics Officer with such information as the Code of Ethics Officer deems necessary to render the determination or make a decision on the exemption.



Appendix

[GRAPHIC OMITTED: CFA INSTITUTE LOGO]

CODE OF ETHICS AND STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

PREAMBLE

The CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct are fundamental to the values of CFA Institute and essential to achieving its mission to lead the investment profession globally by promoting the highest standards of ethics, education, and professional excellence for the ultimate benefit of society. High ethical standards are critical to maintaining the public’s trust in financial markets and in the investment profession. Since their creation in the 1960s, the Code and Standards have promoted the integrity of CFA Institute members and served as a model for measuring the ethics of investment professionals globally, regardless of job function, cultural differences, or local laws and regulations. All CFA Institute members (including holders of the Chartered Financial Analyst® [CFA®] designation) and CFA candidates must abide by the Code and Standards and are encouraged to notify their employer of this responsibility. Violations may result in disciplinary sanctions by CFA Institute. Sanctions can include revocation of membership, revocation of candidacy in the CFA Program, and revocation of the right to use the CFA designation.

THE CODE OF ETHICS

Members of CFA Institute (including CFA charterholders) and candidates for the CFA designation (“Members and Candidates”) must:

• Act with integrity, competence, diligence, respect and in an ethical manner with the public, clients, prospective clients, employers, employees, colleagues in the investment profession, and other participants in the global capital markets.

• Place the integrity of the investment profession and the interests of clients above their own personal interests.

• Use reasonable care and exercise independent professional judgment when conducting investment analysis, making investment recommendations, taking investment actions, and engaging in other professional activities.

• Practice and encourage others to practice in a professional and ethical manner that will reflect credit on themselves and the profession.

• Promote the integrity and viability of the global capital markets for the ultimate benefit of society.

• Maintain and improve their professional competence and strive to maintain and improve the competence of other investment professionals.

STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

I. PROFESSIONALISM

A. Knowledge of the Law. Members and Candidates must under-stand and comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations (including the CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct) of any government, regulatory organization, licensing agency, or professional association governing their professional activities. In the event of conflict, Members and Candidates must comply with the more strict law, rule, or regulation. Members and Candidates must not knowingly participate or assist in and must dissociate from any violation of such laws, rules, or regulations.

B. Independence and Objectivity. Members and Candidates must use reasonable care and judgment to achieve and maintain independence and objectivity in their professional activities. Members and Candidates must not offer, solicit, or accept any gift, benefit, compensation, or consideration that reasonably could be expected to compromise their own or another’s independence and objectivity.

C. Misrepresentation. Members and Candidates must not knowingly make any misrepresentations relating to investment analysis, recommendations, actions, or other professional activities.

D. Misconduct. Members and Candidates must not engage in any professional conduct involving dishonesty, fraud, or deceit or commit any act that reflects adversely on their professional reputation, integrity, or competence.

II. INTEGRITY OF CAPITAL MARKETS

A. Material Nonpublic Information. Members and Candidates who possess material nonpublic information that could affect the value of an investment must not act or cause others to act on the information.

B. Market Manipulation. Members and Candidates must not engage in practices that distort prices or artificially inflate trading volume with the intent to mislead market participants.



III. DUTIES TO CLIENTS

A. Loyalty, Prudence, and Care. Members and Candidates have a duty of loyalty to their clients and must act with reasonable care and exercise prudent judgment. Members and Candidates must act for the benefit of their clients and place their clients’ interests before their employer’s or their own interests.

B. Fair Dealing. Members and Candidates must deal fairly and objectively with all clients when providing investment analysis, making investment recommendations, taking investment action, or engaging in other professional activities.

C. Suitability.

1. When Members and Candidates are in an advisory relationship with a client, they must:

a. Make a reasonable inquiry into a client’s or prospective client’s investment experience, risk and return objectives, and financial constraints prior to making any investment recommendation or taking investment action and must reassess and update this information regularly.

b. Determine that an investment is suitable to the client’s financial situation and consistent with the client’s written objectives, mandates, and constraints before making an investment recommendation or taking investment action.

c. Judge the suitability of investments in the context of the client’s total portfolio.

2. When Members and Candidates are responsible for managing a portfolio to a specific mandate, strategy, or style, they must make only investment recommendations or take only investment actions that are consistent with the stated objectives and constraints of the portfolio.

D. Performance Presentation. When communicating investment performance information, Members and Candidates must make reasonable efforts to ensure that it is fair, accurate, and complete.

E. Preservation of Confidentiality. Members and Candidates must keep information about current, former, and prospective clients confidential unless:

1. The information concerns illegal activities on the part of the client or prospective client,

2. Disclosure is required by law, or

3. The client or prospective client permits disclosure of the information.

IV. DUTIES TO EMPLOYERS

A. Loyalty. In matters related to their employment, Members and Candidates must act for the benefit of their employer and not deprive their employer of the advantage of their skills and abilities, divulge confidential information, or otherwise cause harm to their employer.

B. Additional Compensation Arrangements. Members and Candidates must not accept gifts, benefits, compensation, or consideration that competes with or might reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest with their employer’s interest unless they obtain written consent from all parties involved.

C. Responsibilities of Supervisors. Members and Candidates must make reasonable efforts to ensure that anyone subject to their supervision or authority complies with applicable laws, rules, regulations, and the Code and Standards.

V. INVESTMENT ANALYSIS, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND ACTIONS

A. Diligence and Reasonable Basis. Members and Candidates must:

1. Exercise diligence, independence, and thoroughness in analyzing investments, making investment recommendations, and taking investment actions.

2. Have a reasonable and adequate basis, supported by appropriate research and investigation, for any investment analysis, recommendation, or action.

B. Communication with Clients and Prospective Clients. Members and Candidates must:

1. Disclose to clients and prospective clients the basic format and general principles of the investment processes they use to analyze investments, select securities, and construct port-folios and must promptly disclose any changes that might materially affect those processes.

2. Disclose to clients and prospective clients significant limitations and risks associated with the investment process.

3. Use reasonable judgment in identifying which factors are important to their investment analyses, recommendations, or actions and include those factors in communications with clients and prospective clients.

4. Distinguish between fact and opinion in the presentation of investment analysis and recommendations.

C. Record Retention. Members and Candidates must develop and maintain appropriate records to support their investment analyses, recommendations, actions, and other investment-related communications with clients and prospective clients.



VI. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

A. Disclosure of Conflicts. Members and Candidates must make full and fair disclosure of all matters that could reasonably be expected to impair their independence and objectivity or interfere with respective duties to their clients, prospective clients, and employer. Members and Candidates must ensure that such disclosures are prominent, are delivered in plain language, and communicate the relevant information effectively.

B. Priority of Transactions. Investment transactions for clients and employers must have priority over investment transactions in which a Member or Candidate is the beneficial owner.

C. Referral Fees. Members and Candidates must disclose to their employer, clients, and prospective clients, as appropriate, any compensation, consideration, or benefit received from or paid to others for the recommendation of products or services.

VII. RESPONSIBILITIES AS A CFA INSTITUTE MEMBER OR CFA CANDIDATE

A. Conduct as Participants in CFA Institute Programs. Members and Candidates must not engage in any conduct that compromises the reputation or integrity of CFA Institute or the CFA designation or the integrity, validity, or security of the CFA Institute programs.

B. Reference to CFA Institute, the CFA Designation, and the CFA Program. When referring to CFA Institute, CFA Institute membership, the CFA designation, or candidacy in the CFA Program, Members and Candidates must not misrepresent or exaggerate the meaning or implications of membership in CFA Institute, holding the CFA designation, or candidacy in the CFA program.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED: CFA INSTITUTE LOGO]

www.cfainstitute.org

Putnam Investments | 100 Federal Street | Boston, MA02110 | putnam.com  HR104 318763 10/19